More annual reports from Chesnara:
2023 ReportPeers and competitors of Chesnara:
ChesnaraANNUAL REPORT &
ACCOUNTS 2023
WELCOME TO THE
CHESNARA ANNUAL
REPORT & ACCOUNTS
FOR YEAR ENDED
31 DECEMBER 2023
1
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OVERVIEW2023 FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
COMMERCIAL CASH
GENERATION†
EXCLUDING THE IMPACT
OF ACQUISITIONS
£53.0M
2022: £46.6M
GROUP
SOLVENCY†
205%
2022: 197%
EcV
EARNINGS†
EXCLUDING THE IMPACT OF FX MOVEMENTS
AND DIVIDEND PAYMENTS
£59.1M
2022: £84.7M LOSS
FUNDS UNDER
MANAGEMENT†
£11.5BN
2022: £10.6BN
DIVIDEND GROWTH
IFRS PROFIT BEFORE TAX Δ
£1.8M
2022: £62.1M LOSS
3%
INCREASE IN PROPOSED
FULL YEAR DIVIDEND FOR
19TH CONSECUTIVE YEAR
M&A DELIVERY
2
ACQUISITIONS
IN THE YEAR
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding
of financial performance. Further information on APMs can be found in
the Additional Information section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
Δ This is the first reporting year under IFRS 17 and all prior comparatives
have been restated in line with the requirements of the new standard.
2
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OVERVIEWCONTENTS
OVERVIEW
IFRS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
06 An introduction to Chesnara
08 Delivering our strategy
10 2023 highlights
12 Measuring our performance
14 Chair’s Statement
16 Chief Executive Officer’s Report
STRATEGIC REPORT
24 Our strategy, business model,
and culture & values
26 Our strategy
28 Our culture & values
30 Section 172 reporting
38 Business review
45 Capital management
48 Financial review
59 Financial management
61 Risk management
71 Corporate and social responsibility
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
134 Independent Auditor’s Report to the
members of Chesnara plc
142 Consolidated Statement of
Comprehensive Income
143 Consolidated Balance Sheet
144 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
145 Consolidated Statement of Changes
in Equity
Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements
146 Section A – General information and
accounting policies and judgements
169 Section B – Risk and capital management
185 Section C – Segmental information
188 Section D – Performance in the year
197 Section E – Balance sheet assets
206 Section F – Insurance and reinsurance
contracts
235 Section G – Balance sheet liabilities
241 Section H – Shareholder equity
243 Section I – Additional disclosures
Company Financial Statements
94 Board profile and board of directors
254 Company Balance Sheet
96 Governance overview by the Chair
255 Company Statement of Cash Flows
98 Corporate Governance Report
103 Nomination & Governance
Committee Report
105 Directors’ Remuneration Report
120 Audit & Risk Committee Report
128 Directors’ Report
131 Directors’ Responsibilities Statement
256 Company Statement of Changes in Equity
Notes to the Company Financial Statements
257 Section J – Notes to the financial statements
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
264 Financial calendar
264 Key contacts
265 Notice of the Annual General Meeting
267 Explanatory notes to the Notice of
the Annual General Meeting
271 Appendix to AGM Notice
274 Alternative Performance Measures
276 Reconciliation of metrics
278 Glossary
279 Note on terminology
280 Cautionary and forward looking statements
OVERVIEW
OVERVIEW
View towards Tower Bridge, London
06 An introduction to Chesnara
08 Delivering our strategy
10 2023 highlights
12 Measuring our performance
14 Chair’s Statement
16 Chief Executive Officer’s Report
4
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
r
a
m
u
j
r
a
h
d
n
e
a
R
j
l
a
m
r
i
N
,
y
h
p
a
r
g
o
t
o
h
P
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
5
OVERVIEW
AN INTRODUCTION TO CHESNARA
CHESNARA PLC IS A LIFE ASSURANCE AND PENSIONS
CONSOLIDATOR WITH OPERATIONS IN THE UK, SWEDEN
AND THE NETHERLANDS.
At Chesnara, with customers at the forefront of all we do,
we focus on three things:
1. The efficient management of life assurance and pension policies.
2. Creating value through acquiring new companies or books of business.
3. Writing new business where we are confident that conditions will ensure the
products are value adding and ultimately support longer-term cash generation.
This focus has enabled us to deliver strong levels of cash generation,
a growing dividend and a robust and stable solvency position over
the last 19 years. And we look forward with confidence in our ability
to continue this delivery in the future.
Who we are and where we came from
Chesnara plc is a responsible and well capitalised European life and pensions
consolidator, formed in 2004 and listed on the London Stock Exchange.
The group comprises both open-book and closed-book operations.
The group initially consisted of Countrywide Assured, a closed life and pensions
book demerged from Countrywide plc, a large estate agency group.
Since incorporation, the group has grown through:
– the acquisitions of predominantly closed UK businesses (into Countrywide Assured)
– the purchase of an open life and pensions business in Sweden, now known as
Movestic; and
– acquisitions of both a closed-book acquisitive group (Waard Group) and an open life
and pensions business in the Netherlands (Scildon).
See pages 7 to 9 for further detail on our history and businesses.
Looking forward, we are committed to transitioning to be a sustainable and net zero
group across our operational and financed emissions and this commitment is a key
factor in our corporate decision making.
What we do
We help protect customers and their dependants through the provision of life,
health and disability cover and by providing savings and pensions products
to enable policyholders to meet their financial needs in the future.
OUR STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES
01
MA XIMISE VALUE
FROM EXISTING BUSINESS
02
ACQUIRE LIFE AND
PENSIONS BUSINESSES
03
ENHANCE VALUE THROUGH
PROFITABLE NEW BUSINESS
OUR CULTURE & VALUES –
RESPONSIBLE RISK
BASED MANAGEMENT
6
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OVERVIEW
How we create value
Customer
– We deliver effective customer service
operations with good standards of service,
clear communication and competitive
fund performance.
– Product reviews across the group help ensure
good customer outcomes and, in the UK, have
been updated to be aligned to the new Consumer
Duty requirements.
– Customers can also be confident in the security
of their policies through the robust solvency
levels we operate our businesses to.
Shareholder
– Surpluses emerge from the existing books
of business through efficient management of
the policy base and good capital management
practices. These surpluses enable dividends
to be paid from the subsidiaries to Chesnara,
which in turn fund the attractive shareholder
dividend and support our desire to be a share
held for the long term by our shareholders.
The diagram below illustrates the primary
sources of growth that then ultimately
contribute towards surplus emergence.
– Growth from both our proven acquisition model
and from writing profitable new business has
a positive impact on the Economic Value†
of the business and supports longer-term
cash generation.
– Customers are charged AMCs (annual
management charges) for unit-linked products
and pay premiums for insurance policies.
Future acquisitions
New business
Synergies
Real world returns
Risk margin
The categories of potential upside
(which are not shown to scale)
will emerge over time
Economic Value
(illustrative)
Total potential
Commercial Value (illustrative)
How we operate
– Chesnara has a centrally defined governance
and Risk Management Framework operating
across the group and all its divisions.
– This framework is designed to deliver long-term
peace of mind to our customers, shareholders,
employees, regulators, outsourcing partners
and local communities.
– Our management teams have clear responsibilities
and are accountable for the delivery of set
objectives and the identification and management
of risks and opportunities, including those arising
from climate change.
– We are committed to transitioning to be
a sustainable and net zero group and this
commitment is a key factor in our corporate
decision making.
– Our team has significant experience and
a proven track record in governing, acquiring
and successfully integrating life and pension
businesses.
– Acquisitions form a key part of our strategy
and are assessed against stringent financial
criteria adopting a robust risk-based due
diligence process.
UK
FUNDS UNDER MANAGEMENT†
£4.2bn
POLICIES†: c291,000
SWEDEN
– We maintain robust solvency and liquidity levels as
part of our wider Capital Management Framework.
FUNDS UNDER MANAGEMENT†
£4.4bn
– In the UK, we adopt an outsourced operating
model to the fullest extent possible, whereas
our overseas divisions use outsourced services
on a more limited basis.
POLICIES†: c284,000
NETHERLANDS
FUNDS UNDER MANAGEMENT†
£2.8bn
POLICIES†: c395,000
CHESNARA GROUP
FUNDS UNDER MANAGEMENT†
£11.5bn
POLICIES†: c970,000
7
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial
performance. Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information
section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OVERVIEWOVERVIEW
DELIVERING OUR STRATEGY • WHAT WE’VE DONE
13 SUCCESSFUL ACQUISITIONS
ACROSS 3 TERRITORIES
Our deals demonstrate flexibility and creativity
where appropriate:
– From value enhancing ‘bolt-on’ deals to more
transformative acquisitions
– Capability to find value in the UK, Netherlands and beyond
– Flexible and efficient deal funding solutions
– Ability to find expedient solutions to de-risk where required
We have a well-established and robust framework against
which we assess M&A ensuring that activity:
– Enhances cash generation in the medium term
– Delivers positive impact on the Economic Value per share
in the medium term
– Is within Chesnara’s risk appetite
– Has been subject to appropriate due diligence
– Delivers positive customer outcomes
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance.
Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
8
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
DIVIDEND HISTORY
19 successive years of dividend growth
We recognise the importance of providing stable and attractive
dividends to our shareholders. A proposed full year 2023
dividend of 23.97p per share represents an increase of 3%
on the prior year. This is our nineteenth successive year
of dividend growth; an unbroken track record since entry
to the FTSE in May 2004, and we have paid cumulative
dividends of £465m.
.
0
4
2
.
3
3
2
.
6
2
2
9
.
1
2
3
.
1
2
.
7
0
2
1
.
0
2
Dividend per share history
Pence per share
.
5
9
1
.
9
8
1
.
4
8
1
.
9
7
1
.
4
7
1
.
9
6
1
.
4
6
1
.
0
6
1
.
6
5
1
1
.
5
1
1
.
3
1
.
5
2
1
9
.
1
1
CASH GENERATION†
Cumulative commercial cash generation† of £256m
has exceeded dividends paid to shareholders by over
52% over the last five years
The group generates cash to service its dividends and debts,
and reinvest in the business including through acquisitions.
We define cash generation as the movement in the group’s
surplus Own Funds above the group’s internally required
capital. Our commercial cash generation† metric looks through
the impact of technical components like the symmetric
adjustment* to show the group’s view of the surplus being
generated. Cumulative commercial cash generation over the
last five years represents 152% of the total dividends over
the same period.
FOCUSING ON OUR THREE
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES HAS
ENABLED US TO DELIVER
SUSTAINABLE GROWTH IN CASH
GENERATION OVER THE LONG
TERM. WE ARE CONFIDENT
WE CAN CONTINUE TO DELIVER
THIS IN THE FUTURE.
4
0
0
2
Economic Value history £m
EcV
Cumulative dividend
3
2
0
2
5
6
4
0
3
4
6
9
3
9
2
3
2
6
3
7
6
2
8
9
2
7
3
2
9
0
2
5
8
1
3
6
1
3
0
1
2
4
1
3
2
1
5
8
3
2
3
5
9
6
7
3
0
1
6
2
1
6
7
1
9
8
1
7
8
1
3
8
1
3
6
2
5
5
3
5
9
2
1
1
3
6
7
3
7
1
4
5
5
4
3
0
6
3
2
7
6
2
6
0
7
6
7
3
6
4
2
6
2
1
5
4
0
0
2
5
2
5
3
2
0
2
ECONOMIC VALUE† GROWTH
Over 315% of value growth since listing in 2004
Long-term Economic Value (EcV)† growth is achieved through
a combination of efficient management of the existing policies,
investment returns above risk free rates of return, acquisitions
and writing profitable new business. The growth since listing
includes £148m of new equity and is net of cumulative
dividend payments. EcV growth supports longer-term
cash generation.
CUSTOMERS
Our primary responsibilities remain to our customers
– We look after c1 million policies for customers that have their
pensions, life assurance or other savings and investments
with us.
– Customers and their advisors can be confident that they hold
policies with a well-capitalised group where financial stability
is central to our culture and values.
– Our investment returns remain competitive across the group.
– We also deliver good customer outcomes across our businesses.
* Symmetric adjustment: the Solvency II capital requirement calculation includes an adjusting factor that reduces or increases the level of the equity capital required depending on
historical market conditions. Following periods of market growth, the factor tends to increase the level of capital required and conversely, in falling markets the capital requirement
becomes less onerous.
9
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OVERVIEW2023 HIGHLIGHTS
CASH GENERATION
£53.0M 2022 £46.6m
COMMERCIAL CASH GENERATION3
(excluding the impact of acquisitions)
£32.5M 2022 £82.7m
GROUP CASH GENERATION1
(excluding the impact of acquisitions)
The group has again reported strong results across both cash metrics in 2023. Group cash generation includes a material adverse impact from the
symmetric adjustment (SA) of £13.1m (2022: +£28.2m). The recovery we have seen across equity markets since 2022, whilst a positive overall for
the group, means we are required to hold additional capital which has a short-term impact on cash generation.
Commercial cash generation looks through the SA impact and is deemed to better reflect the underlying business performance. Total divisional
commercial cash, excluding FX impacts, was £76.5m which provides over 210% coverage of the 2023 full year dividend. The strong group and divisional
commercial cash result shows that Chesnara continues to deliver cash generation through a wide variety of market conditions.
Financial review p50
SOLVENCY
205% 2022 197%
GROUP SOLVENCY
FuM
£11.5BN 2022 £10.6bn
FUNDS UNDER MANAGEMENT4
The group’s solvency has increased in the year and is well above our
normal operating range of 140-160%. The ratio does not include any
temporary impacts from either transitional benefits or a positive
closing SA position. The solvency position benefits from the capital
efficiencies of the Tier 2 debt raised in 2022 and provides substantial
headroom for future acquisitions.
Capital management p45
FuM have increased by c8.5% since the start of the year. This is due
to a combination of investment returns on the existing business and the
value added through both new business written and the acquisitions
completed in the year.
Financial statements p143
ECONOMIC VALUE
£524.7M 2022 £511.7m
ECONOMIC VALUE 5
£59.1M 2022 £(84.7)m
ECONOMIC VALUE EARNINGS6
EcV has increased since the start of the year, as positive earnings
(£59.1m) offset the impact of dividend payments (£35.4m)
and foreign exchange consolidation impacts (£10.8m).
Financial review p53
EcV earnings of £59.1m have been delivered (pre-dividend payments
and FX impact). Acquisition gains and real world returns have provided
the most material contributions, with Part VII synergies and new
business further positive contributing factors.
Financial review p52
£10.1M 2022 £9.5m
COMMERCIAL NEW BUSINESS PROFIT 7
Commercial new business profits exceed the prior year return with the UK division also contributing new business alongside Movestic in Sweden
and Scildon in the Netherlands.
Business review pages 40 to 43
IFRS
£1.8M 2022 £62.1m loss
IFRS PRE-TAX PROFIT
(2022 restated as a result of IFRS 17 being applied retrospectively)
The IFRS results are being reported for the first time on an IFRS 17
basis in the Annual Report and Accounts, and the comparatives have
been adjusted to apply this retrospectively. Profit before tax of £1.8m
includes a net insurance service loss of £5.1m and an investment
result of £71.7m (2022: £13.3m profit and £39.0m loss respectively).
£10.3M 2022 £26.1m loss
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(2022 restated as a result of IFRS 17 being applied retrospectively)
Total comprehensive income includes a foreign exchange loss of £7.8m
(2022: £6.9m gain).
Financial review p57
The adoption of IFRS 17 provides some more insight into the future profits that are expected to emerge from the group’s life insurance business.
However, the accounting standard does not include the group’s significant amount of policies that are classified as investment contracts, which also
represent a future profit stream for the business. As a result, whilst IFRS 17 does provide some level of alignment with the valuation regime of
Solvency II, it does not replace it and therefore the group continues to primarily focus on Solvency II and its derivative KPIs of Economic Value and
cash generation in assessing the performance of the business.
10 CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
OVERVIEWPROPOSED DIVIDEND INCREASED BY 3%
FULL YEAR DIVIDEND INCREASED FOR THE 19TH CONSECUTIVE YEAR
Increase in the full year dividend for the year of 3% to 23.97p per share (8.36p interim and 15.61p proposed final), supported by material divisional
cash contributions in the year and strong group solvency. Both of the acquisitions that were executed in the year are expected to positively support
future cash generation and we continue to have clear line of sight to sources of mid to long-term cash generation.
ECONOMIC BACKDROP
VOLATILE INVESTMENT MARKET CONDITIONS HAVE CONTINUED
Overall, it has been a period of economic growth although volatility has remained across most asset classes. As a result there have been
comparatively modest investment returns and mixed economic results in our operating divisions with varied economic factors having impacted each
of the businesses and our key financial metrics in different ways. We have seen some equity market growth which has had a positive impact on the
UK’s and Sweden’s EcV growth but has dampened cash generation in these territories, and we have seen the impact of falling yields putting some
downward pressure on the EcV of our Dutch businesses, but less so on cash generation. Sterling appreciation against both EUR and SEK has caused
adverse foreign exchange impacts on the translation of our overseas divisional results, although this has had some mitigation from our foreign
exchange hedge. As we look forward there continues to remain some uncertainty around economics with inflation and interest rates persisting
at a higher level than forecast by central banks.
ACQUISITIONS
THE GROUP CONTINUES TO EXPAND THROUGH M&A
2023 was another busy period for Chesnara with two acquisitions in the year, delivering a combined day one EcV gain of £28.4m. Following the
announcement late in 2022, we completed the acquisition of the insurance portfolio of Conservatrix in the Netherlands, with an EcV gain of £21.7m
and increase in Waard’s policies under administration of c70,000. In May, expansion in the UK continued for the second year running, with the
acquisition of a protection portfolio from Canada Life. The acquisition has initially been executed through entering into a 100% reinsurance
agreement with Canada Life, and these policies will subsequently transfer to the division through a Part VII transfer process. The transaction
has delivered an immediate EcV gain of £6.7m and additional policies of c47,000 to the UK division.
Our 2024 acquisition pipeline looks positive and we remain optimistic about the outlook for future deals. We have the operational bandwidth,
material solvency headroom, liquid resources and other financing levers to support our ambitions.
OPERATIONAL DELIVERY
NEW OUTSOURCING PARTNERSHIP, BUSINESS INTEGRATIONS,
NEW PEOPLE AND IFRS 17 DELIVERY
In the UK, we have entered into a new long-term strategic partnership for the outsourcing of operations for the majority of the division, providing
surety over the future operating costs of the business over a minimum 10-year period. The Part VII transfer of the policies of CASLP to Countrywide
Assured was also successfully completed at the end of 2023. In the Netherlands the Conservatrix insurance portfolio was successfully integrated
into the Waard Group. At a group and divisional level, IFRS 17 has been implemented for this first reporting year, with reporting processes now
bedding down into our business as usual operations following several years of planning and implementation. From a people perspective we have
seen some key changes over the course of the year, with three new divisional CEOs joining the group, coupled with the announcement of the
change in our Group CFO, planned for the first half of 2024.
SUSTAINABILITY
WE ARE COMMITTED TO BECOMING A SUSTAINABLE CHESNARA
The group’s sustainability programme has progressed well over the course of the year. We are committed to delivering against our three key targets:
to be a net zero emitter; to invest in positive solutions; and to be an inclusive place for all stakeholders. We have successfully baselined our financed
and operational emissions and also set our initial interim targets for financed emissions. More detail can be found in our Annual Sustainability Report
(www.chesnara.co.uk/sustainability).
Notes:
Items 1 to 9 below are Alternative Performance Measures (APMs) used by the group to supplement the required statutory disclosures under IFRS and Solvency II,
providing additional information to enhance the understanding of financial performance. Further information on these APMs can be found throughout the Financial Review
and in the APM appendix on pages 274 and 275.
1. Group cash generation represents the surplus cash that the group has generated in the period. Cash generation is largely a function of the movement in the solvency
position, used by the group as a measure of assessing how much dividend potential has been generated, subject to ensuring other constraints are managed.
2. Divisional cash generation represents the cash generated by the three operating divisions of Chesnara (UK, Sweden and the Netherlands), exclusive of group
level activity.
3. Commercial cash generation is used as a measure of assessing how much dividend potential has been generated, subject to ensuring other constraints are managed.
It excludes the impact of technical adjustments, modelling changes and corporate acquisition activity; representing the group’s view of the commercial cash generated
by the business.
4. Funds Under Management (FuM) represents the sum of all financial assets on the IFRS balance sheet.
5. Economic Value (EcV) is a financial metric derived from Solvency II. It provides a market consistent assessment of the value of existing insurance businesses, plus
adjusted net asset value of the non-insurance business within the group.
6. Economic Value earnings are a measure of the value generated in the period, recognising the longer-term nature of the group’s insurance and investment contracts.
7. Commercial new business represents the best estimate of cash flows expected to emerge from new business written in the period. It is deemed to be a more
commercially relevant and market consistent measurement of the value generated through the writing of new business, in comparison to the restrictions imposed
under the Solvency II regime.
8. Economic profit is a measure of pre-tax profit earned from investment market conditions in the period and any economic assumption changes in the future.
9. Operating profit is a measure of the pre-tax profit earned from a company’s ongoing core business operations, excluding any profit earned from investment market
conditions in the period and any economic assumption changes in the future.
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
11
OVERVIEWMEASURING OUR PERFORMANCE
Throughout our Annual Report and Accounts we use measures to assess and report how well we have performed.
The range of measures is broad and includes many measures that are not based on IFRS. The financial analysis
of a life and pensions business also needs to recognise the importance of Solvency II figures, the basis of regulatory
solvency. In addition, the measures aim to assess performance from the perspective of all stakeholders.
Financial analysis of a life and pension business
The IFRS results form the core of the Annual Report and Accounts and hence
retain prominence as a key financial performance metric. However, this
Annual Report and Accounts also adopts several Alternative Performance
Measures (APMs).
These measures complement the IFRS metrics and present additional
insight into the financial position and performance of the business,
from the perspective of all stakeholders.
The non-IFRS APMs have at their heart the Solvency II valuation known as
Own Funds and, as such, all major financial APMs are derived from a defined
rules-based regime. The diagram below shows the core financial metrics that
sit alongside the IFRS results, together with their associated KPIs and
interested parties.
Further detail on APMs can be found in the appendix on pages 274 and 275.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
ADDITIONAL METRICS
IFRS net assets
(£359.9m)
Solvency II valuation
(Own Funds)
(£683.7m)
I
R
Capital requirements
See page 276
for reconciliation
of IFRS to SII.
Solvency Capital
Requirement
SCR plus
management buffer
IFRS profits
Stakeholder focus:
P
I
R
B
Policyholders
Investors
Regulators
Business partners
Key performance indicators
SOLVENCY
Solvency is a fundamental financial measure
which is of paramount importance to investors
and policyholders. It represents the relationship
between the value of the business as measured
on a Solvency II basis and the capital the business
is required to hold – the Solvency Capital
Requirement (SCR). Solvency can be reported
as an absolute surplus value or as a ratio.
Solvency gives policyholders comfort regarding
the security of their provider. This is also the case
for investors together with giving them a sense
of the level of potential surplus available to invest
in the business or distribute as dividends, subject
to other considerations and approvals.
I
I
Economic Value
P
I
R
B
Solvency
Balance sheet
Earnings
Percentage
Absolute
New business
I
B
Cash generation
EcV
Commercial
Group
Divisional
ECONOMIC VALUE
EcV is derived from Solvency II Own Funds (SII).
It recognises the impact of certain items that
are not recognised in SII Own Funds, and also
takes a more commercial view of the risk
margin than under Solvency II.
An element of the EcV earnings each period is the
Economic Value of new business. By factoring in
real world investment returns and removing the
impact of risk margins, the group determines the
value of new business on a commercial basis.
CASH GENERATION
Cash generation is used by the group as a
measure of assessing how much dividend
potential has been generated, subject to
ensuring other constraints are managed.
Group cash generation is calculated as the
movement in the group’s surplus Own Funds
above the group’s internally required capital,
as determined by applying the group’s Capital
Management Policy, which has Solvency II
rules at its heart.
Divisional cash generation represents the
movement in surplus Own Funds above local
capital management policies within the three
operating divisions of Chesnara. Divisional cash
generation is used as a measure of how much
dividend potential the divisions have generated,
subject to ensuring other constraints are managed.
Commercial cash generation excludes the impact
of technical adjustments, modelling changes and
corporate acquisition activity; representing the
group’s view of cash generated by the business.
Further details on pages 45 to 47 and 274 & 275.
Further details on pages 52 & 53 and 274 & 275.
Further details on pages 50 & 51 and 274 & 275.
12
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OVERVIEWOPERATIONAL AND OTHER PERFORMANCE MEASURES
In addition to financial performance measures, this Annual Report and Accounts includes measures that consider
and assess the performance of all our key stakeholder groups. The diagram below summarises the performance
measures adopted throughout the Annual Report and Accounts.
KEY STAKEHOLDERS
l
r
e
d
o
h
y
c
i
l
o
P
s
r
o
t
a
l
u
g
e
R
s
s
e
n
i
s
u
B
*
r
e
n
t
r
a
p
r
o
t
s
e
v
n
I
Measure
Customer
service levels
Broker
satisfaction
Policy
investment
performance
Industry
performance
assessments
Emissions and
energy usage
Funds Under
Management†
Policy count†
Total
Shareholder
Returns
New business
profitability
New business
market share
Gearing ratio
Knowledge,
skills and
experience
of the board
of directors
What is it and why is it important?
How well we service our customers is of paramount importance and so through various means
we aim to assess customer service levels. The business reviews within the Annual Report and
Accounts refer to a number of indicators of customer service levels.
Broker satisfaction is important because they sell our new policies, provide ongoing service to
their customers and influence book persistency. We include several measures within the Report
and Accounts, including direct broker assessment ratings for Movestic and general assessment
of how our brands fare in industry performance awards in the Netherlands.
This is a measure of how the assets are performing that underpin policyholder returns. It is
important as it indicates to the customer the returns that their contributions are generating, and
options available to invest in funds that focus on environmental, social and governance factors.
This is a comparative measure of how well our investments are performing against the rest
of the industry, which provides valuable context to our performance.
Tracking our scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions is a core part of our transition to be a net zero and
sustainable group.
This shows the value of the investments that the business manages. This is important because
scale influences operational sustainability in run-off books and operational efficiency in growing
books. Funds Under Management are also a strong indicator of fee income.
Policy count is the number of policies that the group manages on behalf of customers. This is
important to show the scale of the business, particularly to provide context to the rate at which
the closed-book business is maturing. In our open businesses, the policy count shows the net
impact of new business versus policy attrition.
This includes dividend growth and yield and shows the return that an investor is generating
on the shares that they hold. It is highly important as it shows the success of the business
in translating its operations into a return for shareholders.
This shows our ability to write profitable new business which increases the value of the group.
This is an important indicator given one of our core objectives is to ‘enhance value through
profitable new business’.
This shows our success at writing new business relative to the rest of the market and
is important context for considering our success at writing new business against our target
market shares.
The gearing is a financial measure that demonstrates the degree to which the company is
funded by debt financing versus equity capital, presented as a ratio. It is defined as debt divided
by debt plus equity, with the equity denominator adding back the net of tax CSM liability,
as measured under IFRS.
This is a key measure given our view that the quality, balance and effectiveness of the
board of directors has a direct bearing on delivering positive outcomes to all stakeholders.
This includes holding the management teams accountable for the delivery of set objectives
and the proper assessment of known and emerging risks and opportunities, e.g. those arising
from climate change.
KEY
Primary interest
Secondary interest
* For the purposes of this key performance indicator assessment, business partners refers to major suppliers and outsource partners.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance. Further information on APMs can be found in the
Additional Information section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
e
g
a
P
38-43
38-43
38-43
38-43
87-89
7
7
59
40-43
40-43
56-59
94-95
13
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OVERVIEW
CHAIR’S STATEMENT
THE GROUP HAS DELIVERED STRONG CASH GENERATION AND
ECONOMIC VALUE GROWTH DURING THE PERIOD WHILST
CONTINUING TO HAVE A STRONG SOLVENCY POSITION. THIS HAS
SUPPORTED AN INCREASE IN THE FULL YEAR DIVIDEND FOR
A 19TH CONSECUTIVE YEAR AND PROVIDES HEADROOM FOR
FUTURE M&A.
Strong cash generation and solvency
Chesnara has continued its strong track record of delivering cash generation† across a variety of market
conditions in 2023. Total commercial cash generation of £53.0m supports us continuing to extend our
dividend growth track record. We are recommending that our shareholders will receive a final dividend
of 15.61p per share, an increase of 3% in the full year dividend for the 19th consecutive year.
Having a strong and stable solvency position provides financial security for customers and is also critical
to the investment case for both our equity and debt investors. And having material solvency headroom
also supports our ability to execute further M&A.
I am pleased to report a continued strong Solvency II ratio of 205%. This remains significantly above our
normal operating range of 140-160%, providing us with considerable strategic flexibility. Our solvency
position remains underpinned by a well-diversified business model, a focus on responsible risk-based
management and resilient and reliable cash flows from our businesses. And our businesses have
delivered EcV growth even after the impact of FX and dividends.
Steve talks about these financial dynamics further in his report.
People and operational delivery
Across the group, our people continue to deliver, which includes the execution of another two deals in the
period. Firstly, we completed the acquisition of the Conservatrix insurance portfolio in the Netherlands
on 1 January. Later in May, we announced the acquisition of Canada Life’s protection portfolio in the UK,
which has been initially executed through a reinsurance arrangement. The deals have created significant
value for investors with £28.4m of day 1 EcV gains and we expect them to be an important source of
value in the long term. Our teams in the Netherlands and UK have worked extremely hard to integrate
the newly acquired businesses and portfolios, including Sanlam Life and Pensions (CASLP) which we
purchased in the previous year. We have completed the Part VII transfer of the CASLP policies into
our main UK insurance company, Countrywide Assured, which has also had a positive impact on
cash generation and EcV, and the insurance portfolio of Conservatrix is now fully integrated into the
Waard Group.
Another major development during the period has been the announcement of a new outsource partner
in the UK, SS&C. This positive development creates a sound commercial and operational foundation for
long-term customer support and business development.
In Movestic we have continued to work on improving our customer service, launching a new unique
digital service in the year that allows customers to customise how they utilise their occupational pension
scheme. We have also continued to build our custodian business through new partnerships in the year.
And, in the Netherlands, Scildon has continued with its IT upgrade programme, improving its customer
and broker front-end capabilities.
The transition to the new insurance contract accounting regime, IFRS 17, has gone live in 2023 and our
full year accounts have fully complied with the statutory requirements of the new standard. This is the
culmination of several hard years of planning and execution from teams across the group.
And finally, we have also been working hard to transition a number of leadership roles. During the year,
September saw Pauline Derkman become CEO of Scildon and Jackie Ronson become our UK CEO and
in December Sara Lindberg become our CEO of Movestic. We wish them the very best in their roles.
On behalf of the board, I also wanted to thank Gert-Jan Fritzsche, Linnéa Echorville and Ken Hogg for
everything they have done for Scildon, Movestic and CA respectively over the six, six and seven years
they were CEOs of their respective businesses.
LUKE SAVAGE, CHAIR
14
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OVERVIEWWe also announced that David Rimmington will not be seeking re-election at
our Annual General Meeting in May 2024 and that he will be stepping down
from the board and leaving his role as Group Finance Director at that meeting.
He will be replaced by Tom Howard who will become Group Chief Financial
Officer, subject to regulatory approval, and should start with us no later than
1 May 2024. On behalf of the board, I want to thank David for everything
he has achieved at Chesnara over the last ten years and he leaves with our
best wishes. At the same time, we are delighted to be welcoming Tom to
Chesnara plc. He has extensive financial services experience, particularly
in life insurance and asset management, as well as expertise in M&A;
these skills align strongly with the group’s strategic ambition.
The path to sustainability will be long and complicated but we are investing
in sustainability-focused resource and infrastructure to support the group on
this journey. A very visible and encouraging development was the success
of our first group-wide Sustainability Summit held in June. I was hugely
encouraged by the level of engagement from all levels across the group
and by the clear alignment of ambitions leading to the identification of key
workstreams and objectives. The objectives are a mix of items that create
solid foundations for longer-term change together with some shorter-term
actions that will begin to make a real world positive impact. I am confident
that we will deliver against those objectives and I look forward to updating
you on our progress.
Outlook
Overall, it has been a good year of delivery and strong cash generation.
The start of 2024 has continued to show volatile market conditions with
inflation and interest rates persisting at higher levels than we have seen
in recent years. That said, we have seen more positive signs from equity
markets and stronger signals from central banks that we will return to
normality in terms of macro-economic conditions.
Our business model has delivered positively in these volatile environments,
and we continue to expect the UK and European M&A markets to be active.
Our strong and stable solvency, alongside the parent company cash balance,
leaves us well positioned to participate in these markets.
And as we reach our 20th year as a listed company, the board and I look
forward to continuing to deliver for our shareholders in the future.
Luke Savage
Chair
27 March 2024
It has been a period of significant operational delivery and I would like to take
this opportunity to thank staff for their continued commitment and efforts.
We remain mindful that significant periods of operational delivery, although
rewarding, can be stressful and so we remain committed to investing in staff
welfare programmes to support our people.
Purpose
At Chesnara, we help protect customers and their dependants through the
provision of life, health, and disability cover or by providing savings and
pensions products to meet future financial needs. These are very often
customers that have come to us through acquisition, and we are committed
to ensuring that they remain positively supported by us.
We have always managed our business in a responsible way and have
a strong sense of acting in a fair manner, giving full regard to the relative
interests of all stakeholders.
Delivering cash generation, EcV growth and solvency will always remain
of key importance for many reasons. These include our desire to offer
competitive returns to shareholders and fund our debt investor coupon
payments but also because it creates financial stability for customers.
We continue to be very conscious of the need for the business to serve
a wider purpose, with an increasing balance of focus across the 3Ps:
Profit, People and Planet.
Governance is a core foundation to our business model and we have
a well-established Governance Framework. We continue to increase our
focus on environmental and social matters and are committed to becoming
a sustainable Chesnara. Alongside this document, we have published our
2023 Annual Sustainability Report which details our wider ambitions and
progress against our targets and commitments. I encourage you to read
the report and please provide any feedback or thoughts to me or a member
of the Chesnara team.
3% INCREASE IN TOTAL 2023
DIVIDEND TO 23.97p, OUR 19TH
YEAR OF CONSECUTIVE RISES.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial
performance. Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information
section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
15
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OVERVIEWCHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT
THE GROUP HAS GENERATED MATERIAL EcV EARNINGS AND
DELIVERED STRONG CASH GENERATION. OUR PEOPLE HAVE
DELIVERED TWO ACQUISITIONS, SECURED A NEW UK STRATEGIC
PARTNERSHIP AND MADE THE SUCCESSFUL TRANSITION TO IFRS 17.
AND WE ARE CONTINUING TO SEE PLENTY OF M&A OPPORTUNITIES.
Introduction & results
The key strategic areas of focus for 2023 have remained the same across Chesnara, namely:
1. Running in-force insurance and pensions books efficiently and effectively;
2. Seeking out and delivering value enhancing M&A opportunities; and
3. Writing focused, profitable new business where we are satisfied an appropriate return
can be made.
The momentum behind our acquisition strategy has continued with a further two deals recognised in the
year (five now in the last two years). These two acquisitions have added £28.4m of immediate additional
value to the group against consideration paid of £9m and total group capital deployed of £35m.
Conservatrix and Robein Leven are now both fully integrated into Waard and the UK completed the
Part VII of CASLP policies into CA in December, which has created synergies that have had a positive
impact on cash generation and EcV. We also saw an improved contribution from new business for the
period at £10m, including nearly £2m from the UK.
We have c1 million customers in Chesnara and we take the responsibility of delivering for them every day
very seriously. Our UK team has been working hard to implement the new UK Consumer Duty regulation
which will help continue to ensure we focus on good outcomes and value for money for customers.
A major highlight in the year is the signing of a new outsource arrangement in the UK, which we
announced in May. Sixty-eight Chesnara colleagues transferred to SS&C in August and we have a major
programme of activity underway to migrate our UK policies to our new operating platform, including
both CASLP and those policies being acquired from Canada Life UK. SS&C will be a key partner for us,
enabling the UK business to continue to deliver high quality and cost effective servicing with the capacity
and flexibility to support continued M&A developments in the UK where we see good opportunities.
In Scildon, work has continued to improve the efficiency and usability of our Individual Life platform which
has seen positive feedback from brokers. And for Sweden, further automation and use of AI, alongside
the build of digital tools such as the pension calculator, have also been material developments.
As Luke mentions, there has been an increased focus on defining and delivering the group sustainability
vision in line with the commitments we set out in our Annual Sustainability Report (ASR), including our
new initial interim targets for financed emissions. We are committed to a 50% reduction by 2030 in our
scope 1 and 2 financed emissions investments that are within our control or influence, which represents
a material component of our assets under management. We will also be working with partners and
customers for those assets where we have less control or influence, for example those where
policyholders self-select their own investments. We remain strongly committed to net zero by 2050
for all our financed emissions and so our targets will expand over time to include all asset classes.
THE PART VII TRANSFER OF THE SANLAM
BOOK COMPLETED IN DECEMBER AND WORK
IS PROGRESSING WELL ON THE MIGRATION
OF POLICIES TO OUR NEW PLATFORM.
STEVE MURRAY, CEO
16
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OVERVIEW
DIVISIONAL COMMERCIAL CASH
GENERATION REPRESENTS
c212% COVERAGE OF THE 2023
SHAREHOLDER DIVIDEND. Δ
Divisional commercial cash generation £m
25.7
2.3
Divisional
Total
76.5
48.5
UK
Sweden
Netherlands
OVERVIEW
ECONOMIC VALUE
GREW MATERIALLY
BY 12% OR £59.1M*.
TWO ACQUISITIONS
HAVE ADDED £28.4M
OF ADDITIONAL VALUE
TO THE GROUP.
STRONG SOLVENCY
AT 205%, WELL ABOVE
NORMAL OPERATING
RANGE OF 140-160%.
WE HAVE SET OUR INITIAL
INTERIM EMISSIONS
REDUCTION TARGETS
ON OUR INVESTMENTS.
50% REDUCTION BY 2030 FOR LISTED EQUITY
AND CORPORATE FIXED INCOME INVESTMENTS
THAT ARE WITHIN OUR CONTROL OR INFLUENCE.
* Pre-dividend payment & FX impacts.
Δ Excluding FX consolidation impacts.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance. Further information
on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
17
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT
The production of our transition plans will be a key step in identifying the more
detailed actions we will take to tackle all our financed emissions and will also
factor in how we manage a just transition which considers the needs of all
stakeholders, including nature and biodiversity. I am pleased to report that
we are taking tangible steps on our journey, including implementing new
platforms and tools to enable us to baseline our financed and operational
emissions. I share Luke’s confidence that we will be able to successfully
deliver against our sustainability objectives and look forward to providing
updates on our future progress.
Whilst the move to IFRS 17 has been a very material programme of work for
the group, you will note that my wider review continues to focus on metrics
linked to Solvency II. We continue to believe that the Solvency II metrics
better support a commercial assessment of the business and remain the
metrics upon which we manage the group.
Cash generation, group liquidity and
strong solvency
After five years of intensive work, there has also been a significant focus on
ensuring we could report on the new IFRS 17 basis. I am delighted to report
that our 2023 financial statements are compliant.
At the heart of the Chesnara financial model and investment case
is resilient cash generation and stable solvency, across a wide variety
of market conditions.
WE HAVE STRONG LINE OF
SIGHT TO SOURCES OF CASH
GENERATION AND SUBSTANTIAL
RESOURCES TO FUND FUTURE
ACQUISITIONS.
Process-wise, we are in good shape regarding transitioning from the project
to recurring business as usual operations and the financial impact of the
transition to the new reporting framework is positive and in line with the
guidance we gave investors alongside our full year 2022 results.
Pre the proposed FY dividend and FX impacts, the group Economic Value†
grew materially by 12% (up £59.1m) and we saw all components of the
‘Chesnara Fan’ growth model deliver positively over the year. We invested
further in central resources to support major projects such as IFRS 17 and
M&A activity as well as continuing to pay the coupon on our £200m Tier 2
debt instrument.
The derivative we put in place towards the end of 2022 to reduce the
exposure of our capital surplus to extreme FX movements has been renewed
and slightly broadened in 2023. Whilst this mitigates against extreme
movements we do remain exposed to the risks and opportunities relating to
FX movements within the cap and floor of the derivative. A primary driver of
the hedge was to reduce the capital we need to hold against currency risk and
to limit more extreme EcV exposure, rather than to fully hedge FX exposures
across all metrics. During 2023 sterling has strengthened slightly against the
euro and Swedish krona resulting in a negative FX impact on EcV of £10.8m.
The group continued to generate cash with total commercial cash generation
of £53.0m. We see this as a stong result given the underlying economic
conditions in the year. Our cash generation has benefitted from delivering
a mass lapse reinsurance arrangement in the UK towards the end of the year,
and has also been positively impacted by the UK’s Solvency II reform, which
resulted in a reduction in the level of risk margin we are required to hold in
our UK business.
In terms of cash resources, we have again seen a significant flow of dividends
in the period from our divisions with £71.3m having been remitted to
Chesnara during the year. This contributed to a £16m increase in the parent
company surplus cash balance (including holding companies) and a closing
amount of £124m (which is post payment of the full year 2022 and interim
2023 dividends). Our group solvency ratio has also improved further during
the period closing at 205% (31 December 2022: 197%). As Luke highlighted,
this is materially above our normal operating range of 140-160% and provides
us with substantial headroom to support further strategic activity.
Our inaugural IFRS 17 numbers show a £51.5m increase in net equity as at
31 December 2022. As at 31 December 2023 total net equity is £359.9m
with a contractual service margin (CSM) of £166.5m. This results in a leverage
ratio of 29.2% (including the CSM net of tax) which is a significant reduction
compared to the ratio of 37.6% reported at 31 December 2022 under the
previous IFRS reporting regime. Whilst the CSM gives a useful indication of
future profits on our insurance business it should be noted that in fact only
42% of our total portfolio is classified as insurance. As such, the CSM by no
means represents the full future profit of the group as it excludes investment
contracts. Further information regarding IFRS 17 is included on pages 54 to 58
of this report with additional detailed disclosure in the IFRS Financial
Statements section.
18
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OVERVIEWStrong cash generation
The total group commercial cash generation† (excluding the impact
of acquisitions) during the year was £53.0m (2022: £46.6m). This more
than covers the proposed full year 2023 dividend of £36.1m.
Looking at how our businesses have generated cash, the divisional
commercial cash generation† for the year, excluding FX translation impacts,
was £76.5m (2022: £28.3m). This represents c212% coverage of the total
2023 dividend and shows we continue to have significant future dividend
paying capacity. The cash generation results include some positive impacts
from management actions taken during the year, including the impact of mass
lapse reinsurance in the UK and the benefits from the UK Solvency II reforms.
The Chesnara parent company cash (including holding companies) and
instant access liquidity fund balance at the year end has increased to £124m
(31 December 2022: £108m). Cash reserves have benefitted from the £71m
of divisional dividend receipts during the year. This provides substational
resources for future acquisitions and further supports the sustainable funding
of the group dividend and payment of our Tier 2 debt coupon. The group
continues to retain a Revolving Credit Facility with a further £100m of
capacity and an additional £50m accordian.
Looking forward, we continue to have a strong line of sight to future cash
generation over the medium and longer term from the unwind of risk margin
and SCR, investment returns above risk free rates, wider synergies and
management actions. And that’s before further potential benefits from
new business and further acquisitions.
Strong solvency
During the year we have seen a further increase in the group solvency ratio
to 205% (2022: 197%).
Solvency ratio
Normal operating solvency range
160%
140%
155%
156%
152%
197%
205%
Absolute
surplus
£211m
Absolute
surplus
£204m
Absolute
surplus
£191m
Absolute
surplus
£298m
Absolute
surplus
£351m
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
The closing headline solvency ratio of 205% is significantly above our normal
operating range of between 140% and 160%. Unlike many of our peers, the
solvency ratio does not adopt any of the temporary benefits available from
Solvency II transitional arrangements, although we do apply the volatility
adjustment in our UK and Dutch divisions. The ratio does include the benefit
of the capital efficiencies relating to the Tier 2 debt raised in 2022.
We expect to utilise this additional capital surplus as we undertake
acquisitions, which should result in the ratio reverting back to within
the robust and stable 140% to 160% historical range.
The long-term outlook for growth remains
positive, particularly through M&A
The ‘Chesnara fan’ illustrates the additional areas of growth potential
the group may benefit from that aren’t fully reflected in our Economic
Value† metric.
The categories of potential
upside (which are not shown to
scale) will emerge over time
Economic Value
(illustrative)
Future acquisitions
New business
Synergies
Real world returns
Risk margin
Total potential
Commercial Value
(illustrative)
We have previously highlighted that, over the medium term, we expect all
components of the growth model to be positive, although there can be a level
of shorter-term volatility in each element. Over the year all components have
made positive contributions, although synergy-related gains are offset by the
impact of central costs (development costs and Tier 2 interest).
Although there are limitations to tracking the growth metrics over short time
periods, it remains useful to assess how the results for the period mapped
against the value growth components of the ‘Chesnara fan’.
A key element of the growth model is real world investment returns.
The reported EcV of the group assumes risk free returns on shareholder and
policyholder assets. Given the direct link to external market performance this
source of value tends to be the most volatile of the growth sources. During
the year, real world returns added c£43m to EcV. This gain partially offsets the
significant Economic Value reduction from lower real world investment returns
we saw in 2022, whilst demonstrating the value potential from even modestly
beneficial economic conditions.
Over time, we expect improvements to operational effectiveness to be
a source of value creation, be that through M&A synergies, scale benefits
or other positive management actions (such as our recently announced
partnership with SS&C). During the year, the deals completed have
generated positive synergies. I am also pleased to report £10.1m of value
growth resulting from commercial new business profits which have slightly
increased versus 2022.
Acquisitions in the period have also added £28.4m of EcV. We see continued
momentum behind the M&A strategy which is now materially contributing
to the growth of the group. It’s worth noting that further value growth
expectations from these deals are not recognised in the day 1 gains.
Focused writing of new business
Writing new business is the third area of focus in the Chesnara strategy.
Not only is new business value-adding in its own right, importantly it adds
scale which in turn enhances operational effectiveness and improves the
sustainability of the financial model. During the year, we have seen positive
commercial new business† profits of £10.1m (2022: £9.5m). This has
included a contribution of almost £2m from the UK.
We have grown our Funds Under Management (FuM)† in 2023, largely
through the completion of the acquisition of the insurance portfolio of
Conservatrix and we have also reported a growth in underlying asset values.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial
performance. Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information
section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
19
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OVERVIEWCHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S REPORT
Growth in FuM†
Funds Under Management £bn
Growth of 61% since 2018
7.1
7.7
8.5
9.1
10.6
11.5
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
FOLLOWING THE RECENT
ACQUISITIONS, WE NOW LOOK
AFTER C1 MILLION POLICIES FOR
CUSTOMERS WHO HAVE £11.5BN
OF THEIR ASSETS WITH US.
Confidence in our ability to execute future M&A
We remain optimistic about the prospect of future acquisitions and believe
that we can deliver further value-accretive deals. Even relatively small
transactions can have a material positive cumulative impact, as the group
delivers synergies from integrating businesses and portfolios into its
existing operations.
2023 has continued to see an active M&A market across European insurance
for deals of £1bn and below with large international insurance groups
continuing to focus their strategies and management teams actively managing
business portfolios to release capital and simplify operations. Even with the
ongoing market volatility and macroeconomic environment, we expect the
positive levels of insurance M&A to continue. An active market provides
opportunities for Chesnara as a consolidator and the five deals that we have
announced over the past two years are indicative of the momentum that
we have in this key strategic objective, providing confidence in our ability
to execute future M&A.
We continue to have material financial resources to deploy, with cash
balances of £124m at a parent and holding company level. Our Revolving
Credit Facility is not currently utilised and creates an additional level of
working capital capacity of £150m. For more transformational deals, we retain
the ability to raise equity and are mindful of the potential benefits from other
funding arrangements, such as joint ventures or vendor part-ownership.
Our assessment of the market potential, our track record of delivery and the
actions we have taken to enhance our ability to execute M&A means we are
confident that acquisitions will continue to contribute to Chesnara’s success
in the future.
Continued delivery of acquisitive growth
People changes
The primary purpose of Chesnara when it was formed back in 2004 was to
acquire other closed-book businesses and acquisition activity has been a core
component of our historical EcV growth. As well as the immediate benefit
from incoming EcV, acquisitions also improve the future growth outlook by
enhancing the potential from the other value elements of the ‘Chesnara fan’.
Successful acquisitions have been key to Chesnara’s development historically
and will remain so in the future. During 2023 we delivered two acquisitions.
The acquisition of the insurance portfolio of Conservatrix, a specialist provider
of life insurance products in the Netherlands, was completed on 1 January
2023 having been originally announced in July 2022. The insurance portfolio
has increased Waard’s number of policies under administration by over 50%,
transforming Waard into a second material closed-book consolidation
business alongside Chesnara’s existing UK platform. The Conservatrix
transaction increased the group’s EcV by £21.7m and provides further EcV
accretion potential, including from future real world investment returns and
the run-off of the risk margin. We have already seen significant recycling of
some of the capital deployed to support the acquisition.
On 16 May 2023 Chesnara announced the acquisition of the onshore
individual protection line of business of Canada Life UK, which was closed
to new business in November 2022. As a result of the acquisition, the life
insurance and critical illness policies for approximately 47,000 customers
will transfer to Chesnara’s UK subsidiary, Countrywide Assured plc (CA).
In the interim period, Canada Life UK will reinsure the portfolio to CA,
effective from 31 December 2022. The initial commission as part of the
reinsurance agreement was £9.0m, funded from internal group resources,
and the transaction has increased the group’s Economic Value by £6.7m.
Positive progress continues on the work to complete the transition of CASLP
into our target operating platform and the approval of the Part VII transfer
of CASLP into CA in December was a further important milestone here
and also had a positive impact on EcV.
There have been a number of changes in key personnel of the group over
the course of the year, as summarised below.
– In February 2023, we announced that after six years as our Scildon CEO,
Gert-Jan Fritzsche would be leaving the business. Having conducted a full
market search, we were delighted to announce in July that Pauline Derkman
agreed to take up the position of Scildon CEO on 1 September. She has
a huge amount of Dutch market experience, including M&A, from her time
at Aegon, ASR and PWC.
– In August 2023 we also announced that after six years as Movestic CEO,
Linnéa Ecorcheville would be leaving the business. Sara Lindberg, who is
a key member of our Movestic management team, was initially appointed
as interim CEO whilst a formal market search was performed. Sara was part
of this process and it was clear that Sara was the strongest candidate to
fulfil this position, not least given her strong performance in the interim role,
and she was consequently appointed as CEO on a permanent basis.
– In September 2023 we announced that after seven years Ken Hogg, our UK
CEO, would be leaving the business. We were delighted to announce that
Jackie Ronson would be taking up the role of UK CEO and started with
Chesnara on 14 September. She brings with her over 25 years of experience
across financial services and beyond, working in a range of businesses from
start-ups to FTSE 100 organisations.
Regulatory approval was received for all three new appointments and
a full transition of responsibilities completed. I want to thank Gert-Jan,
Ken and Linnéa for all their efforts at Chesnara and wish them the very
best for the future.
– And in December, we announced that David Rimmington, Group Finance
Director, would not be seeking re-election at the 2024 AGM and that he would
step down as a director at that time. David has seen through the year end
2023 financial reporting process, including the inaugural annual reporting of
the group’s results under IFRS 17. I would like to thank him for his service to
the business over the last 10 years, particularly the support and guidance he
has given me over the last two years. We wish him well as he considers the
next steps in his career.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial
performance. Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information
section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
20
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OVERVIEWOutlook
It has been pleasing to see economic earnings gains in the year as well as
continued strong cash generation. Whilst a volatile macroeconomic backdrop
will continue to be a material factor in all our markets, we remain confident
that the Chesnara business model will continue to generate cash across
a wide variety of market conditions, as it has done over its history.
We also remain positive on the outlook for further M&A and are starting 2024
with a positive pipeline of opportunities. The two deals delivered in 2023
providing further evidence of the renewed momentum we have behind our
M&A activity.
Finally, the operational delivery we have seen during the year would not have
been possible without the fantastic efforts of our teams across the group.
In 2024, Chesnara will be celebrating the 20th anniversary of its listing.
It’s a privilege to be leading the business in its 20th year and looking ahead
I continue to believe there is a lot to look forward to here at Chesnara.
Steve Murray
Chief Executive Officer
27 March 2024
– Having delivered the year end reporting process and associated releases,
David will support the orderly transition of his role to Tom Howard, who will
be joining us from Aviva in April. Tom has held a variety of senior roles within
Aviva plc, including Director of Mergers & Acquisitions for Aviva Group and
CFO for Aviva’s Life and General Insurance business in Ireland. Tom brings
with him European actuarial and financial reporting capabilities and a strong
track record of leadership in finance, M&A, capital management and business
transformation. I am looking forward to working closely with Tom as we push
forward delivering the group’s renewed strategy.
I am confident that these changes will put us in a strong position to deliver
our ambitious plans for the future.
A sustainable Chesnara
We are committed to becoming a sustainable group and our principles are:
‘Do no harm. Do good. Act now for later.’ As a steward and a safe harbour
for our c1 million policyholders and c£11.5bn of policyholder and shareholder
assets, we have a real responsibility to help drive the change needed to
deliver decarbonisation, protect nature and ensure a sustainable society and
economy. The path to sustainability will be long and complicated but we are
working to put sustainability at the heart of everything we do and during the
year we have taken action to embed sustainability into decision making across
the group.
Our work is overseen by the board and our Group Sustainability Committee
which is chaired by our Senior Independent Director, Jane Dale. The
committee consists of executive management from across the group,
with executive sponsorship from myself, and is focused on delivery of
real world actions.
Our commitments are detailed within our Annual Sustainability Report and,
simply put, we will make decisions based on all of our stakeholders, including
the planet and its natural resources. Based on this, we’re committed to:
1. Supporting a sustainable future, including our net zero transition plans
2. Making a positive impact, including our plans to invest in positive solutions
3. Creating a fairer world, ensuring our group is an inclusive environment
for all employees, customers and stakeholders.
As I highlighted earlier, these commitments are shaping what we do
and how we do it and we have set our initial interim 2030 targets for
financed emissions.
In addition, we will be reporting on our sustainability position and activities
in line with the appropriate reporting frameworks. We have reported under
TCFD (Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures) for several years,
are reporting under the CFD regulations (Climate-Related Financial Disclosure)
for the first time this year as required by an amendment to the Companies
Act, and we have commenced our work on CSRD (the EU Corporate
Sustainability Reporting Directive) reporting.
21
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OVERVIEW
STRATEGIC
REPORT
Amsterdam, Netherlands
24 Our strategy, business model
and culture & values
26 Our strategy
28 Our culture & values
30 Section 172 reporting
38 Business review
45 Capital management
48 Financial review
59 Financial management
61 Risk management
71 Corporate and social responsibility
22 CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
23
OUR STRATEGY, BUSINESS MODEL, AND CULTURE
& VALUES
Our strategy focuses on delivering value to customers and shareholders, mindful of the interests
of other stakeholders, through our three strategic pillars, executed across our three territories.
OUR STRATEGY
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES
01
02
03
MA XIMISE THE VALUE
FROM EXISTING BUSINESS
ACQUIRE LIFE AND
PENSIONS BUSINESSES
ENHANCE VALUE THROUGH
PROFITABLE NEW BUSINESS
Managing our existing customers
efficiently, whilst delivering good
outcomes, is core to delivering
our overall strategic aims.
Acquiring and integrating companies
into our business model is key to
continuing our growth journey.
Writing profitable new business
supports the growth of our group
and helps mitigate the natural
run-off of our book.
KPIs
Cash generation
EcV earnings
Customer outcomes
KPIs
Cash generation
EcV growth
Customer outcomes
Risk appetite
KPIs
EcV growth
Customer outcomes
Read more on p27
Read more on p27
Read more on p27
HOW WE ORGANISE OURSELVES
UK
NETHERLANDS
SWEDEN
CA
WAARD GROUP
SCILDON
MOVESTIC
Read more on p38
Read more on p42
Read more on p40
Underwriting linked pension
business; life insurance, covering
both index-linked and unit-linked;
endowments; whole of life; annuities
and some with-profit business.
Underwriting
mainly term
life policies,
with some
unit-linked and
non-life policies.
Underwriting
of protection,
individual
savings
and group
pensions
contracts.
Predominantly the underwriting
of unit-linked pensions and
savings. Also provides life and
health product offerings as well
as custodian business.
c291,000
c159,000
c236,000
c284,000
DIVISION
OPERATING
COMPANY
KEY
PRODUCTS
NUMBER
OF POLICIES
Onshore bond sold through
investment platforms.
n/a
Sold through
a broker network.
Largely through a network of brokers
and partners, although some is sold
directly to customers.
DISTRIBUTION
METHOD
CHESNARA CULTURE AND VALUES – RESPONSIBLE RISK-BASED MANAGEMENT
24
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023S
R
E
D
L
O
H
E
K
A
T
S
S
E
V
I
T
C
E
J
B
O
s
I
P
K
Our strategy is delivered through a proven business model underpinned by a robust risk management
and governance framework and our established culture and values.
OUR BUSINESS MODEL
INVESTORS
CUSTOMERS
REGUL ATORS
STAFF
SUPPLIERS AND
PARTNERS
THE PL ANET
AND NATURAL
ENVIRONMENT
Competitive returns
through attractive
dividends and share
price growth for
shareholders and
a dependable
coupon payment
for debtholders
Cash
generation†
EcV† growth
Solvency
RESPONSIBLE
RISK-BASED
MANAGEMENT
FOR THE BENEFIT
OF ALL OUR
STAKEHOLDERS
– SHAREHOLDERS
– DEBTHOLDERS
– STAFF
– SUPPLIERS AND
PARTNERS
– NATURAL
ENVIRONMENT
– CUSTOMERS
Good outcomes
Financial stability
and regulatory
compliance
Attract, promote
and retain
quality staff
Job satisfaction
and motivation
Long-term
reliable
relationships
Progress to being
a sustainable group
Good outcomes
Good outcomes
Investment
return
Solvency
Staff survey
results
Quality of
service
Operational
emissions
Staff retention rates
Tracking expenditure
Financed emissions
Openness of
relationship
Energy usage
Investment in
positive solutions
OUR CULTURE AND VALUES
FAIR
TREATMENT
OF CUSTOMERS
MAINTAIN
ADEQUATE
FINANCIAL
RESOURCES
PROVIDE A
COMPETITIVE
RETURN TO OUR
INVESTORS
ROBUST
REGUL ATORY
COMPLIANCE
A JUST
TRANSITION TO
A SUSTAINABLE
GROUP
STAKEHOLDERS
– CUSTOMERS
– CUSTOMERS
– REGUL ATORS
– STAFF
– SHAREHOLDERS
– DEBTHOLDERS
– SHAREHOLDERS
– DEBTHOLDERS
– CUSTOMERS
– REGUL ATORS
– NATURAL
ENVIRONMENT
– ALL
STAKEHOLDERS
INCLUDING
THE PL ANET
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance.
Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
25
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OUR STRATEGY
Our core strategy focuses on the efficient management of our existing business and the creation
of value through acquisitions and writing profitable new business.
STRATEGIC
OBJECTIVE
WHY THIS MATTERS
HOW WE DELIVER:
OUR BUSINESS MODEL
MAXIMISE
VALUE FROM
OUR EXISTING
BUSINESS
The existing books of policies are the
principal source of cash generation†
and Economic Value† and are at the
heart of the investment case for our
shareholders and debtholders. And
if we do not do a great job for our
customers then we won’t have the
right to execute against our other
two strategic pillars.
01
ACQUIRE LIFE
AND PENSION
BUSINESSES
Well considered acquisitions maintain
the effectiveness of the operating
model, create a source of value
enhancement and sustain the longer-
term cash generation potential of
the group.
02
ENHANCE
VALUE THROUGH
PROFITABLE NEW
BUSINESS
The Chesnara financial model supports
incremental value generation through
writing profitable new business.
New business profits are a welcome
source of regular value growth which
supplements the growth delivered
from our existing policy base and
periodic acquisitions.
03
26
A centralised governance oversight and corporate management
team ensures robust and consistent governance across the group.
Operational execution is devolved to the divisions to ensure we
benefit from our strong divisional management teams and reflects
the need to ensure processes are fit for purpose locally. The UK
business adopts an outsourced business model with the CASLP
operating platform including sixty-eight Chesnara colleagues
who transferred to SS&C during 2023. Core operations are not
outsourced in Sweden or the Netherlands.
We create value and generate cash through:
– running our in-force books of business efficiently and effectively;
– executing management actions that create value and/or
generate cash;
– optimising the risk/reward balance in how we invest our assets
and hence generate future returns;
– accessing broader group synergies; and
– ensuring our customer processes deliver good outcomes
(recognising Consumer Duty requirements for UK customers)
and remain robust and in line with customer expectations,
which in turn supports stronger persistency.
– Identify potential deals through an effective network of our own
relationships, supplemented by advisors and industry associates.
– We assess deals by applying well established criteria which
consider the impact on cash generation, Economic Value and
solvency under best estimate and stressed scenarios.
– The financial benefits are viewed in the context of the impact
the deal will have on the enlarged group’s risk profile.
– Transaction risk is minimised through stringent risk-based due
diligence procedures and the senior management team’s
acquisition experience and positive track record.
– We fund deals with debt, equity or cash depending on the size
and cash flows of each opportunity.
– Our acquisition strategy includes both UK and non-UK markets.
– We work cooperatively with regulators.
– Our two operating subsidiaries that write the majority of the
group’s new business are Movestic in Sweden and Scildon in
the Netherlands. We also write a small amount of new business
in the UK post the Sanlam Life & Pensions UK acquisition.
– Movestic primarily focuses on unit-linked pensions and
savings business, distributed largely through brokers and
custodian business distributed by partners, albeit with an
ambition to grow its risk business.
– Scildon sells protection products, individual savings and group
pensions contracts via a broker-led distribution model.
– In the UK, new business is primarily sold via advisors who can
provide new customers with access to our onshore bond product
via a selection of investment platforms that we work with.
– When writing new business we retain a keen focus on ensuring
the business is profitable.
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023HOW WE MEASURE DELIVERY
RISKS:
RISKS:
UPDATE
RISKS: FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ON PRINCIPAL RISKS LISTED
PLEASE SEE THE RELEVANT CODES ON PAGES 63-70
Cash generation†
Cash generated by the existing business is an
important measure for how the business is
performing. It is defined as the movement in the
surplus of capital resources over capital requirements
set by the board. As such, cash can be generated
by either profits arising in the period or a reduction
in capital requirements.
EcV growth
Value generation is measured by reference to the
movement in Economic Value† over the period.
Customer outcomes
This is measured through monitoring:
– customer service metrics;
– policyholder fund performance against industry
and market expectations;
– customer complaint levels; and
– our compliance with regards to regulatory
conduct matters.
Cash generation
Collectively our future acquisitions must be suitably
cash generative to support the funding of the
Chesnara dividend.
EcV enhancement
Acquisitions are required to have a positive impact
on the Economic Value per share in the medium term.
Customer outcomes
Acquisitions must ensure we protect, or ideally
enhance, customer interests.
Risk appetite
Acquisitions should normally align with the group’s
documented risk appetite. If a deal is deemed to
sit outside our risk appetite the financial returns
must be suitably compelling.
EcV enhancement
We measure the amount of Economic Value
added through selling new contracts.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance
understanding of financial performance. Further information
on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section
of this Annual Report and Accounts.
WHAT CAN STOP US
MEETING THIS OBJECTIVE
WHAT CAN WE DO
ABOUT THIS
– PR1 Adverse investment market
conditions can result in lower assets
under management and hence lower
fee income from unit-linked business.
For products with guarantees, this
can increase the cost of fulfilling
the guarantees.
– PR4 Increased lapses on cash
generative/value enhancing products.
– PR4 PR6 Loss of key brokers, or
aggressive competitor pricing, can result
in increases in the level of customers
moving to competitors.
– PR2 Regulatory change can potentially
impact the cash flows arising from the
existing business.
– PR5 Expenditure levels could exceed
those assumed.
– PR1 Foreign currency fluctuations can
impact the sterling value emerging from
overseas operations.
– PR10 Inaccurate model results may lead
to poor decisions regarding strategic,
operational or investment matters.
– Where appropriate, active
investment management
with the aim of delivering
competitive investment
returns for policyholders.
– Outsourcer service levels
that ensure strong customer
service standards.
– Expense assumptions are
deemed to be realistic and
the cost base is well controlled,
predictable and within direct
management influence.
– Close monitoring of persistency
levels and strong customer service
standards help manage lapse
rates and ensure customers
do not unknowingly exit when
it is not in their interest to do so.
– Utilise reinsurance and hedging
strategies, including FX, where
appropriate.
UK
Pages 38-39
SWEDEN
Pages 40-41
NETHERLANDS
Pages 42-43
– PR3 A lack of value adding acquisition
– Operating in three territories
Page 44
opportunities come to market,
the investment case for Chesnara
diminishes over time.
– PR3 PR9 There is the risk that we make
an inappropriate acquisition that
adversely impacts the financial strength
of the group.
– PR10 Inaccurate model outputs during
due diligence stage could potentially
lead to overestimating the value of
acquisitions resulting in over payment.
increases our options thereby
reducing the risk that no further
value adding deals are done.
– A broader target market also
increases the potential for deals
that meet our strategic objectives.
– Each acquisition is supported
by a financial deal assessment
model which includes high quality
financial analysis. This is reviewed
and challenged by management
and the board, mitigating the risk
of a bad deal being pursued.
– PR8 The attractiveness of products can
be influenced by economic conditions,
politics and the media.
– PR6 PR8 PR9 New business volumes
are sensitive to the quality of service
to intermediaries and the end customer.
– PR8 In Sweden, new business remains
relatively concentrated towards several
large brokers and private banks.
– In Sweden, we continue to extend
the breadth of broker support
and develop more direct and
automation capabilities.
– Ensure high quality of service to
existing network of intermediaries.
– Focus on other margin drivers
beyond product pricing, such as
the fund management operation.
– PR8 A competitive market puts pressure
– In the Netherlands, enhance
on new sales margins.
– PR10 Inaccurate assumptions modelling
resulting in writing unprofitable
new business.
business processes and product
offering to be attractive to brokers
and consumers.
SWEDEN
Pages 40-41
NETHERLANDS
Pages 42-43
27
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
OUR CULTURE & VALUES
Our long established and proven culture & values underpin the delivery of our core strategic objectives.
Risk management is at the heart of our robust Governance Framework. Our values are strongly influenced
by the recognition of our responsibility to a range of key stakeholders including customers, regulators,
wider society and our investors.
CULTURE & VALUES
WHY IMPORTANT?
MAINTAINING
ADEQUATE
FINANCIAL
RESOURCES
is at the heart
of good business
conduct.
Effective capital
management
is a key requirement
that underpins our
cultural objectives.
Further information
regarding the
group's solvency
position is included
on pages 45 to 47.
A JUST
TRANSITION TO
A SUSTAINABLE
GROUP
is a key basis of
our strategy. We
are committed to
ensuring that our
operations and
investments are
sustainable and
that sustainability
is at the heart of
our decision making
across the group.
Further information
is included on
pages 71 to 91 and
in our Annual
Sustainability Report.
The fair treatment of customers across
the group is our primary responsibility.
It is also important to the Chesnara
business strategy as it promotes
stronger relationships with our
customers, distributors and regulators.
When applying the terms of our
customer contracts, coupled with
guidance and requirements set out
by our local regulators (including
Consumer Duty in the UK), we place
a high priority on ensuring good
outcomes for our customers.
In managing the business, it is essential
that our decision making assesses the
risk impact of the decision. We achieve
this by understanding the key risk drivers
of the business plan and strategy and
by making sure we monitor these risks
across our whole range of stakeholders.
As a public company, it is imperative
that we offer an attractive investment
proposition for investors. Given the
majority of our shareholders hold our
shares through ‘income funds’, it is
important that we deliver an attractive
and sustainable dividend. Debtholders
also want confidence we can pay any
interest coupon. We also recognise
the benefit of an investment that offers
clarity and consistency of performance.
Working constructively with our
regulators and complying with regulatory
requirements and guidance is imperative
to the delivery of our objectives.
The regulators’ desire for robust and
responsible governance is very much
part of our culture and a principal aim
of the Chesnara board.
FAIR TREATMENT
OF CUSTOMERS
RESPONSIBLE
RISK-BASED
MANAGEMENT
FOR THE BENEFIT
OF ALL OF OUR
STAKEHOLDERS
PROVIDE A
COMPETITIVE
RETURN TO OUR
SHAREHOLDERS
ROBUST
REGULATORY
COMPLIANCE
28
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023WHAT WE HAVE DONE
THE OUTCOMES
Across the group we have continued to focus on delivering good outcomes to our customers,
recognising Consumer Duty requirements for UK customers. Divisional highlights include:
– Sweden: Continued with its digitalisation journey, through the development of a unique digital
service, where customers can manage their occupational pension, and the launch of new
digital medical underwriting and digital investment tools to enhance customer experiences.
The division has also focused on other ways it can support its customers. Customers
approaching retirement are offered an advisory service by a dedicated team of experts who
can support them in their retirement planning process.
– UK: Focused on continuing to deliver a good level of service to our customers. The division
has continued work on ensuring it continues to meet the high standards expected by its
regulators. This has included focusing on delivering its ongoing operational resilience
programme, as well as compliance with the new Consumer Duty rules in July 2023 for two
products open to new business and actions required to meet this for the remainder of the
book by the regulatory deadline of 31 July 2024. The division has also continued with its
activity of seeking to stay in contact with customers and to reunite customers with unclaimed
assets. The UK’s administrative outsource service partners are held to stringent service
level requirements.
– Netherlands: For Waard’s latest acquisition, a key focus has been on ensuring that customers
continue to receive a continued high standard of service throughout the change in ownership
process and that new staff are successfully onboarded. Scildon has been working on
simplifying its product portfolio and further digitalising its customer and advisor portals. It has
also focused on continuing to provide flexible solutions to its customers, mindful of the impact
of the cost of living crisis.
– Where complaints do arise, we continue to manage them in accordance with the appropriate
regulatory practice.
– We closely monitor any regulatory developments to ensure we continue to treat our
customers fairly in accordance with any changing regulatory requirements.
– Generally, a low level of complaints across the group
has continued.
– We acquired the Conservatrix insurance portfolio,
providing certainty to its policyholders and staff
following a prolonged period of disruption.
Policyholders had been unable to access their
products for a number of years and there was some
short-term disruption, as much higher levels of
requests for information were made, which
subsequently led to some backlogs. These backlogs
were managed within the year and complaints have
now reverted back to pre-acquisition levels.
– Transparent customer communications, supporting
better customer outcomes.
– Good ongoing service levels over the course of
the year, with a high level of customer satisfaction.
– More individually adapted communication and
services, leading to higher customer engagement.
– The ORSA process has been fully utilised in the context of providing risk oversight over
the course of the year.
– Delivered our continuous improvement regime regarding how we manage risk
across the group, supported by our annual systems of governance review.
– Robust solvency over the course of the year.
– Ongoing constructive dialogue with regulators across
the different territories in which the group operates.
– Continued our track record of increasing our dividend for the last 19 years, even during
– Dividend growth track record continues, with 3%
turbulent investment market conditions.
– Maintained a robust solvency position in all divisions and at group level which
supports the continued dividend growth and provides substantial headroom
for future acquisitions.
– Completed two value adding acquisitions over the course of 2023.
dividend per share growth in 2023.
– Over the past five years, £167m of dividends
have been paid.
– Further growth potential in both the UK and Europe
as a result of the acquisitions that were completed
during the year as well as future M&A opportunities.
– Maintenance of robust levels of solvency across the group and all divisions throughout
– Ongoing constructive relationships with UK, Swedish
the year.
and Dutch regulators.
– Continued to place a high priority on compliance and maintaining an open dialogue
– Continued adherence to internal governance policies
with our regulators.
– Progressed our sustainability strategy during the year, including: continuing the work
of the Group Sustainability Committee which is responsible for overseeing climate-
related risks and opportunities of the group; successfully baselined our financed
and operational emissions and set our initial interim targets for financed emissions;
established our Positive Solutions Framework and baselined our existing investments;
and we took the first steps to embed sustainability into decision making.
– Completed the group’s IFRS 17 project, broadly in line with plan.
and principles.
– Continued oversight for the group’s sustainability
agenda and targets, including working to set the initial
interim targets which were approved in March 2024.
– IFRS 17 project completed and compliance with
reporting requirements achieved in 2023, with this set
of financial statements being the first IFRS 17 formally
audited report.
29
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023SECTION 172 • THE BOARD’S APPROACH
Our Section 172 reporting seeks to communicate the board’s approach to decision making, who our key
stakeholders are and how they are considered by the board when making decisions.
Section 172 statement
The directors of Chesnara believe that they have acted in a way that they consider, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success
of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in doing so have had regard (amongst other matters) to:
a) the likely consequences of any decision in the long term;
b) the interests of the company's employees;
c) the need to foster the company's business relationships with suppliers, customers and others;
d) the impact of the company's operations on the community and the environment;
e) the desirability of the company to maintain a reputation for high standards of business conduct; and
f) the need to act fairly between members of the company.
The following disclosures provide further insight supporting the above statement over the course of 2023. The disclosures have been split into
three key sections:
The board’s approach
The overall approach taken by the board in ensuring that the requirements of Section 172 are met.
Key stakeholders
This covers the key stakeholders that the board considers are important to the long-term success of the company; how the
company depends on these stakeholders; how key stakeholders are impacted by the decisions of the company; and how
we engage with those stakeholders.
Significant decisions
This covers the significant decisions made by the board during the year and how the directors have considered key
stakeholders in making these decisions.
THE BOARD’S APPROACH
Role of the Chair
As described on page 98 within the Corporate Governance Report, it is the role of the Chair to lead the board in the determination of the group’s strategy;
to ensure that the board is furnished with sufficient information in order to support its decision making; and to ensure that relevant stakeholders have been
taken into account when making decisions.
Business planning
The principal process supporting the longer-term decision making of the board is the group business planning process. This is a three-stage process that takes
place throughout the course of the year, as follows:
STAGE 1
STAGE 2
STAGE 3
Strategic planning
Review and challenge of divisional
and group operational plans
Detailed business plans supported
by financial projections
The first stage of the business planning
process incorporates reviewing and challenging
the strategy of the group as a whole. It presents
an opportunity to ‘stand back’ and review the
overall strategy of the group. Approving the
strategy provides a framework for the group
and its business units to prepare more detailed
operational plans.
Following completion of the strategic planning,
including any associated feedback to the
operating business units, operational plans are
developed and critically reviewed by the group.
The key objectives within the operational plans
are explicitly linked to the strategic objectives
of the group in order to ensure that the key
management actions that have been identified
support delivery of the group strategy.
Following review and feedback from the
operational planning stage, final business
plans are produced at both a divisional and
group level. These include the final operational
deliverables for the short to medium term
and their associated consequences, alongside
the projected financial outcomes of delivering
the plans.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance.
Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
30
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
This section of the strategic report is therefore designed to provide insight into how the directors of Chesnara
have discharged their responsibilities under Section 172 of the Companies Act, and in particular having had
regard to the matters set out in Section 172 (1) (a) to (f) when performing their duties.
The business planning process for 2023 confirmed that the board wishes to continue to pursue the following strategy:
01
02
03
MAXIMISE THE VALUE FROM
EXISTING BUSINESS
ACQUIRE LIFE AND
PENSIONS BUSINESSES
ENHANCE VALUE THROUGH
PROFITABLE NEW BUSINESS
Managing our existing customers
efficiently whilst delivering good
outcomes is core to delivering our
overall strategic aims.
Acquiring and integrating companies
into our business model is key to
continuing our growth journey.
Writing profitable new business supports
the growth of our group and helps
mitigate the natural run-off of our book.
The strategy of the group is executed whilst ensuring that the group conducts its affairs in line with the following core culture and value principles:
– Fair treatment of customers
– Responsible risk-based management for the benefit of all of our stakeholders
– Providing a competitive return to our investors
– Robust regulatory compliance
– Maintaining adequate financial resources
– A just transition to a sustainable group.
These are described in more detail on pages 24 to 29.
Each key objective within the group business plan is supported by relevant information
in order to support the review and challenge process by the board, having regard to the
factors required by Section 172 (1) (a) to (f).
Further information on how the board considers each key stakeholder group is provided
on pages 32 to 34.
As referred to above, business plans are supported by associated financial budgets and
projections. This helps to ensure that both the shorter-term and longer-term financial
consequences of following the plan are appropriately considered in the context of all
our stakeholders, in particular our shareholders. The key financial items/metrics that
are projected are shown to the right.
Having a clear view of all of these metrics supports the directors in assessing whether
the business plan is expected to meet the expectations of our stakeholders.
Key financial metrics in the business planning process:
ECONOMIC VALUE†
CASH GENERATION†
SOLVENCY
IFRS PROFITS
DIVISIONAL AND GROUP DIVIDENDS
EXPENSES
NEW BUSINESS PROFIT EXPECTATIONS†
Corporate Governance and Responsibilities Map
Complementing the business planning process for making decisions is the existence of the ‘Chesnara Corporate Governance and Responsibilities Map’, which
operates at group board level and with business unit equivalents in place to reflect territory-specific considerations. The objectives of the maps are to “…set out
the mechanisms of governance for Chesnara and the framework of governance requirements to be observed across the group, including principles, policies,
delegations of authority and decision making arrangements”. Each map contains a framework that supports decision making and includes relevant guidance
on what decisions can be made locally and what requires escalation to the Chesnara board. It also provides guidance on what information is required to support
board decision making.
Board papers and matters discussed
The board agenda and associated supporting documents are designed to support the board in directing the business, which includes, amongst other things,
discharging its responsibilities in relation to Section 172 (1) (a) to (f). For each meeting, a suite of relevant board papers is produced, with one of the key sources
of information produced for the board, over and above the group business planning process, being the group’s quarterly management information (MI) pack.
This is designed to be a ‘one stop’ holistic view of the group as a whole and covers, amongst other things, the following items of relevance to the requirements
of Section 172:
– Divisional updates, including financial results, business plan progress, key customer initiatives, regulatory interactions, operational performance (including
updates on key outsourcer, supplier and employee matters);
– Matters pertaining to investor relations;
– Consolidated financial results across various different metrics;
– Investment performance analysis, covering both customer and shareholder returns;
– Progress updates on key objectives within the business plan;
– Risk matters affecting the group;
– Regulatory updates across the group;
– Internal audit matters; and
– Sustainability updates.
31
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023SECTION 172 • KEY STAKEHOLDERS
The following table identifies the key stakeholders that the board considers are important to the long-term
success of the company. It provides insight into how the company engages with these stakeholders and how
they are considered when making strategic decisions. Matters arising in relation to each stakeholder group are
communicated by management to the board in an MI pack at each board meeting.
DEPENDENCIES OF
BUSINESS ON THE
STAKEHOLDER
Our customers are key
to the long-term success
of the group, both in
terms of retaining existing
customers and attracting
new ones to our open
books of business.
Without our customers,
Chesnara would cease
to exist.
IMPACT OF BUSINESS
ON THE STAKEHOLDER
HOW WE ENGAGE
WITH THE STAKEHOLDER
Our primary concern is ensuring
that our customers have
policies with a financially
strong company that gives
them good outcomes. Our
financial management and
culture & values statements
ensure that this is embedded
across the group. We closely
manage all aspects of the
customer journey, covering
customer experience,
communications, policyholder
expectations, product value
for money, and our solvency.
Our primary engagement with customers comes from a
combination of outward communication, coupled with customer
contact, be it through policy changes, queries or claims.
From an outwards communication perspective, our aim is to
ensure we provide transparent and understandable information
to our customers, be it in the form of regular written letters/
booklets, information available on our website or through
any other material made available to customers.
From the perspective of responding to customer contact,
we seek to make our processes as helpful to the customer
as possible, mindful of different customer group preferences.
This involves ensuring that our customer contact staff are
well trained for telephony or email correspondence and making
other technology available where feasible (such as the use
of apps). We obtain feedback on the way we engage with
our customers through periodic market research or customer
focus groups.
KPIs MONITORED
REL ATING TO THE
STAKEHOLDER
Policy lapses
Complaints
Customer
survey scores
Having a strong and stable
shareholder base is seen
as critical for the long-term
success of the group.
Our shareholder support
facilitates pursuing our
long-term strategy,
including the potential
for raising new capital
for acquisition purposes.
Any business decision that
is made that affects either
the future dividend payments
of the group, or its long-term
sustainability, may be of
significant interest to our
investors. If either of those
elements are put under
pressure, it could reduce
confidence in the group,
and could lead to a reduction
in shareholder returns.
Significant investor
purchases/sales
Investor register
Investor feedback
Share price
Dividend
TSR
We primarily engage with investors through the following
key channels:
– Formal public financial reporting, which we produce every
six months.
– Meetings with current and potential investors during the year,
including as part of investor roadshows after formal results
and at investor conferences.
– Our Annual General Meeting.
– Periodically, we hold ‘investor days’ with our shareholders
and other market related stakeholders, which are designed
to provide further insight into our business and give investors
an opportunity to meet a wider range of Chesnara
senior management.
– Periodically, we will contact investors for feedback in advance
of formal publication of particular matters, such as material
changes to our Remuneration Policy.
In the event that we are looking to raise additional debt or
equity, our investors are actively engaged at the appropriate
point in the process.
The support of our debt
investors facilitates the
pursuit of our long-term
strategy, including the
potential for raising new
capital for acquisition
purposes.
Any business decision that is
made that affects the group’s
long-term sustainability may
be of significant interest to
our debt investors, and any
decision that could reduce
capacity is likely to reduce
confidence in the group.
We primarily engage with debt investors through the following
key channels:
– Formal public financial reporting, which we produce every
six months.
– Meetings with debt investors, including as part of investor
roadshows after formal results and at investor conferences.
– Our Annual General Meeting.
Debt investor feedback
Price of listed
debt instruments
S
R
E
M
O
T
S
U
C
S
R
O
T
S
E
V
N
I
Y
T
I
U
Q
E
S
R
O
T
S
E
V
N
I
T
B
E
D
32
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
It is worth noting that not all stakeholders have the same interests and whilst there is considerable overlap,
they can at times conflict. The board’s role is to weigh these factors up when setting the strategy and operational
plans of the business.
S
R
E
N
T
R
A
P
D
N
A
S
R
E
I
L
P
P
U
S
DEPENDENCIES OF
BUSINESS ON THE
STAKEHOLDER
Key suppliers and
partners include our
bankers, outsourcers,
intermediaries and
professional services
providers. We depend
on these for delivering
various aspects
of our business
model, covering:
– Bankers: Access to
ongoing short-term
lending to support
our business.
– Outsourcers: Supporting
the day-to-day policy
administration, customer
contact and associated
accounting of our
business, primarily
in the UK.
– Intermediaries:
Distributing our products
in Sweden and the
Netherlands.
– Suppliers: Support and
advice from our key
suppliers, including
professional services.
– Derivative counterparty:
Provision of financial
instruments to enable
us to manage our risk
profile in line with
our tolerances.
– Rating agency: Fitch has
assigned an investment
grade credit rating for
the group’s subordinated
debt, which supports
the group in raising
capital at attractive
rates of interest.
– Asset managers: Support
the delivery of positive
investment outcomes
for customers through
management of certain
assets on behalf of the
group and its divisions.
IMPACT OF BUSINESS
ON THE STAKEHOLDER
HOW WE ENGAGE
WITH THE STAKEHOLDER
Our various suppliers and
partners are impacted by
Chesnara as follows:
– Bankers: They earn a return
on the facilities they provide and
take a keen interest in ensuring
we manage our finances and
strategy in a way that minimises
their risk of loss.
– Outsourcers: Our outsourcers
have an opportunity to share in
the growth of the group through
further acquisitions or portfolio
transfers. Our outsourcers rely
on the ongoing financial stability
of the group in order to ensure
that the services they provide
continue to be paid for
by Chesnara.
– Intermediaries: Selling our
products will be a source of
immediate and ongoing revenue
for our intermediaries. When
dealing with the end customer,
intermediaries will rely on quality
information being provided by
us in a timely manner.
– Suppliers: For those key suppliers
of Chesnara, we are likely to be
an important source of revenue,
and therefore Chesnara’s ongoing
success in terms of delivering
its growth plans and remaining
financially stable will be of
interest to our suppliers.
– Derivative counterparty:
They manage their own risk
exposures through the derivative
instruments or make a return as
market makers for the trades.
– Rating agency: Any business
decision that affects the group’s
long-term sustainability may
be of significant interest to Fitch,
and could impact the credit
rating assigned.
– Asset managers: Our asset
management partners earn fees
on the assets they manage and
have an opportunity to share
in the success of the group
through additional assets brought
into the group through new
business and acquisitions.
Bankers: Our regular engagement with banks takes the form
of quarterly covenant compliance reporting, which is required
for our existing Revolving Credit Facility (RCF) debt
arrangements. On a more ad-hoc basis we will engage with
our bankers in the event of a change in our business or to seek
new funding, say to support an acquisition. In the event of an
acquisition where we would like to secure more short-term
debt funding, we work with our bankers and other advisors
to ensure that we are providing relevant information in order
to support the banks’ loan decision making process.
Outsourcers: We view having strong, open and honest
relationships with our outsourcers as key to the long-term
success of our business. We engage with our outsourcers
through various scheduled meetings, focusing on a combination
of specific function-driven relationship meetings and wider
meetings focusing on the overall relationship. We view it as
important that our outsource partners are suitably informed
regarding business developments in Chesnara, and that
Chesnara is aware of any relevant business changes in our
outsourcers. This ongoing communication enhances the
relationships and works towards maintaining the longer-term
success of the group.
Intermediaries: We strive to work closely with our
intermediaries, engaging in a number of ways. In both Movestic
and Scildon, all intermediaries have access to a partner website,
where they can administer customer processes and obtain
information as required. The Swedish division also hosts annual
meetings to engage with intermediaries, facilitating two-way
discussion around products, services and market developments.
Other areas of engagement include frequent meetings with
intermediaries, on an individual basis.
Suppliers: A number of Chesnara’s suppliers take the form
of the provision of a service or advice as opposed to the supply
of goods. For these suppliers our engagement focuses on
ensuring that the service or advice is fit for purpose and meets
the intended scope. This typically involves up-front interaction
in scoping the work, coupled with close monitoring of progress
throughout the duration of the services. The group ensures
that it adheres to supplier payment terms.
Derivative counterparty: Once a risk exposure has been
identified that we want to manage, we engage with the
derivative counterparty about the structures available to
mitigate that risk. We engage with them through to execution
of the trade and then via regular reporting during the life
of the instrument.
Rating agency: We primarily engage with Fitch through a formal
annual review process. In addition, we will engage with Fitch
in advance of any key events, such as acquisitions or other
key corporate activity.
Asset managers: Regular meetings held with our main asset
management partners to review the performance and
sustainability of the investment mandates in place including
their fit with our sustainability objectives.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance.
Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
KPIs MONITORED
REL ATING TO THE
STAKEHOLDER
Gearing ratio†
EcV position†
Solvency
Key intermediary
KPIs, including
sales volumes,
profitability
and customer
complaints
Service levels
Adherence to
timescales
Level of overruns
Quality of service
Credit rating applied
to Chesnara plc and
its subsidiaries
Investment
performance
33
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
SECTION 172 • KEY STAKEHOLDERS
IMPACT OF BUSINESS
ON THE STAKEHOLDER
HOW WE ENGAGE
WITH THE STAKEHOLDER
S
R
O
T
A
L
U
G
E
R
F
F
A
T
S
T
N
E
M
N
O
R
I
V
N
E
L
A
R
U
T
A
N
D
N
A
T
E
N
A
L
P
E
H
T
DEPENDENCIES OF
BUSINESS ON THE
STAKEHOLDER
Compliance with
regulatory requirements
is fundamental to the
success of the group.
Without it, we would not
be able to maintain our
existing status as a life
and pensions provider.
Our people are our
greatest assets and create
and deliver the strategy of
the group. We recognise
that to be able to meet the
expectations that we have
set ourselves, we need to
ensure that we continue to
attract, promote and retain
the best candidates.
Without high performing
and motivated staff
Chesnara would not be
able to deliver against
its strategic aims.
The manner in which Chesnara
manages itself, both from
a prudential and conduct
perspective, will dramatically
affect how regulators view and
interact with Chesnara and its
subsidiaries. The higher risk
that the group is deemed to
be to the regulator, the more
focus that Chesnara and its
subsidiaries are deemed to
require. In addition, through
being a member of the ABI,
Chesnara also has the potential
opportunity to respond to and
shape future regulatory change
in the UK.
We aim to provide a place of
work that supports and develops
the group’s employees and
we recognise that the group’s
day-to-day culture and its overall
remuneration and benefits
package also have a significant
effect on employees.
Our business relies on
natural capital and the
environment, both for
our operations and our
investments. Changes in
the natural environment
and the effect of global
warming can potentially
affect the way we operate
our businesses, and
also the returns to
our customers and
shareholders. We are
committed to applying
sustainability-based
decision making across
the group.
Our main impact is from the
assets in which we and our
policyholders invest and their
carbon and wider impact,
together with the emissions
created from our operations.
The impact of our investment
decisions and the investment
choices made by our customers
are wide-ranging and will
continue to be a key focus area
as we transition to a sustainable
group and our net zero targets.
The main operating emissions
category for us is scope 3
emissions from goods
and services purchased
from suppliers.
34
KPIs MONITORED
REL ATING TO THE
STAKEHOLDER
Relationship with
supervisory team
Formal feedback
from regulators
Staff surveys
Feedback from
employee forums
Feedback from
appointed NED
Staff turnover
Diversity information
CO2 financed and
operational emissions
Energy consumption
ESG risk scores
to their portfolios
Value of assets
invested within
our definition of
positive solutions
Our engagement with regulators generally takes the
following forms:
– Regulators across the group typically have regular routines
and practices in place to support the delivery of their oversight
objectives. This typically takes the form of periodic meetings
with management, and also involves the group furnishing
regulators with relevant information. Chesnara fully supports
this process.
– The submission of quarterly and annual financial and
risk reporting.
– Chesnara management will also typically engage with
regulators as and when required should there be a business
update that would warrant this; for example at the appropriate
point during an acquisition process.
– Annual regulatory college meeting where a number of the
group’s regulators meet with the Group CEO and CRO.
Chesnara and its subsidiaries have various mechanisms
in place to ensure appropriate levels of engagement exist
with employees. This involves:
– Completing staff feedback surveys.
– Holding regular update briefings covering matters such as
business performance, policy updates or any other matters
that are relevant to employees.
– Holding regular employee forums to discuss any employee-
related matters.
– Having an appointed non-executive director (NED) who is
responsible for employee-related matters.
– Ensuring that we have relevant employee policies in place
and that these are available to our employees.
– Having robust whistleblowing policies in place.
Our corporate and social responsibility statement on
pages 71 to 91 provides further information.
We impact the planet and natural environment through the
business decisions that we and our policyholders make.
Ensuring that sustainability is at the heart of our decision
making is critical to ensuring that we consider the planet and
natural environment.
For policyholders who choose where they wish to invest, we
provide access to a range of sustainability-focused funds and
we continue to provide relevant material so that they can make
informed decisions. Our corporate and social responsibility
statement is set out on pages 71 to 91.
In line with our support for the United Nations’ Sustainable
Development Goals (UNSDGs) and our commitment to invest
responsibly, our business units are working closely with their
respective fund managers to fully embed sustainability within
our own investment decision making criteria.
Chesnara’s business units are taking practical steps to
reduce our carbon footprint and minimise the impact that
our operations have on the environment, as described on
pages 76 to 91.
Climate change risk is monitored as part of our risk
identification and assessment processes (see pages 62 to 70
and 76 to 91).
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
SECTION 172 • SIGNIFICANT DECISIONS
The principal process that the board uses to make shorter and longer-term decisions is the group business
planning process. Key decisions also arise outside of the business planning process depending on how the
business develops during the year and the challenges and opportunities that it faces. The table below lists
the key decisions made by the board during 2023 and how the directors have considered the factors required
by Section 172 in making these decisions.
SIGNIFICANT
DECISION
DESCRIPTION OF DECISION AND IMPACT
ON DIFFERENT STAKEHOLDER GROUPS
ESTABLISHING
THE GROUP
SUSTAINABILIT Y
COMMITTEE
AND DEFINING
THE GROUP’S
SUSTAINABILIT Y
TARGETS
STRENGTHENING
OF THE EXECUTIVE
TEAM AND
GOVERNANCE
CHANGES
Overview: The Group Sustainability Committee was formally approved by the board in early 2023 and the group’s sustainability
strategy and commitments were published in our inaugural Annual Sustainability Report. Work on the execution of this strategy
continued to progress in 2023, including implementing tools to enable us to baseline our financed and operational emissions,
as well as developing our Social Value and Positive Solutions Frameworks. This work has enabled us to calculate and report
(in the 2023 TCFD on pages 76 to 91) our initial interim financed emissions reduction targets, which the board has approved.
Key considerations and decision: The group made the decision to implement the MSCI platform to calculate the group’s
financed emissions and Greenly for operational emissions. 2023 baseline figures for both operational and financed emissions are
being calculated, driving the initial interim target for reducing scope 1 and 2 financed emissions for our listed equity and corporate
debt investments, which we can control or influence by 50% by 2030. Determining the assets within the scope of our initial
interim targets has involved assessing the availability of emissions data and calculation methodologies for different asset classes,
together with determining the groups of assets over which we can exert influence or control. We have developed the group’s
Social Value Framework, which provides the focus and structure for the activities that the group will undertake to actively provide
value to our stakeholders, guided by the ten principles of the UN Global Compact. Our framework for positive solutions was
developed in 2023 to which we have baselined our existing investments and developed plans to invest more in positive solutions
in 2024.
Primary beneficiaries: All stakeholders are impacted by Chesnara being a sustainable business, including:
– Shareholders: Being a sustainable group helps to ensure our long-term success and therefore provides more certainty over
long-term returns.
– Regulators: Confirms our commitment to meet our regulatory obligations and comply with disclosure requirements.
– Employees: Takes due account of the welfare of our colleagues and raises awareness of the relevance of sustainability in our
day-to-day operations, providing opportunities to work in an organisation making positive contributions to society and the planet.
– Customers: Provides customers with the confidence that we continue to do the right thing, alongside developing our sustainable
product offerings for policyholders looking for sustainable investment opportunities, and improves the sustainability of investment
returns where we are responsible for investment decisions.
– The planet and natural environment: A just transition to being a net zero organisation, and one which directs capital to positive
solutions, delivers positive outcomes for the planet and environment.
Other stakeholder considerations:
– Suppliers and outsourcers: Sustainability criteria forms part of our supplier selection process.
– Asset managers: Our asset managers are fundamental to the transition to net zero for financed emissions. We will have
to increase the level of active engagement and direct them to ensure that our targets are met.
Overview: During 2023, three new divisional CEOs were appointed: Pauline Derkman joined as the new Scildon CEO, Jackie
Ronson as the new UK CEO and Sara Lindberg as Movestic Livförsäkring AB CEO. All are members of the Group Senior Leadership
Team (SLT) and bring great capabilities and experience which add to our confidence in our business units’ ability to deliver our
strategic ambition. With regards to other changes, our Group Chief Actuary, Graham Head, left the business in September 2023.
It was announced in December 2023 that David Rimmington would stand down as Group Finance Director at the 2024 AGM, with
Tom Howard joining from Aviva Investors early in Q2 as the new Group CFO. Mindful of non-executive director tenures, a number
of other succession decisions were made that will be implemented over the course of 2024:
– Eamonn Flanagan will stand down as Movestic Livförsäkring AB Audit & Risk Committee Chair and Movestic Fonder Chair in order
to take on the role of Movestic Livförsäkring AB Board Chair, subject to regulatory approval, when David Brand retires from that role.
– Marita Odelius, Non-Executive Director of Movestic Livförsäkring AB, to be appointed Movestic Livförsäkring AB Audit & Risk
Committee Chair upon Eamonn Flanagan standing down.
– Steve Murray to be appointed to Movestic Livförsäkring AB Audit & Risk Committee Chair, subject to regulatory approval.
– David Rimmington to stand down as a Movestic Livförsäkring AB board director and member of the Movestic Livförsäkring AB
Audit & Risk Committee when he stands down as Chesnara Group Finance Director.
– Sara Lindberg to be appointed as a Movestic Livförsäkring AB board director subject to regulatory approval.
Key considerations and decision: In reaching their decisions, the board considered the business case for each executive
appointment or change and was satisfied with appointees’ experience and fit and considered that they would help to drive the
group’s strategy and delivery. In the case of the CEOs, each process was driven by the local boards, with the Chesnara board
confirming its support, mindful of diversity matters amongst others. In determining non-executive appointments, the board
considered both Chesnara’s governance of the group as well as the levels of experience in local markets when making its decisions.
Primary beneficiaries: The appointment of appropriately skilled and experienced board members and senior leaders is in the
interest of all our stakeholders.
Other stakeholder considerations:
– Employees: the impact of changes in the employee structure was considered in the context of the group’s existing employees.
35
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023SECTION 172 • SIGNIFICANT DECISIONS
SIGNIFICANT
DECISION
DESCRIPTION OF DECISION AND IMPACT
ON DIFFERENT STAKEHOLDER GROUPS
STAFF AND
REMUNERATION
DECISIONS
Overview: Over the course of the year, there has been a number of significant staff and remuneration related decisions, the
most notable of which are: inflationary increases for staff, mindful of the ongoing cost of living crisis; the invitation to UK staff
of a 2023 issuance from the approved save as you earn share save scheme; adoption of a new Executive Director Remuneration
Policy and updated short and long-term incentive schemes following approval by shareholders at the 2023 AGM; expanded
participation in the LTIP to a small number of senior executives and key talent; approval of the terms of key new appointees;
and the smooth transition of staff previously employed by Sanlam Life & Pensions UK either to our new strategic outsourcer
SS&C or into Chesnara. There were a number of senior appointments made during the year as noted on the previous page.
Key considerations and decision: Each decision was discussed by the board giving consideration as to the relevant merits of
each item and whether the cost was appropriate given the current economic climate. For each of the decisions, the impact, the
benefits and the position in the market and relative to competitors were considered (where appropriate). A balanced argument
was put forward to the relevant board or committee for approval, which in some cases included opinions from a third-party advisor.
Primary beneficiaries:
– Employees: The primary stakeholder affected by this decision is the group workforce as these decisions directly affect their
benefits packages.
Other stakeholder considerations
– Shareholder: Investment in staff provides a sustainable environment and workforce, which in turn is expected to have a positive
impact on the business. Both in advance of the 2023 AGM and following shareholders’ votes on the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration
Report, the Chair of the Remuneration Committee engaged with major shareholders and a number of changes and clarifications
were made as a result.
ACQUISITIONS
IN THE YEAR
Overview: The board is required to approve any acquisitions that the group enters into. In addition to this, the board reviews
and approves any material acquisition offers.
Key considerations and decision: During 2023, we delivered two acquisitions. The acquisition of the insurance portfolio of
Conservatrix, a specialist provider of life insurance products in the Netherlands, was completed on 1 January 2023 having been
originally announced in July 2022. The insurance portfolio has increased Waard’s number of policies under administration
by over 50%, transforming Waard into a material closed-book consolidation business alongside Chesnara’s existing UK platform.
On 16 May 2023, Chesnara announced the acquisition of the onshore individual protection line of business of Canada Life which
was closed to new business in November 2022. The deal was initially executed by way of a reinsurance arrangement and will
ultimately result in the transfer of approximately 47,000 policies to Countrywide Assured plc (CA).
Primary beneficiary:
– Shareholder: The Conservatrix transaction resulted in a day 1 EcV† gain of £21.7m and the Canada Life transaction resulted
in a day 1 EcV gain of £6.7m.
Other stakeholder considerations:
– Regulators: The Conservatrix transaction required approval by the Dutch regulator, De Nederlandsche Bank (DNB), who needed
to ensure that the transaction did not cause any prudential or conduct issues. All approvals were obtained during 2022, with
completion taking place on 1 January 2023.
– Customers: The customers of the entities being acquired will be interested in ensuring that their policies continue to be
administered in line with expectations, and that they continue to be prudently managed.
– Staff: The decision is of interest to the staff of our existing group given the integration plans underpinning the announcements,
as well as the staff of the acquired companies.
APPOINTMENT
OF SS&C
TECHNOLOGIES
FOR UK
OUTSOURCING
Overview: The UK division entered into a new long-term strategic partnership in May 2023 with Fin Tech market leader,
SS&C Technologies. SS&C will service the front-to-back-office operations for the majority of the UK division.
Key considerations and decision: There was a lengthy decision making process to find a strategic partner who could provide
stability and scalability to promote our growth ambition. We undertook a detailed selection process in order to select the best
partner and one which was also able to align with our sustainability commitments. The board approved the plan to proceed with
SS&C concluding that the partnership represents a landmark agreement for the division and provides surety over the future
operating costs of the business over a minimum 10-year period.
Primary beneficiaries:
– Staff: The use of the platform should provide the UK operations team with efficiencies.
– Shareholder: The partnership should enable the UK business to continue to deliver high quality and cost-effective servicing with
the capacity and flexibility to support continued M&A developments in the UK and continue to bring growth to shareholders.
Other stakeholder considerations:
– Customers: We performed a detailed analysis of the service offering from SS&C to ensure that customers would not be
adversely affected by the change.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance.
Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
36
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023SIGNIFICANT
DECISION
DESCRIPTION OF DECISION AND IMPACT
ON DIFFERENT STAKEHOLDER GROUPS
CASLP PART VII
TRANSFER
Overview: The high court approved the Part VII transfer of the policies of CASLP to Countrywide Assured plc on 21 December
2023, with the transfer being effective from 31 December 2023.
Key considerations and decision: For the transfer to be approved, the court and regulatory approval process considered the
interests of all policyholders, which were assessed and presented by an independent expert to be acceptable.
APPLICATION
OF CAPITAL
MANAGEMENT
AND DIVIDEND
POLICIES
Primary beneficiary:
– Shareholders: The Part VII transfer should deliver operational and capital efficiencies for the division, increasing the Economic
Value in the UK and dividend potential.
– Employees: The operational efficiencies of combining two businesses should benefit and streamline the processes and controls
performed by employees.
– Customers: Customers of CA and CASLP will benefit from having their policies within an enlarged well-governed business that
can be more efficiently run than two separate legal entities. Customers will expect that, as a minimum, their existing benefits
will remain in place within the enlarged business.
Overview: Every year the board is required to consider what level of dividends are appropriate for shareholders, whilst also
ensuring that it continues to adhere to its own Capital Management Policy. Dividend proposals are subject to board approval,
with proposed final dividends being included in a resolution voted for at the Annual General Meeting.
Key considerations and decision: The directors’ report on page 128 provides information on the key considerations made
by the board when approving dividends. The aim is to satisfy investor expectations by delivering an attractive dividend, with
steady growth where possible. That said, this dividend cannot and will not be delivered at the expense of financial security,
be it to solvency or liquidity. In the process of approving a dividend, the board is presented with a paper by management which
considers the various aspects of the dividend decision, including cash generation, solvency, gearing, the group’s acquisition
strategy and investor expectations. During 2023 the board approved the year end 2022 final dividend, amounting to 15.16p per
share, and the interim 2023 dividend of 8.36p per share.
Primary beneficiary: Dividend decisions are made primarily for the benefit of our shareholders.
Other stakeholder considerations:
– Banks: Our bankers are considered in terms of the impact of distributions on our liquidity and solvency position.
– Regulators and customers: These stakeholders are considered in the context of ensuring that the solvency position of the group
post dividend remains robust.
MANAGEMENT
ACTIONS
Overview: The board actively manages the business’ performance, including seeking management actions in the year that may
reduce cash-flow volatility.
Key considerations and decision: In December 2023, the board renewed and slightly expanded the group FX hedge which
was initially implemented in 2022. The board also approved a partial transfer of the risk of more extreme mass lapse events on
the UK business through a reinsurance agreement with Swiss Re.
Primary beneficiary: These management actions reduce the exposure of the group to these particular risks for which there
is limited appetite and, as a consequence, allow capital to be released which supports our Dividend Policy for the benefit of
our shareholders.
Other stakeholder considerations:
– Regulators: Feedback was obtained from the PRA in advance of the decision to take out the mass lapse reinsurance.
No objection was made. Both of these actions manage capital to ensure we remain compliant with our capital requirements.
– Customers: These stakeholders are considered in the context of ensuring that the solvency position of the group post dividend
remains robust.
Engagement with the board on the aforementioned S172 considerations is of critical importance. The board receives management information tailored to
incorporate the KPIs referred to above where appropriate. They also receive specific papers or reports back from other board committees (e.g. RemCo.)
to support their involvement in S172 related decisions.
37
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023BUSINESS REVIEW UK
The UK division consists of the operating company Countrywide Assured plc which now includes the
insurance business of CASLP following the Part VII transfer on 31 December 2023. The business also reflects
the impact of the Canada Life deal that was entered into in May 2023. The division manages c291,000 policies
BACKGROUND INFORMATION
INITIATIVES & PROGRESS IN 2023
01
CAPITAL & VALUE MANAGEMENT
As a largely closed book, the division creates value
through managing the following key value drivers:
expenses; policy attrition; investment returns; and
reinsurance strategy.
In general, surplus regulatory capital emerges
as the book runs off. The level of required capital
is closely linked to the level of risk to which the
division is exposed. Management’s risk-based
decision making process seeks to continually
manage and monitor the balance of making value
enhancing decisions whilst maintaining a risk
profile in line with the board’s risk appetite.
At the heart of maintaining value is ensuring that
the division is governed well from a regulatory
and customer perspective.
– In May 2023 the division entered into a new long-term strategic partnership with Fin Tech market
leader, SS&C Technologies. SS&C will service the front-to-back-office operations for the majority
of the UK division. This represents a landmark agreement for the division, and provides a modern
platform that delivers surety of future operating costs over the longer term; will improve the
efficiency of the existing business; and establishes a solid platform to scale the business via
future acquisitions.
– This has initiated a programme of work to migrate the business operations of CASLP to the
SS&C target operating model. The first key milestone of transferring CASLP staff to SS&C
was met during the year.
– The planned Part VII insurance business transfer of CASLP into CA completed on
31 December 2023 and has resulted in the realisation of some immediate capital synergies.
This also supports the delivery of future operational efficiencies.
– In May 2023 the division agreed to acquire Canada Life’s individual protection business of 47,000
policies. This was initially executed via a reinsurance agreement, with the policies expected to
transfer to CA through a Part VII insurance business transfer process following court approval.
– CA has continued to optimise the risk/reward balance of its investment portfolio, having executed
a change in the assets backing the non-linked, non-volatility adjustment portfolio during the year.
– In Q4, CA entered into a mass lapse reinsurance arrangement. This provides cover against the risk
of a large outflow of policies and as a result reduces the amount of capital that is required to be
held in a mass lapse scenario.
– As a result of the Solvency II risk margin reforms that came into force on 31 December 2023
the risk margin has reduced by £13.2m.
– The UK business paid total dividends of £56.0m to Chesnara plc in the year and is reporting
a year end 2023 dividend of £35.0m to be paid later in 2024, with a closing post dividend solvency
ratio of 149%.
CUSTOMER OUTCOMES
Delivering good customer outcomes is one of our
primary responsibilities. We strive to do this by
providing good customer service, competitive
fund performance and offering overall fair value
for money. We seek to offer additional support
to customers who may need it and provide easy
to understand information about our products
and the benefits provided. We are committed to
meeting our regulatory responsibilities, including
remaining operationally resilient and maintaining
a strong solvency position.
– An ongoing focus of the division is to ensure that it complies with the requirements of the FCA’s
‘Consumer Duty’. The business unit met the requirements in relation to its open business by the
regulatory deadline of 31 July 2023 and the closed-book operations are on track to comply with
the requirements by the later deadline of 31 July 2024.
– Another important multi-year focus is to ensure compliance with the FCA’s ‘Operational
Resilience’ regulations by 31 March 2025. This remains on track and has included supporting
the PRA in its industry-wide data collection programme.
– The policies of CASLP were transferred to CA on 31 December 2023 following court approval on
21 December 2023. As part of this process an independent expert for the transfer confirmed that
all policyholders could expect to receive the same benefits in their existing policies with the same
level of security under the transfer.
GOVERNANCE
Maintaining effective governance and a
constructive relationship with regulators
underpins the successful delivery of the
division’s strategic plans.
Having robust governance processes provides
management with a platform to deliver the other
aspects of the business strategy. As a result,
a significant proportion of management’s time
and attention continues to be focused on ensuring
that both the existing governance processes,
coupled with future developments, are delivered.
– In September Jackie Ronson joined Chesnara, succeeding Ken Hogg as UK CEO. As well as
overseeing the day-to-day operations of the division, Jackie will apply her experience in M&A
and leading large scale transformation to deliver the UK’s business strategy.
– During the course of the year the division successfully delivered the integration of the policies and
governance frameworks of CASLP with CA. This was in preparation for the Part VII transfer of
CASLP into CA at the end of the year, and puts the CA board in good stead for overseeing the
enlarged business through a combined oversight structure going forward.
– After entering into the new strategic partnership with SS&C during the year, coupled with the
new arrangement with Canada Life, the division has focused on ensuring that its governance
and oversight routines have been adapted to reflect these new arrangements.
– CA has implemented IFRS 17 reporting into its overall Financial Reporting Framework, as required
to support Chesnara’s year end 2023 IFRS 17 reporting.
– The division has supported the wider group’s sustainability programme over the course
of the year and will continue to focus on local initiatives for 2024.
S
S
E
N
I
S
U
B
G
N
I
T
S
I
X
E
M
O
R
F
E
U
L
A
V
E
S
I
M
X
A
M
I
38
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
covering linked pension business, life insurance, endowments, annuities and some with-profit business.
The division is largely closed to new business, but generates future value through a small amount of new
business, investment returns on linked policies, increments to existing policies and periodic acquisitions.
KPIs
Economic Value† – UK
Reported value
Cumulative dividends
£m
2023
191.4
2022
209.3
2021
181.9
2020
187.4
2019
204.6
Cash generation† – UK
£m
2023
45.0
2022
40.8
2021
27.4
2020
29.5
2019
33.6
146.0
337.4
90.0
299.3
62.5
244.4
29.0
216.4
Policyholder fund performance – UK
CA managed pension
CWA balanced managed pension
S&P managed pension
Benchmark – ABI mixed inv 40%-85% shares
Benchmark – ABI mixed inv 20%-40%
SLP managed pension
7.5%
7.5%
7.0%
8.2%
6.7%
7.1%
12 months ended 31 December 2023
12 months ended 31 December 2022
(7.9%)
(7.9%)
(8.4%)
(9.8%)
(10.7%)
(9.7%)
SOLVENCY RATIO CA: 149%
183%
84.9
49.2
£m
135%
35.7
(35.0)
149%
49.9
Divisional solvency remains strong
and stable with surplus generated in
the year increasing the pre-dividend
solvency ratio from 135% to 183%.
31 Dec 22
surplus
Surplus
generation
31 Dec 23
surplus
(pre-div)
2023
dividend
31 Dec 23
surplus
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance.
Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
FUTURE PRIORITIES
– Continued migration of the majority of the existing
and the acquired books of business to SS&C
as strategic outsource partner.
– Complete the final stages of the integration plans
of CASLP into CA, including de-authorising and
the subsequent dissolution of CASLP Limited.
– Complete the work necessary to prepare for the
transfer of the policies of Canada Life into CA.
– Continue to focus on maintaining an efficient
and cost-effective operating model.
– Identify potential capital management actions,
focusing on those that generate the appropriate
balance of value and cash generation.
– Support Chesnara in identifying and delivering
UK acquisitions.
Note:
The closing EcV at 31 December 2023 includes a £6.7m
gain arising on the Canada Life deal.
– Continued focus on the operational resilience
programme to ensure the regulatory deadline
of March 2025 is achieved.
– Execute the board agreed plans and progress any
actions needed to meet the requirements of the
Consumer Duty regulation by July 2024.
– Continued focus on delivering good customer
outcomes and maintaining strong service
performance from all customer-facing suppliers
and providers.
– Continue embedding the new IFRS 17
financial reporting processes into business
as usual routines.
– Ensure appropriate governance arrangements
are in place as the division transitions the majority
of its front-to-back operations to SS&C.
– Continue to horizon scan for future
regulatory changes.
– Continue engaging with our asset managers
on progress towards net zero and investing
in positive solutions.
– Support the wider group-wide sustainability
programme to becoming a more sustainable
group, including focusing on our operations,
social purpose, and ensuring the group’s and
division’s reporting needs are met.
39
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023BUSINESS REVIEW SWEDEN
Our Swedish division consists of Movestic, a life and pensions business which is open to new business.
It offers personalised unit-linked pension and savings solutions through brokers together with custodian
products via a number of private banks and is well-regarded within both communities.
BACKGROUND INFORMATION
INITIATIVES & PROGRESS IN 2023
01
CAPITAL & VALUE MANAGEMENT
Movestic creates value predominantly by
generating growth in unit-linked Funds Under
Management† (FuM), whilst ensuring a high-quality
customer proposition and maintaining an efficient
operating model. FuM growth is dependent upon
positive client cash flows and positive investment
performance. Capital surplus is a factor of both the
value and capital requirements and hence surplus
can also be optimised by effective management
of capital.
S
S
E
N
I
S
U
B
G
N
I
T
S
I
X
E
M
O
R
F
E
U
L
A
V
E
S
I
M
X
A
M
I
03
S
S
E
N
I
S
U
B
W
E
N
E
U
L
A
V
E
C
N
A
H
N
E
E
L
B
A
T
I
F
O
R
P
H
G
U
O
R
H
T
40
CUSTOMER OUTCOMES
Movestic provides personalised long-term savings,
insurance policies and occupational pensions for
individuals and business owners. We believe that
recurring independent financial advice increases
the likelihood of a solid and well-planned financial
status, hence we are offering our products and
services through advisors and licensed brokers.
GOVERNANCE
Movestic operates to exacting regulatory standards
and adopts a robust approach to risk management.
Maintaining strong governance is a critical platform
to delivering the various value-enhancing initiatives
planned by the division.
As an ‘open’ business, Movestic not only adds
value from sales but, as it gains scale, it will
become increasingly cash generative which will
fund further growth or contribute towards the
group’s attractive dividend. Movestic continues
to adopt a profitable pricing strategy.
– 2023 continued to see geopolitical uncertainty in many parts of the world, which drove rising
interest and inflation rates, although the trend turned later in the year. The financial markets
have been volatile, but overall positive, due to an upswing in US and wider tech markets; this
development was reflected in the favourable returns on policyholders’ investment assets.
– Movestic continued to improve its offerings within both the unit-linked and custody account
segments through a number of activities; for example, continuing to monitor developments and
ensuring products remain relevant. In addition, Movestic has continued its retention initiatives
during the year, albeit high transfer activity is expected to remain a market feature due to new
simplified processes and regulations that have come into force.
– Over the year, Movestic has continued to develop its digital offering through extending its
digital processing; establishing new partnerships; and continuing efforts to streamline
processes and increase the use of automation. New customer demands and a greater
digitalisation on the market overall have also caused the division to intensify its efforts to
create services that are easier and more efficient for customers and partners to use. The
work with automation and digitalisation is also expected to add future synergies as we will
be able to scale up the business.
– Movestic’s solvency ratio remains robust despite the development of the symmetric
adjustment following positive investment markets which requires additional capital to be held.
The closing FuM balance of £4.4bn represents a full year increase of 18.5% when compared
to 2022, driven by overall favourable market conditions.
– Movestic has developed a new sustainability rating for funds on its platform, with the aim
of providing an aggregated valuation of different sustainability ratings that are available on the
investment market (more information is available on the Movestic website).
– Work to automate processes and make them more efficient has taken place over the year.
In addition, a new customer service case management system was implemented over 2023.
Both activities will help to ensure smoother administration and improved customer service.
– Movestic continued to expand the custodian offering by establishing new partnerships.
– To help customers plan their retirement, Movestic has developed a unique digital service
where customers can: plan; start withdrawing; and change how they receive their occupational
pension. In 2023, seven out of every ten of the company’s customers used this service to start
withdrawing their pension.
– A new digital medical underwriting tool and an improved digital investment tool have been
launched, making it easier for customers to choose and exchange the funds in their portfolios.
– The long-term trend with more satisfied customers is continuing as the company’s Customer
Satisfaction Index rose for the third consecutive year.
– IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 – the division has delivered its first full year end for 2023 under the new
group accounting standards.
– Sustainability has remained a key focus area with work progressing in a number of areas.
A key example is work over the year to develop a solution to digitally provide customers with
individual sustainability annual statements which is in accordance with new regulation that
came into force on 1 January 2023. Additionally, work has progressed in respect of the
Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) which is an EU adopted new directive on
sustainability reporting. Movestic initiated an impact assessment in December 2023 and we
are working to understand the likely effective date, given the complexities of the legislation.
– Analysis of the Global Minimum Tax (GMT) regulatory framework is also underway,
to determine how the new law affects the company’s tax situation.
– Work has commenced to implement the new regulatory framework, Digital Operational
Resilience Act (DORA), which is effective from January 2025. DORA is designed to improve
the ability to withstand cyber threats and the risks associated with information security.
– Sales volumes for the unit-linked business have developed positively over the year,
representing a 15% rise on the prior year. The custodian sales volumes slowed down during
the year due to the less favourable financial market conditions, particularly a lack of local IPOs.
– The division delivered a commercial new business profit of £2.8m, which is slightly below
last year, in part due to salary increases below the inflation rate, which led to lower
increment contributions.
– Movestic will continue to develop its pension and savings offering to increase competitiveness
and build customer loyalty.
– For the second year in a row, Movestic has been awarded ‘Unit-linked Insurance Company
of the Year’ for 2023 by Söderberg & Partners.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance.
Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
KPIs (ALL COMPARATIVES HAVE BEEN RESTATED USING 2023 EXCHANGE RATES)
FUTURE PRIORITIES
Economic Value†
Reported value
Cumulative dividends
£m
2023
189.6
2022
193.8
2021
232.8
2020
213.9
2019
240.9
Broker assessment rating
2023
3.8
2022
3.8
2021
3.6
2020
3.3
2019
3.5
SOLVENCY RATIO: 147%
£m
162%
(2.6)
153%
(7.8)
64.7
31 Dec 22
surplus
Surplus
generation
62.1
31 Dec 23
surplus
(pre-div)
147%
54.3
2023
dividend
31 Dec 23
surplus
25.2
214.8
14.0
207.8
11.0
243.8
5.9
219.8
240.9
Policyholder
average
investment
return
11.8%
Solvency
remains strong
post a foreseeable
dividend of
£7.8m
– The Swedish life insurance industry is going through
a major transformation. Recent regulatory and
technology developments (e.g. AI) will create
opportunities, but also lead to higher customer demand
for accessibility, information, and personalised products
and services. Movestic will keep working to increase
the use of automation; streamline its processes and
improve its administrative efficiency and control.
– Continue to build solid and long-term sustainable value
creation for customers and owners through a diversified
business model with continued profitable growth of
volumes and market shares in selected segments.
– Remain focused on customer loyalty and providing
attractive offerings to both retain customers and
reach more volumes on the transfer market.
– Provide a predictable and sustainable dividend to Chesnara.
– Seek out opportunities to bring in additional scale
through M&A, working collaboratively with the group.
– Continued development of new digital self-service
solutions and tools to support the brokers’ value
enhancing customer proposition, and to facilitate
smooth administrative processes making Movestic
a partner that is easy to do business with.
– Further strengthen the relationship with brokers and
partners through increased presence, both physical
and digital.
– Continue to capitalise on the new rules that came into
effect in July 2022 which enhance the business’s ability
to transfer policies onto its own platform where it is in
the interest of customers to do so.
– Ensure new reporting processes are embedded into
BAU operations to support IFRS 17 requirements.
– Continue implementation of sustainability regulations.
Occupational pension market share %
New business profit
2023
4.4
2022
4.1
2021
3.6
2020
4.7
2019
7.0
£m
2023
2.8
2022
3.2
2021
3.9
2020
1.5
2019
6.3
– Launch new risk product offerings in the broker
channel, including a new technical solution for
administration.
– Continue to strengthen distribution capacity within all
channels and work to launch new partner collaboration
within all lines of business.
41
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023BUSINESS REVIEW NETHERLANDS
Our Dutch businesses deliver growth through our acquisitive closed-book business, Waard, which increased
in size as a result of the Conservatrix acquisition at the start of the year, and our open-book business, Scildon,
which seeks to write profitable term, investments and savings business.
BACKGROUND INFORMATION
INITIATIVES & PROGRESS IN 2023
01
CAPITAL & VALUE MANAGEMENT
Both Waard and Scildon have a common aim to
make capital available to the Chesnara group to
fund further acquisitions or to contribute to the
dividend and debt funding. Whilst their aims are
common, the dynamics by which the businesses
add value differ:
– Waard is in run-off and has the benefit that the
capital requirements reduce in line with the attrition
of the book. Waard periodically grows through
delivering acquisitions.
– As an ‘open business’, Scildon’s capital position
does not benefit from book run-off. It therefore
adds value and creates surplus capital through
writing new business and by efficient operational
management and capital optimisation.
CUSTOMER OUTCOMES
Great importance is placed on providing customers
with high quality service and positive outcomes.
Whilst the ultimate priority is the end customer,
in Scildon we also see the brokers who distribute
our products as being customers, and hence
developing processes to best support their needs
is a key focus.
– On 1 January 2023, Waard executed the acquisition of an insurance portfolio from Conservatrix,
a specialist provider of life insurance products in the Netherlands that was declared bankrupt on
8 December 2020. The integration of both the portfolio and staff were successfully completed
in 2023.
– Scildon’s IT system improvement project has progressed well over the year, and cost efficiencies
have materialised in line with the business case. The project is expected to conclude in 2024.
– Over the year, Waard combined all holdings (excluding unit-linked) to one custodian. This will both
save costs and enable to us to better track our financed emissions and progress towards our net
zero target.
– Both Waard and Scildon continue to have strong solvency positions at the end of 2023, inclusive
of the use of the volatility adjustment, with Scildon at 184% and Waard at 353%.
– Scildon has continued to make improvements to its customer offering through new products and
digitalisation options where possible. These improvements will also reduce the level of physical
mail, making all communications with IFAs and customers digital.
– Scildon retained a high customer satisfaction rating and Net Promotor Score (NPS) in 2023.
– Through the acquisition of Conservatrix, Waard has safeguarded policyholder interests and
provided certainty to staff. Processes were put in place to support the contact issues
policyholders faced at the start of the year with many policyholders restarting their premiums
in the second half of the year.
– Waard has also progressed work on digitalising its customer portal to both make it easier for
customers to access documents but also to reduce the level of printing required, in turn helping
the group decarbonise. This is expected to be launched in 2024.
GOVERNANCE
Waard and Scildon operate in a regulated
environment and comply with rules and regulations
both from a prudential and from a financial conduct
point of view.
– Work is progressing to embed IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 processes into normal finance activity, with
significant strides being made during the year, with this set of results being the first audited set
of numbers under the new accounting standard.
– Both business units have been progressing their sustainability activity with a significant
programme of work expected over 2024.
– Work has started on consideration of the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD)
which is an EU adopted new directive on sustainability reporting and we are working to
understand the likely effective date, given the complexities of the legislation.
S
S
E
N
I
S
U
B
G
N
I
T
S
I
X
E
M
O
R
F
E
U
L
A
V
E
S
I
M
X
A
M
I
Scildon brings a ‘new business’ dimension to the
Dutch division. Scildon sells protection, individual
savings, and group pensions contracts via a
broker-led distribution model. The aim is to deliver
meaningful value growth from a realistic market
share. New business also helps the business
maintain scale and hence contributes to unit
cost management.
– Scildon continues to generate solid new business profits, with a commercial new business result
of £5.4m for 2023 (pre-tax). The market remains tough with pressure on pricing, but we have
a solid base to drive further growth.
– Underpinning this, Scildon APE and policy count continue to increase, closing the year with more
than 236,000 policies. The market share for the Scildon term product over 2023 was 10.5%
(2022: 10.6%).
– Scildon was awarded a 5-star rating for the second year in a row for its lifestyle product by
independent trade body, Moneyview.
1Annual Premium Equivalent (APE) – see glossary on page 278 for further information.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance.
Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section of this Annual Report
and Accounts.
03
S
S
E
N
I
S
U
B
W
E
N
E
U
L
A
V
E
C
N
A
H
N
E
E
L
B
A
T
I
F
O
R
P
H
G
U
O
R
H
T
42
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
KPIs (ALL COMPARATIVES HAVE BEEN RESTATED USING 2023 EXCHANGE RATES)
FUTURE PRIORITIES
Economic Value† – The Netherlands
£m
2023
255.1
2022
218.3
2021
213.4
2020
224.3
2019
217.6
Reported value
Cumulative dividends
– Effective management of the closed-book
run-off in Waard to enable ongoing dividend
payments to Chesnara.
14.5
269.6
– Complete the IT improvement project and ensure
10.2
228.5
5.0
218.4
5.0
229.3
217.6
the planned efficiencies are delivered.
– Continue to focus on maintaining an efficient and
cost-effective operating model. Identify potential
capital management actions, focusing on those
that generate the appropriate balance of value
and cash generation.
– Support Chesnara in identifying and delivering
Dutch acquisitions.
Client satisfaction rating
2023
8.3
2022
8.3
2021
8.1
2020
7.8
2019
7.7
– Regular engagement with customers to
improve service quality and to enhance and
develop existing processes, infrastructure,
and customer experiences.
– Launch the new digital portal in Waard.
(Source MWM research
agency, Netherlands)
SOLVENCY RATIO SCILDON: 184%
£m
SOLVENCY RATIO WAARD: 353%
£m
188%
0.2
184%
591%
12.7
377%
(6.9)
353%
– Continue to work to fully embed IFRS 17.
– Progress the implementation of the Corporate
Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD).
60.7
60.9
64.7
77.4
70.5
31 Dec 22
surplus
Surplus
generation
31 Dec 23
surplus
31 Dec 22
surplus
Surplus
generation
31 Dec 23
surplus
(pre-div)
2023
dividend
31 Dec 23
surplus
Solvency is robust in both businesses, with post-dividend solvency ratios (inclusive
of the volatility adjustment) of 184% and 353% for Scildon and Waard respectively.
Note:
The 2022 closing solvency ratio for Waard includes
additional capital held in respect of the purchase of
Conservatrix, with the acquisition and business integration
completing in 2023.
Term assurance market share %
Scildon new business profit
– Continue to deliver product innovation and cost
Dec
2023
Jun
2023
Dec
2022
Jun
2022
10.5
12.1
10.6
11.6
£m
2023
5.4
2022
6.3
2021
5.3
2020
8.6
2019
7.7
management actions.
– Consider alternative routes to market that do not
compromise our existing broker relationships,
such as further product white labelling.
– Scildon continues to look to offer sustainable
solutions for their unit-linked proposition.
43
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023BUSINESS REVIEW • ACQUIRE LIFE & PENSIONS BUSINESSES
During 2023 we completed the acquisition of the insurance portfolio of Conservatrix in the Netherlands and
entered into a deal in the UK with Canada Life to transfer its onshore protection business to the group.
TRANSACTIONS IN 2023:
CONSERVATRIX
The acquisition of the insurance portfolio of Conservatrix,
a specialist provider of life insurance products in the
Netherlands, was completed on 1 January 2023 having
been originally announced in July 2022. The insurance
portfolio has increased Waard’s number of policies under
administration by over 50%, transforming Waard into
a second material closed-book consolidation business
alongside Chesnara’s existing UK platform.
The Conservatrix transaction increased the group’s EcV by
£21.7m on day 1 and provides further EcV accretion potential
from future real world investment returns and the run-off of the
risk margin. The Conservatrix portfolio was integrated into the
Waard business over the course of the year, including allowing
customers the option to restart their premiums on their policies.
CANADA LIFE UK
Chesnara announced the acquisition of the onshore individual
protection line of business of Canada Life UK in May 2023. As a
result of the acquisition, approximately 47,000 life insurance and
critical illness policies will transfer to Chesnara’s UK subsidiary,
Countrywide Assured plc (CA).
Canada Life UK will reinsure the portfolio to CA, effective from
1 January 2023. The consideration as part of the reinsurance
agreement was £9 million, funded from internal group resources,
and the transaction resulted in an immediate day 1 EcV gain of £6.7m.
Customers’ policies are expected to formally transfer to CA after
completion of a court-approved Part VII transfer. This is following
the successful completion in 2023 of the Part VII transfer of the
CASLP entity to CA.
Territory EcV
New
policies
Customer
outcomes
Risk Appetite
Territory EcV
New
policies
Customer
outcomes
Risk Appetite
NL
£21.7m
day 1 gain
70,000
Stable future
in a well
capitalised
business
In line with
existing group
UK
£6.7m day
1 gain
47,000
Part VII into
CA, a well
capitalised
company
In line with
existing group
ACQUISITION OUTLOOK
– We continue to see a healthy flow of acquisition opportunities across the European insurance market.
– Key drivers for owners to divest portfolios continue to remain relevant and create a strong pipeline. These include better uses of capital (e.g. return to investors
or supporting other business lines), operational challenges (e.g. end of life systems), management distraction, regulatory challenges and wider business and
strategic needs.
– Our expectation is that sales of portfolios will continue and our strong expertise and knowledge, good regulatory relationships and the flexibility of our operating
model means that Chesnara is very well placed to manage the additional complexity associated with these portfolio transfers and provide beneficial outcomes
for all stakeholders. These transactions may not be suitable for all potential consolidators, in particular those who do not have existing regulatory licences.
– We continue to have immediately available acquisition firepower of over £200m, noting we seek to hold cash reserves to cover costs for 12 months (dividend,
coupon and working capital). We will continue to explore how we can increase our funding capability further, including consideration of partnerships as well as
equity and debt to ensure we can compete for larger deals.
– Our financing considerations, when looking at new deals, are: that we operate in our normal operating solvency range of 140-160%; we maintain our investment
grade rating through managing our leverage ratio; we retain liquid resources to cover the dividend, coupon and working capital for approximately one year; and
we continue to have the capacity to finance smaller transactions without extra fundraising.
How we deliver our acquisition strategy
– Identify potential deals through an effective network of own contacts,
advisors and industry associates, utilising both group and divisional
management expertise as appropriate.
– We primarily focus on acquisitions in our existing territories, although
we will consider other territories should the opportunity arise and this
is supportive of our strategic objectives.
– We assess deals by applying well established criteria which consider the
impact on cash generation and Economic Value under best estimate and
stressed scenarios.
HOW WE ASSESS DEALS
– We work cooperatively with regulators.
– The financial benefits are viewed in the context of the impact the deal
will have on the enlarged group’s risk profile.
– Transaction risk is reduced through stringent risk-based due diligence
procedures and the senior management team’s acquisition experience
and positive track record.
– We fund deals with a combination of own resources, debt or equity
depending on the size and cash flows of each opportunity and
commercial considerations.
Cash generation†
Collectively our future acquisitions must be suitably cash generative to continue to support Chesnara delivering attractive dividends.
Value enhancement
Acquisitions are required to have a positive impact on the Economic Value† per share in the medium term under best
estimate and certain more adverse scenarios.
Customer outcomes
Acquisitions must ensure we protect, or ideally enhance, customer interests.
Risk appetite
Acquisitions should normally align with the group’s documented risk appetite. If a deal is deemed to sit outside our risk
appetite the financial returns must be suitably compelling.
44
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CAPITAL MANAGEMENT • SOLVENCY II
Subject to ensuring other constraints are managed, surplus capital is a useful proxy measure for liquid resources
available to fund items such as dividends, acquisitions or business investment. As such, Chesnara defines cash
generation as the movement in surplus, above management buffers, during the period.
GROUP SOLVENCY
SOLVENCY POSITION
SOLVENCY SURPLUS MOVEMENT*
*pre intragroup dividends
205%
684
351
333
197%
298.4
45.1
(2.6)
16.2
0.2
(19.1)
605
298
307
Divisional movement – £58.9m
46.4
8.8
(6.2)
(36.1)
351.0
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2022
Group
surplus
31 Dec 2022
UK
Movestic Waard
Scildon
Chesnara/
consol adj
Change
in T2/T3
restrictions
Acquisition Exchange
Dividends
rates
Group
surplus
31 Dec 2023
Surplus
The group has £351m of surplus over and above the capital requirements under Solvency II, compared to £298m at the end of 2022.
The group solvency ratio has increased from 197% to 205%.
Own Funds
Own Funds have risen by £115m (pre-dividends). The most material drivers are the acquisition of the insurance portfolio of Conservatrix
in Waard and the reinsurance of policies from Canada Life in CA, which contributed £32m of Own Funds on completion, coupled with
the reduction in Tier 2 restrictions.
SCR
The SCR has increased by £26m, owing mainly to a rise in equity risk (due to the rise in equity markets and symmetric adjustment) and
increases in market and life underwriting SCR from the 2023 acquisitions.
Solvency II background
– Solvency surplus is a measure of how much the value of the company (Own Funds) exceeds the level of capital it is required to hold.
– The value of the company is referred to as its Own Funds (OF) and this is measured in accordance with the rules of the Solvency II regime.
– The capital requirement is also defined by Solvency II rules and the primary requirement is referred to as the Solvency Capital Requirement (SCR).
– Solvency is expressed as either a ratio: OF/SCR %; or as an absolute surplus: OF LESS SCR.
WHAT ARE OWN FUNDS?
WHAT IS CAPITAL REQUIREMENT?
A valuation which reflects the net assets of the company and includes
a value for future profits expected to arise from in-force policies.
The Solvency Capital Requirement can be calculated using a ‘standard
formula’ or ‘internal model’. Chesnara adopts the ‘standard formula’.
The Own Funds valuation: A restriction is applied to reduce the
aggregate value of Tier 2 and eligible Tier 3 assets down to 50% of the
reported SCR.
Contract boundaries: Solvency II rules do not allow for the recognition
of future cash flows on certain policies despite a high probability of receipt.
Risk margin: The Solvency II rules require a ‘risk margin’ liability which
is deemed to be above the realistic cost.
Restricted with-profit surpluses: Surpluses in the group’s with-profit
funds are not recognised in Solvency II Own Funds despite their
commercial value.
We define Economic Value (EcV)† as being the Own Funds adjusted for
the items above. As such our Own Funds and EcV have many common
characteristics and tend to be impacted by the same factors.
Transitional measures, introduced as part of the long-term guarantee package
when Solvency II was introduced, are available to temporarily increase
Own Funds. Chesnara does not take advantage of such measures, however
we do apply the volatility adjustment within our Dutch and UK divisions.
How do Own Funds change?
Own Funds (and Economic Value) are sensitive to economic conditions.
In general, positive equity markets and increasing yields lead to OF growth
and vice versa. Other factors that improve OF include writing profitable new
business, reducing the expense base and improvements to lapse rates.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial
performance. Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information
section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
There are three levels of capital requirement:
Minimum dividend paying requirement/risk appetite requirement:
The board sets a minimum solvency level above the SCR which means
a more prudent level is applied when making dividend decisions.
Solvency Capital Requirement: Amount of capital required to withstand
a 1 in 200 event. The SCR acts as an intervention point for supervisory
action including cancellation or the deferral of distributions to investors.
Minimum Capital Requirement (MCR): The MCR is between 45%
and 25% of the SCR. At this point Chesnara would need to submit a
recovery plan which if not effective within three months may result in
authorisation being withdrawn.
How does the SCR change?
Given the largest component of Chesnara’s SCR is market risk, changes in
investment mix or changes in the overall value of our assets have the greatest
impact on the SCR. For example, equity assets require more capital than low
risk bonds. Also, positive investment growth in general creates an increase
in SCR. Book run-off will tend to reduce SCR, but this will be partially offset
by an increase as a result of new business.
HMT reforms to Solvency II were laid before parliament on 8 December,
and came into force on 31 December 2023. The reforms updated the risk
margin calculation for CA. We continue to monitor any further proposed
changes closely and future financial statements will report on the UK
specific application of Solvency II as it diverges from the EU’s regime.
We see no specific reason to expect the PRA to use their enhanced
freedoms to take a route that systemically makes it harder to do business
in the UK.
EIOPA has proposed provisional reforms to Solvency II. These reforms
need to be presented to member states and the European Parliament
for approval.
45
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CAPITAL MANAGEMENT • SOLVENCY II
We are well capitalised at both a group and subsidiary level. We have applied the volatility adjustment in Scildon,
Waard Leven and CA, but have not used any other elements of the long-term guarantee package within the
group. The volatility adjustment is an optional measure that can be used in solvency calculations to reduce
volatility arising from large movements in bond spreads.
UK £m
149%
29
21
135%
15
20
SWEDEN £m
147%
162%
31
23
44
21
152
103
135
100
171
117
169
104
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2022
Surplus: £29.4m above board’s Capital Management Policy.
Surplus: £30.9m above board’s Capital Management Policy.
Dividends: Solvency position is stated after £35.0m proposed dividend
(2022: £56m).
Dividends: Solvency position is stated after £7.8m (100 MSEK) proposed
dividend (2022: £11.7m – 150 MSEK).
Own Funds: Increased by £51.5m (pre-dividend), including the Canada Life
day 1 gain, positive economic experience, Part VII synergies and a decrease
in the risk margin due to the SII reforms.
Own Funds: Increased by £10.1m (pre-dividend) largely owing to positive
economic movements, partially offset by operating strain, primarily arising
from adverse lapse experience.
SCR: Increased by £2.3m primarily due a fall in lapse risk due to the mass
lapse reinsurance, offset by increases as a result of the Canada Life deal,
Part VII synergies and a rise in equity risk capital.
SCR: Increased by £12.7m due to positive equity growth and moderate rise
in currency and lapse risks.
NETHERLANDS – WA ARD GROUP £m
NETHERLANDS – SCILDON £m
353%
98
61
10
28
591%
78
60
5
13
184%
188%
6
55
9
52
134
129
73
69
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2022
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2022
Surplus: £60.7m above board’s Capital Management Policy.
Surplus: £6.2m above board’s Capital Management Policy.
Dividends: Solvency position stated after £6.9m proposed dividend
(2022: £4.3m).
Own Funds: Increased by £28.3m (pre-dividend) largely due to the
Conservatrix deal, coupled with some positive operating items.
SCR: Increased by £14.7m, mainly due to the Conservatrix deal, which
has mostly impacted longevity, lapse and concentration risk.
Dividends: No foreseeable dividend is proposed (2022: £nil).
Own Funds: Increased by £4.3m due to positive operating variances
and new business profits.
SCR: Increased by £4.1m, chiefly made up of an increase in mortality
and catastrophe risks, offset by an increase in LACDT.
The graphs on this page present the divisional view of the solvency position which may
differ to the position of the individual insurance company(ies) within the consolidated
numbers. Note that year end 2023 figures have been restated using 31 December 2023
exchange rates in order to aid comparison at a divisional level.
KEY
Own Funds (Post Div)
SCR
Buffer
Surplus
46
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CAPITAL MANAGEMENT • SENSITIVITIES
The group’s solvency position can be affected by a number of factors over time. As a consequence, the group’s
EcV†, and cash generation†, both of which are derived from the group’s solvency calculations, are also sensitive
to these factors.
The diagram below provides some insight into the immediate impact of
certain sensitivities that the group is exposed to, covering solvency surplus
and Economic Value. As can be seen, EcV tends to take the ‘full force’ of
adverse conditions immediately (where the impacts are calculated on the
cash flows for the life of our portfolios) whereas solvency is often protected
in the short term and, to a certain extent, the longer term due to
compensating impacts on required capital.
Tier 2 debt has a material impact on the reported sensitivities because,
as capital requirements move, the amount of the Tier 2 debt able
to be recognised in Own Funds also moves. For example, where FX
movements reduce the SCR, we also experience a corresponding reduction
in base Own Funds and Own Funds relating to Tier 2 capital. The total surplus
is now more exposed to downside risks than before the Tier 2 debt but,
importantly, the Tier 2 debt itself has created more than sufficient additional
headroom to accommodate this.
Whilst cash generation has not been shown in the diagrams below, the
impact of these sensitivities on the group’s solvency surplus has a direct
read across to the immediate impact on cash generation. Each individual bar
in the diagram illustrates the estimated impact range (£m) of the respective
sensitivities and whether that impact is positive (green) or negative (red).
SOLVENCY SURPLUS
-
(20)
(40)
40
20
(60)
60
80
100
(100) (80)
(60)
(40)
(20)
EcV
-
20
40
60
80
100
Impact range £m
(100) (80)
SII %
20% sterling appreciation
10.7%
20% sterling depreciation
(16.1)%
25% equity fall
7.9%
25% equity rise
(15.4)%
10% equity fall
3.4%
10% equity rise
(5.5)%
1% interest rate rise
5.7%
1% interest rate fall
(8.0)%
50 bps credit spread rise
(5.1)%
25 bps swap rate fall
(4.5)%
10% mass lapse
2.7%
1% inflation
(10.2)%
5% mortality increase
(3.2)%
INSIGHT*
20% sterling appreciation: A material sterling appreciation reduces the
value of surplus in our overseas divisions and any overseas investments
in our UK entities, however this is partially mitigated by the group currency
hedge so the overall impact on solvency is reduced.
Equity sensitivities: The equity rise sensitivities cause both Own Funds
and SCR to rise, as the value of the funds exposed to risk is higher. The
increase in SCR can be larger than Own Funds, resulting in an immediate
reduction in surplus, depending on the starting point of the symmetric
adjustment. The converse applies to an equity fall sensitivity, although
the impacts are not fully symmetrical due to management actions and tax.
The Tier 2 debt value also changes materially in these sensitivities. The
change in symmetric adjustment can have a significant impact (25% equity
fall: -£20.1m to the SCR, 25% equity rise: +£30.2m to SCR). The EcV impacts
are more intuitive as they are more directly linked to Own Funds impact.
CA and Movestic contribute the most due to their large amounts of unit-linked
business, much of which is invested in equities.
Interest rate sensitivities: An interest rate fall has a more adverse effect
on group Economic Value than an interest rate rise. Group solvency is less
exposed to rising interest rates as a rise in rates causes capital requirements
to fall, increasing solvency.
50 bps credit spread rise: A credit spread rise has an adverse impact on
surplus and future cash generation, particularly in Scildon due to corporate
and non-local government bond holdings that form part of the asset portfolios
backing non-linked insurance liabilities. The impact on the other divisions
is less severe.
25 bps swap rate fall: This sensitivity measures the impact of a fall in the
swap discount curve with no change in the value of assets. The result is
that liability values increase in isolation. The most material impacts are
on CA and Scildon due to the size of the non-linked book.
10% mass lapse: In this sensitivity Own Funds fall as there are fewer
policies on the books, thus less potential for future profits. This is largely
offset by a fall in SCR, although the amount of eligible Tier 2 capital also
falls. The division most affected is Movestic as it has the largest
concentration of unit-linked business.
1% inflation rise: This sensitivity measures a permanent increase in inflation
in every future year (above existing valuation assumptions). Such a rise in
inflation increases the amount of expected future expenses. This is capitalised
into the balance sheet and hits the solvency position immediately.
5% mortality increase: This sensitivity has an adverse impact on surplus and
cash generation, particularly for Scildon due to their term products.
*BASIS OF PREPARATION ON REPORTING
Although it is not a precise exercise, the general aim is that the sensitivities modelled are deemed to be broadly similar (with the exception that the
10% equity movements are naturally more likely to arise) in terms of likelihood. Whilst sensitivities provide a useful guide, in practice, how our results
react to changing conditions is complex and the exact level of impact can vary due to the interactions of events and starting position.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance.
Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
47
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023FINANCIAL REVIEW
Our key performance indicators provide a good indication of how the business has performed in delivering
its three strategic objectives. These two pages provide some insight into what is driving the results for 2023.
Further analysis can be found on pages 50 to 58.
£32.5M 2022 £82.7m
GROUP CASH GENERATION†
excluding the impact of acquisitions
What is it?
Cash generation is calculated as being the movement in Solvency II
Own Funds over the internally required capital, excluding the impact of
Tier 2 debt. The internally required capital is determined with reference
to the group’s capital management policies, which have Solvency II
rules at their heart. Cash generation is used by the group as a measure
of assessing how much dividend potential has been generated, subject
to ensuring other constraints are managed.
Why is it important?
Cash generation is a key measure, because it is the net cash flows
to Chesnara from its life and pensions businesses which support
Chesnara’s dividend-paying capacity and acquisition strategy.
Cash generation can be a strong indicator of how we are performing
against our stated objective of ‘maximising value from existing
business’. However, our cash generation is always managed in the
context of our stated value of maintaining strong solvency positions
within the regulated entities of the group.
Risks
The ability of the underlying regulated subsidiaries within the group
to generate cash is affected by a number of our principal risks and
uncertainties as set out on pages 63 to 70. Whilst cash generation
is a function of the regulatory surplus, as opposed to the IFRS surplus,
it is impacted by similar drivers, and therefore factors such as yields
on fixed interest securities and equity and property performance
contribute significantly to the level of cash generation within the group.
£50.1M 2022 £61.9m
DIVISIONAL CASH GENERATION†
Further detail on p50
Highlights £m
45.0
(7.0)
15.3
(3.1)
50.1
(17.6)
32.5
UK
Sweden
Netherlands
– Waard
Netherlands
– Scildon
Divisional
cash
Other group
activities
Total group
cash
– Group cash generation was £32.5m for the year (2022: £82.7m) and contains
a material adverse impact from the symmetric adjustment of £13.1m
(2022: +£28.2m), which is a key component of the year-on-year movement.
– The divisional result, despite the negative impact of the symmetric adjustment,
was again strong, with £50.1m reported for the year. The UK division again
underpinned divisional cash with £45.0m generated, while there was also a
very positive contribution from Waard. Economic factors supported the value
growth in the UK, while cash generation in the Netherlands was driven by the
operating profits, offsetting the loss in Sweden owing to the market driven rise
in capital requirements.
– The central group result includes the adverse impact of some non-recurring
development items (including M&A), central overheads and Tier 2 coupon
payments. The FX hedge had a positive cash impact of £2.5m, offsetting some
of the adverse FX movements experienced on consolidation of divisional results.
£1.8M 2022 £62.1m loss
IFRS PRE-TAX PROFIT
£10.3M 2022 £26.1m loss
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Further detail on p57
What is it?
Presentation of the results in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) aims to recognise the profit arising from
the longer-term insurance and investment contracts over the life
of the policy.
Why is it important?
The IFRS results form the core of reporting and hence retain
prominence as a key financial performance metric. We believe that,
for Chesnara, the IFRS results in isolation do not recognise the wider
financial performance of the business, hence the use of supplementary
Alternative Performance Measures (pages 274 and 275) to enhance
understanding of financial performance.
Risks
IFRS 17 is effective from 1 January 2023 and has been applied in the
financial statements in the Corporate Governance section. As a result,
several accounting policies and significant judgements and estimates
have changed and these changes are set out from page 54. IFRS 17
introduces a new concept of insurance revenue which aims to reflect
the insurance contract services provided in each period in the income
statement by establishing an explicit measure of future profit (the
Contractual Service Margin (CSM)) and provides a framework as to
how the CSM is recognised in a given period. The ‘investment result’
is presented separately from the ‘insurance result’ on the face of the
income statement. Market volatility impacting the surplus assets
will result in volatility in investment result and the IFRS pre-tax
profit/(loss). Foreign currency fluctuations will further affect total
comprehensive income.
48
Highlights £m
89.4
(149.9)
(5.1)
71.7
(11.0)
6.7
1.8
16.9
(8.4)
10.3
Net
insurance
service
result
Net
investment
result
Fee,
commission
& other
operating
income
Other
operating
expenses
Financing
costs
Profit
before tax
Profit arising
on business
combinations
& portfolio
acquisitions
Tax
FX &
Other
Total
comprehensive
income
– Profit before tax for the year of £1.8m includes a net insurance service loss
of £5.1m and an investment result of £71.7m (2022: £13.3m profit and £39.0m
loss respectively).
– The negative insurance service result has been driven primarily by adverse
experience and assumption changes on lines of business, termed ‘onerous
contracts’, for which the CSM has been extinguished, meaning such losses
must be taken to the P&L rather than to the CSM. In 2022 this effect was
much more benign.
– The positive investment result in the year is reflective of investment market
recoveries with improved equity returns and falling yields being the main
contributors. The comparative period in 2022 was adversely impacted by
falling equity markets and rising yields.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial
performance. Further information on APMs can be found in the additional information
section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023£524.7M 2022 £511.7m
ECONOMIC VALUE (EcV)†
Highlights £m
Further detail on p53
511.7
30.7
28.4
(10.8)
560.1
(35.4)
524.7
What is it?
Economic Value (EcV) was introduced following the introduction of Solvency II at the start of 2016,
with EcV being derived from Solvency II Own Funds. EcV reflects a market-consistent assessment
of the value of the existing insurance business, plus the adjusted net asset value of the non-
insurance businesses within the group.
Why is it important?
EcV aims to reflect the market-related value of in-force business and net assets of the non-insurance
business and hence is an important reference point by which to assess Chesnara’s value. A life
and pensions group may typically be characterised as trading at a discount or premium to its EcV.
Analysis of EcV provides additional insight into the development of the business over time.
The EcV development of the Chesnara group over time can be a strong indicator of how we have
delivered to our strategic objectives, in particular the value created from acquiring life and pensions
businesses and enhancing our value through writing profitable new business. It ignores the potential
of new business to be written in the future (the franchise value of our Swedish and Dutch
businesses) and the value of the company’s ability to acquire further businesses.
Risks
The EcV of the group is affected by economic factors such as equity and property markets, yields
on fixed interest securities and bond spreads. In addition, the EcV position of the group can be
materially affected by exchange rate fluctuations. For example, a 20.0% weakening of the Swedish
krona and euro against sterling would reduce the EcV of the group within a range of £59m-£69m,
based on the composition of the group’s EcV at 31 December 2023.
EcV
31 Dec
2022
Acquisitions Forex
EcV
earnings
before
acquisitions
EcV
31 Dec
2023
(pre-div)
Dividends
EcV
31 Dec
2023
– EcV increased 12% in 2023 prior to the impact
of dividend payments and FX losses (arising
on consolidation).
– Growth has been delivered through a range of areas,
with strong new business profits, economic returns
and significant gains through the acquisitions delivered
in the year. While economic profits form a material
part of the result, economic conditions have meant
it was still a relatively modest period for economic
growth. The result also includes pleasing operating
profits in the Dutch divisions, as well as the adverse
impact of some exceptional non-recurring central
costs. These factors combined give further
reassurance of the robustness of the group and
provide confidence of future growth under more
beneficial economic conditions.
£59.1M 2022 £(84.7)m
EcV EARNINGS†
Further detail on p52
What is it?
In recognition of the longer-term nature of the group’s insurance and investment contracts,
supplementary information is presented that provides information on the EcV of our business.
The principal underlying components of the EcV earnings are:
– The expected return from existing business (being the effect of the unwind of the rates used
to discount the value in-force);
– Value added by the writing of new business;
– Variations in actual experience from that assumed in the opening valuation;
– The impact of restating assumptions underlying the determination of expected cash flows; and
– The impact of acquisitions.
Why is it important?
A different perspective is provided in the performance of the group and on the valuation of the
business. EcV earnings are an important KPI as they provide a longer-term measure of the value
generated during a period. The EcV earnings of the group can be a strong indicator of how we
have delivered against all three of our core strategic objectives. This includes new business
profits generated from writing profitable new business, EcV profit emergence from our existing
businesses, and the EcV impact of acquisitions.
Risks
The EcV earnings of the group can be affected by a number of factors, including those highlighted
within our principal risks and uncertainties and sensitivities analysis as set out on pages 63 to 70.
In addition to the factors that affect the IFRS pre-tax profit and cash generation of the group, the
EcV earnings can be more sensitive to other factors such as the expense base and persistency
assumptions. This is primarily due to the fact that assumption changes in EcV affect our long-term
view of the future cash flows arising from our business.
Highlights £m
Total operating
earnings
Economic
earnings
(7.7)
Other
(4.5)
Acquisitions
Total ECV
earnings
42.9
28.4
59.1
– Economic earnings were the largest component of
the result, with strong contributions from the UK and
Swedish divisions, predominantly through the positive
impact of equity market growth on expected future
fee income in our unit-linked policyholder funds.
The Dutch divisions reported smaller economic losses,
with different economic factors being less beneficial
and offsetting one another to a certain extent.
– The operating loss of £7.7m has been impacted by
a number of one-off items, including investing in our
M&A activity and future growth of the group (see
page 52 for further detail). It is pleasing to report
strong operating profits from the Dutch division,
reflecting a marked improvement on prior years.
– Acquisitions in the year added £28.4m of growth,
with £21.7m on the Conservatrix portfolio in the
Netherlands and a further £6.7m on the protection
portfolio of Canada Life in the UK.
– The ‘Other’ category includes risk margin movement,
tax impacts and the cost of Tier 2 coupon payments.
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
49
STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL REVIEW • CASH GENERATION
There is no reporting framework defined by the regulators for cash generation and there is therefore
inconsistency across the sector. We define cash generation as being the movement in Solvency II
Own Funds over and above the group’s internally required capital, which is based on Solvency II rules.
£32.5M 2022 £82.7m
GROUP CASH GENERATION
excluding the impact of acquisitions
£50.1M 2022 £61.9m
DIVISIONAL CASH GENERATION
Cash generation in 2023 was impacted, at a divisional level, by adverse movement in the symmetric adjustment (£13.1m – 2022:
+£28.2m) following equity market growth, while the group result also contains the impact of exceptional and non-recurring central
costs. Cash is generated from increases in the group’s solvency surplus, which is represented by the excess of Own Funds held
over management’s internal capital needs. These are based on regulatory capital requirements, with the inclusion of additional
‘management buffers’.
Implications of our cash definition:
Positives
– Creates a strong and transparent alignment to a regulated framework.
– Positive cash results can be approximated to increased dividend potential.
Challenges and limitations
– In certain circumstances the cash reported may not be immediately
distributable by a division to group or from group to shareholders.
– Cash is a factor of both value and capital and hence management are
focused on capital efficiency in addition to value growth and indeed the
interplay between the two.
– Brings the technical complexities of the SII framework into the cash results
e.g. symmetric adjustment, with-profit fund restrictions, model changes etc,
and hence the headline results do not always reflect the underlying
commercial or operational performance.
2023 £m
Movement in
Own Funds
Movement in
management’s
capital requirement
Forex
impact
Cash
generated/
(utilised)
2022 £m
Cash generated/
(utilised)
UK
Sweden
Netherlands – Waard Group
Netherlands – Scildon
Divisional cash generation/(utilisation)
Other group activities
Group cash generation/(utilisation)
GROUP
45.6
9.8
14.4
4.3
74.1
(27.1)
47.1
(0.6)
(14.9)
2.4
(7.2)
(20.4)
10.1
(10.3)
–
(1.9)
(1.5)
(0.2)
(3.7)
(0.6)
(4.3)
45.0
(7.0)
15.3
(3.1)
50.1
(17.6)
32.5
40.8
16.1
8.4
(3.4)
61.9
20.8
82.7
– Other group activities include consolidation adjustments as well as central costs and central SCR movements.
– Central costs include Tier 2 debt coupon payments (c£10m) and uncovered central costs (c£14m), of which a large proportion relates to exceptional
non-recurring development expenditure, such as IFRS 17, M&A activity and strengthening of the group governance resource.
UK
SWEDEN
The UK division has continued to be the largest contributor to cash generation,
with £45.0m reported in the year, delivered mainly through Own Funds
growth. This has included the positive impact of investment market
performance; the benefit of a reduction in the risk margin as a result of the
first phase of UK SII reforms and some synergies as a result of the Part VII
transfer of CASLP into CA on 31 December 2023. The cash result also
benefitted from a reduction in capital requirements during the year, which
included the positive impact of a new mass lapse reinsurance arrangement
and the general run-off of the business, offsetting factors such as the need
to hold more capital as a result of equity market growth, including the
symmetric adjustment.
Movestic has reported cash utilisation of £7.0m for 2023, as Own Funds
growth was exceeded by a larger increase in capital requirements. On the
Own Funds side, growth was delivered primarily through the positive impact
of equity market movements, although this was offset by some negative
operating items, including the impact of ongoing challenges in outward policy
transfers. The equity market-driven growth in Own Funds has resulted in
an increase in market-risk related capital requirements, including the impact
of the symmetric adjustment, which increased significantly since the start
of the year. The divisional result also includes a foreign exchange loss
on consolidation, owing to a slight weakening of the krona versus sterling
over the year.
NETHERLANDS – WA ARD
NETHERLANDS – SCILDON
Waard recorded pleasing cash generation of £15.3m in 2023, delivered largely
through value growth. Strong operating profits benefitted from a reduction
in future expenses, benefitting from the economies of scale arising from the
addition of the Conservatrix portfolio. The result also contains a reduction in
capital requirements, supported by interest rate movements and the reduction
in future expenses. Additionally, the divisional result bears the impact of
sterling appreciation versus the euro during 2023, leading to a small foreign
exchange loss on consolidation.
Scildon has posted £3.1m of cash utilisation for the year. Own Funds growth
of £4.3m was driven by positive operating profits, offsetting economic losses.
Operating profits include the positive impacts of new business profits and
cost efficiencies, while the negative effect of falling interest rates was the
main component of the economic loss on Own Funds. The negative cash
result was underpinned by an increase in capital requirements, outweighing
the value growth. Rises in life risk and equity risk capital, driven by equity
growth and the consequential rise in the symmetric adjustment, offsetting
the positive impact of lower interest rates.
50
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023FINANCIAL REVIEW • CASH GENERATION – ENHANCED ANALYSIS
The format of the analysis draws out components of the cash generation results relating to technical
complexities, modelling issues or exceptional corporate activity. The results excluding such items are
deemed to better reflect the inherent commercial outcome (commercial cash generation).
£53.0M 2022 £46.6m
COMMERCIAL CASH GENERATION
Base cash generation
Symmetric adjustment
WP restriction look through
Temporary tax impacts on the SCR
Commercial cash generation
UK
45.0
3.0
0.5
–
48.5
SWEDEN NETHERLANDS
WAARD
NETHERLANDS
SCILDON
DIVISIONAL
TOTAL
GROUP ADJ
TOTAL
(7.0)
7.3
–
–
0.3
15.3
0.5
–
–
15.8
(3.1)
1.3
–
10.0
8.2
50.1
12.2
0.5
10.0
72.8
(17.6)
0.9
–
(3.2)
(19.8)
32.5
13.1
0.5
6.8
53.0
Commercial cash generation of £53.0m was primarily supported by contributions of £48.5m from the UK business and £24.0 from the Netherlands. All overseas
divisions have also generated cash, even though returns have been dampened by the depreciation of the euro and Swedish krona currencies against sterling.
The FX hedge that was implemented in 2022, and renewed again in 2023, has offset some of these currency impacts, providing a total cash benefit of £2.5m
over the year.
UK
The UK result primarily comes from investment market gains, influenced by equity gains and falling yields, alongside the beneficial impact of the implementation
of the mass lapse reinsurance, the SII risk margin reforms and some synergies arising from the Part VII transfer of CASLP into CA on 31 December 2023.
This offset some expense strengthening, which largely represents positive investment in the future and supports the growth of the division.
The commercial cash outcome continues to illustrate that the UK remains at the heart of the cash generation model.
SWEDEN
The Swedish result, after removing a loss caused by the increase in the symmetric adjustment, was relatively neutral. The economic result is positive, principally
due to equity market gains, offset by the depreciation of Swedish krona against sterling. The economic gains are offset by adverse lapse experience, fee and
rebate income pressure and a new business strain.
WA ARD
Waard's positive cash result is supported by the positive post-acquisition impact of integrating Conservatrix into the business, coupled with the impact
of positive expense assumption changes, slightly offset by an expense operating variance. The result also benefits from economic impacts, albeit to a lesser
extent, predominantly owing to falling yields.
The capital that Chesnara plc injected to support Conservatrix liabilities has been recycled back into surplus.
SCILDON
Scildon’s commercial cash generation reflects a combination of positive economic impacts, largely owing to falling yields, alongside some negative factors
including adverse changes in lapse and mortality assumptions. The commercial cash result, unlike base cash generation, benefits from a positive increase
in the amount of risk capital that is shielded by tax.
GROUP
The central group result is driven by uncovered group level expenditure, resulting in a reduction in Own Funds. The central expenses include Tier 2 debt coupon
payments and a range of development activity, such as M&A programmes, IFRS 17, as well as investment in the business to support the future growth of the
group. These factors outweigh investment returns, owing to falling yields, and an overall £2.5m cash generation benefit from the FX hedge.
51
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023FINANCIAL REVIEW • EcV EARNINGS
The EcV earnings of the group reflect the benefits of delivering our acquisition strategy, coupled with positive
economic earnings arising in volatile markets.
£59.1M 2022 £(84.7)m
EcV EARNINGS
Analysis of the EcV result by earnings source:
£m
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2022
Total operating earnings: The operating loss for the year reflects a
significant reduction compared with last year, continuing the encouraging
trend of improvement. A number of the negative components that are
non-recurring in nature represent positive investment in the future and
support the growth of the group. Examples of key items in 2023 include:
– Recurring central development overheads including those associated with the
M&A strategy. Whilst the cost of this development investment is recognised,
EcV does not recognise the potential returns we expect from it.
(1.3)
– Non-recurring development expenditure such as IFRS 17.
8.0
– Tier 2 debt servicing costs – EcV does not recognise the benefit of the capital
or the potential for future value adding transactions that it provides.
Acquisitions: M&A activity continued to be a source of growth and resulted
in £28.4m of immediate EcV earnings in 2023. The incremental value was
delivered by the Conservatrix insurance portfolio acquisition (1 January 2023)
and also a UK protection portfolio reinsurance arrangement with Canada Life
(16 May 2023), under the Waard Group and CA respectively.
Looking at the results by division:
UK: The UK division reported EcV earnings of £31.4m (excluding acquisitions),
with economic growth and the synergies from the Part VII of CASLP into
CA offsetting an operating loss. The operating result was largely driven by
non-recurring activity, as outlined above, relating to the expansion of the
division and investment in the business to facilitate future growth. This
outweighed positive results on fee income (due to lower policy attrition) and
other decrements. The economic gains of £23.1m arose primarily as a result
of the impact of equity market growth in unit-linked funds, which increases
our projected future fee income. While the economic profit was relatively
subdued, it remains a significant improvement on the prior year.
Sweden: Movestic posted earnings of £6.8m for 2023. The division
benefitted from the impact that equity market growth had on its unit-linked
funds, underpinning total economic earnings of £18.6m. This more than
outweighed an operating loss, due primarily to adverse transfer activity.
Lower fee and commission income, owing to pricing pressures, and
suppressed fund rebate income also contributed. Modest new business
profits (on an EcV basis) were £0.9m (2022: £1.8m), reflective of the
continued competitive market conditions and margin pressures.
Netherlands: The Dutch division has reported growth of £19.5m in the year,
with positive operating profits exceeding smaller economic losses in both
businesses. The operating result in Scildon of £8.7m represents a significant
upturn versus the losses reported in the prior year and includes EcV new
business profits of £1.7m. Economic losses of £3.3m were primarily the
consequence of falling interest rates and flattening yield curves. Waard has
reported EcV growth of £16.0m, also driven by operating profits. This included
the benefit of some changes in expense assumptions, some positive news
in relation to policy lapses and the impact of reigniting premiums on paused
policies within the Conservatrix portfolio. Despite positive bond returns
exceeding expectations, the economic loss (£1.3m) stemmed from a number
of factors, primarily the negative impact of the fall in interest rates and
declining yields on the business’s future liabilities, with subdued equity
performance also contributing.
Group: This component contains a variety of group-related expenses and
includes: non-maintenance related costs (such as acquisition activity); the
costs of the group’s IFRS 17 programme; and Tier 2 debt interest costs,
offset by positive investment returns in the period.
Expected movement in period
New business
Operating experience variances
Other operating assumption changes
Total EcV operating earnings†
Total EcV economic earnings†
Other non-operating variances
Risk margin movement
Tax
Acquisitions
EcV earnings
14.9
4.4
0.8
(27.8)
(7.7)
42.9
(11.9)
1.1
6.3
28.4
59.1
(19.0)
(14.5)
(26.8)
(109.1)
(2.6)
20.4
12.0
21.4
(84.7)
Analysis of the EcV result by business segment:
£m
UK
Sweden
Netherlands
Group and group adjustments
Acquisitions
EcV earnings
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2022
31.4
6.8
19.5
(27.0)
28.4
59.1
(24.6)
(37.1)
(29.4)
(15.0)
21.4
(84.7)
Total economic earnings: The economic result continues to be the largest
component of the total EcV earnings, with a profit of £42.9m in the year.
The result is in line with our reported sensitivities and is driven by the
following key market movements:
Rising equity indices:
– FTSE All Share index increased by 3.7% (year ended 31 December 2022:
decreased by 3.2%)
– Swedish OMX all share index increased by 15.6% (year ended 31 December
2022: decreased by 24.6%)
– The Netherlands AEX all share index increased by 13.4% (year ended
31 December 2022: decreased by 15.0%)
Credit spreads – mixed news:
– UK AA corporate bond yields decreased to 0.71% (31 December 2022 1.04%)
– European AA credit spreads increased to 0.63% (31 December 2022: 0.29%)
Decreasing yields:
– 10-year UK gilt yields have decreased to 3.64% (31 December 2022: 3.82%)
– 10-year euro swap yield have decreased to 2.49% (31 December 2022:
3.20%)
The EcV results continue to illustrate how sensitive the results are to
economic factors. While investment market growth has been positive
compared to the prior year, it was still relatively muted versus previous
periods of growth. As outlined in the past, we continue to be of the view
that short-term volatility has limited commercial impact on the business and
of more importance is the fact that, over the longer term, we expect EcV
growth in the form of real world investment returns.
52
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023FINANCIAL REVIEW • EcV
The Economic Value of Chesnara represents the present value of future profits of the existing insurance business,
plus the adjusted net asset value of the non-insurance businesses within the group. EcV is an important reference
point by which to assess Chesnara’s intrinsic value.
£524.7M 2022 £511.7m
ECONOMIC VALUE (EcV)
Value movement: 1 Jan 2023 to 31 Dec 2023 £m
EcV to Solvency II £m
511.7
30.7
28.4
(10.8)
560.1
(35.4)
524.7
524.7
(23.7)
0.4
200.0
(0.8)
6.6
(23.5)
683.7
EcV
31 Dec
2022
EcV
earnings
before
acquisitions
Acquisitions
Forex
EcV
31 Dec
2023
(pre-div)
Dividends
EcV
31 Dec
2023
EcV
31 Dec
2023
Risk
margin
Contract
boundaries
Tier 2
debt
RFF &
Tier 2/3
restrictions
Deferred
tax asset
adj
Dividends
SII Own
Funds
31 Dec
2023
EcV earnings: EcV profits acquisitions of £30.7m have been delivered
in 2023, supported by economic profits, with significant growth also
delivered through acquisitions. Further detail can be found on page 52.
Acquisitions: The group has delivered two deals during 2023; the
Conservatrix portfolio acquisition and the reinsurance arrangement
with Canada Life. This has resulted in day 1 EcV gains of £21.7m and
£6.7m respectively.
Foreign exchange: The closing EcV of the group reflects a foreign exchange
loss in the period, which is a consequence of sterling appreciation against
both the Swedish krona and also the euro.
Dividends: Under EcV, dividends are recognised in the period in which they
are paid. Dividends of £35.4m were paid during the year, representing the
final dividend from 2022 and interim dividend for 2023.
EcV by segment at 31 Dec 2023 £m
UK
Sweden
Netherlands
Other group
activities
191.4
189.6
255.1
(111.4)
The above chart shows that the EcV of the group remains diversified across
its different geographical markets.
Our reported EcV is based on a Solvency II assessment of the value of the
business but adjusted for certain items where it is deemed that Solvency II
does not reflect the commercial value of the business. The above waterfall
shows the key difference between EcV and SII, with explanations for each
item below.
Risk margin: Solvency II rules applying to our European businesses require
a significant ‘risk margin’ which is held on the Solvency II balance sheet
as a liability, and this is considered to be materially above a realistic cost.
We therefore reduce this margin for risk for EcV valuation purposes from
being based on a 6% (UK: 4%) cost of capital to a 3.25% cost of capital.
On our UK business, the Solvency II reform risk tapering is also reversed.
Contract boundaries: Solvency II rules do not allow for the recognition
of future cash flows on certain in-force contracts, despite the high probability
of receipt. We therefore make an adjustment to reflect the realistic value of
the cash flows under EcV.
Ring-fenced fund restrictions: Solvency II rules require a restriction to be
placed on the value of surpluses that exist within certain ring-fenced funds.
These restrictions are reversed for EcV valuation purposes as they are
deemed to be temporary in nature.
Dividends: The proposed final dividend of £23.5m is recognised for SII
regulatory reporting purposes. It is not recognised within EcV until it is
actually paid.
Tier 2: The Tier 2 debt is treated as ‘quasi equity’ for Solvency II purposes.
For EcV, consistent with IFRS, we continue to report this as debt. Under SII
this debt is recognised at fair value, while for EcV this remains at book value.
Tier 3: Under Solvency II the eligibility of Tier 3 Own Funds is restricted
in accordance with regulatory rules. For EcV the Tier 3 Own Funds are
recognised at a deemed realistic value.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial
performance. Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information
section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
53
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023FINANCIAL REVIEW • IFRS
The group IFRS results are reported under IFRS 17 for the first time in the annual financial statements. The
following pages provide an introduction to IFRS 17 and how it impacts Chesnara, together with the IFRS results
for the year ended 31 December 2023 and comparative figures for 2022, which have been restated under IFRS 17.
INTRODUCTION TO IFRS 17
What is IFRS 17?
IFRS 17 is the new accounting standard for recognising, measuring and disclosing insurance contracts.
This is effective for the first time in these financial statements and replaces the previous standard, IFRS 4.
IFRS 17 has been implemented as if it had always been in place and so previous results have been restated.
IFRS 17 has been introduced with the aim of allowing greater comparability of results between insurance
companies and the wider market.
How IFRS 17 is different to IFRS 4
IFRS 4
New business
profit
Premium
received/
assets held
Insurance
liabilities
using prudent
assumptions
CSM reflects stock of future profits,
released to P&L as the insurance
services are provided; whereas IFRS 4
recognises this on day one
IFRS 17
Premium
received
Contractual
service margin
(CSM)
Risk adjustment
Risk adjustment replaces existing
prudent margins and will be released
to P&L if operating experience occurs
in line with expectation
Present value
of estimated
future cash
flows
How does IFRS 17 impact Chesnara?
IFRS 17 ‘insurance contracts’ represents an accounting change that does not impact the fundamentals of the business.
Specifically, the implementation of IFRS 17 does not impact the growth ambition, value or cash generation of the group.
There are no changes to the solvency ratio, cash generation or Economic Value of the group. There are also no changes
to the dividend expectations or strategy and capability for future M&A.
IFRS 17 only applies to those policies of the group that are classified as ‘insurance contracts’, which equates to 42% of the
group’s total policyholder liabilities at the end of December 2023. The remaining contracts are classified as investment
business, which are valued under IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’, which is also effective for the group for this period.
Under IFRS 9, there is no impact to the results from how these liabilities have been previously valued under IAS 39.
A key difference between the measurement of contracts under IFRS 9 and IFRS 17 is that investment contracts equate
to unit value under IFRS 9 and their value therefore does not take into account future profit, whereas insurance contracts
include the contractual service margin (CSM) and the risk adjustment that reflects the uncertainty around the amount and
timing of the cash flows.
Our split of insurance and
investment liabilities
Insurance liabilities
by division
Insurance
liabilities
42%
Investment
liabilities
58%
Investment liabilities
by division
54 CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
UK
Sweden
Netherlands
STRATEGIC REPORTHow are profits earned under IFRS 17?
A fundamental concept introduced by IFRS 17 is the contractual service margin (CSM). This represents the unearned
profit that an entity expects to earn on its insurance contracts as it provides insurance services.
The CSM embodies two principles:
1. An insurer must spread expected profits for profitable
business written over time.
–
This spread profit forms the CSM which can only be
recognised in the income statement as and when
insurance services are provided. The CSM consequently
represents the expected amount of profits that have
not yet been earned from the insurance business
of the group.
2. An insurer must recognise the expected losses
–
for loss-making business immediately.
An insurer cannot establish a ‘negative CSM’
and defer loss recognition into the future.
How CSM will move over time
Acquiring
profitable
insurance
business will
increase CSM
New business
CSM
Release
of profit
Interest
accredited
to CSM
Assumption
and experience
variations
Opening CSM
Closing CSM
Post
acquisition
closing CSM
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
55
STRATEGIC REPORTFINANCIAL REVIEW • IFRS BALANCE SHEET
As at 31 December 2022 there is a £51m increase in IFRS net equity under IFRS 17 compared with the previously
stated IFRS 4 position. Total net equity as at 31 December 2023 is £360m and we have a CSM, which represents
unrecognised future insurance profits, of £167m (net of reinsurance).
The adoption of IFRS 17 has affected our gearing ratio, and, in line with guidance from Fitch, we have added back the
net of tax CSM to the equity denominator in the calculation. On this basis the gearing ratio as at 31 December 2023
is 29.2% which is significantly lower than the most recent ratio reported prior to IFRS 17 (31 December 2022: 37.6%).
Some analysis has been provided below on the IFRS balance sheet of the group on an IFRS 17 basis:
HOW IFRS 17 IMPACTS NET EQUITY
AT DECEMBER 2022
INSIGHT
£m
226
(31)
(113)
333
(31)
384
IFRS 4
shareholder
equity at
Dec 2022
Items
derecognised
(intangible
assets net of
deferred tax)
Impact of IFRS
17 & IFRS 9
remeasurement
Creation of risk
adjustment
Creation of
CSM
IFRS 17
shareholder
equity at
Dec 2022
Under IFRS 17, the restated shareholder net equity at 31 December
2022 has increased by £51m compared with as previously reported
under IFRS 4.
The combined impact of remeasuring the future cash flows for
insurance and reinsurance contracts under IFRS 17 and revaluing
corresponding assets under IFRS 9 at that date has added £226m
of growth. Offset against this is the recognition of liabilities for the
Risk Adjustment (£31m) and the CSM (£113m), representing a store
of future profits that will be released to the income statement as
the associated future insurance services are provided.
A consequence of applying IFRS 17 is that the group has also
derecognised intangible assets and their associated tax balances
in respect of insurance contracts (£31m). These assets previously
represented the immediate recognition of future profits on
insurance business, but under IFRS 17 profits are now deferred
and reflected in the CSM.
HOW THE CSM HAS MOVED IN THE PERIOD
INSIGHT
£m
113
4
9
57
6
(20)
(3)
167
CSM
(net of
reinsurance)
1 Jan 2023
Interest
accreted
New
business
Acquisition Experience
&
assumption
changes
CSM
release
FX
CSM
(net of
reinsurance)
31 Dec 2023
The group has added £54m of CSM (future profits) in 2023.
The increase is largely driven by the two deals in the period, with
the Conservatrix portfolio acquisition adding £46m and the Canada
Life arrangement adding £11m.
The movement in the period also includes:
– a £20m reduction which reflects the release to profit in the period
as the insurance services are provided and
– £9m of new business CSM, reflecting the future profits arising on
profitable new business written in the period.
Other smaller movements including the impact of foreign exchange,
changes in assumptions and the ‘interest’ on unwinding the
discounting that is embedded within the opening CSM valuation.
CSM values are shown net of reinsurance but gross of tax. When
calculating the IFRS capital base† a net of reinsurance and net of tax
figure is used. The equivalent net of reinsurance and tax movement
of CSM during 2023 is £42m.
HOW DOES IFRS 17 COMPARE TO SOLVENCY II AND ECV?
A lot of the principles and underlying technical decisions are consistent across EcV and IFRS, as they are based on common foundations; however, there is
one fundamental difference in how investment contracts are valued. For investment contracts, expected future profits on existing policies are not recognised
in the IFRS balance sheet, with profits being reported as they arise; this is in contrast to EcV, where they are fully recognised on the balance sheet, subject
to contract boundaries.
As such, at Chesnara, we believe that due to the hybrid nature of the business, EcV and Solvency II, alongside cash generation, continue to give a more holistic
view of the financial dynamics of the group and are therefore the key metrics that management uses to manage the business.
HOW DOES IFRS 17 IMPACT LEVERAGE?
The positive impact of IFRS 17 on net equity has been beneficial to the group’s gearing ratio. Rating agencies
will be revisiting their definitions of gearing for insurance groups as a result of IFRS 17, and in line with guidance
from Fitch, we have added back the net of tax CSM to the equity denominator in the calculation. On this basis,
the gearing of the group as at 31 December 2023 was 29.2%.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to
enhance understanding of financial performance.
Further information on APMs can be found in the
Additional Information section of this Annual
Report and Accounts.
56
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023FINANCIAL REVIEW • IFRS INCOME STATEMENT
£1.8M 2022 £62.1m loss
£10.3M 2022 £26.1m loss
IFRS PRE-TAX PROFIT
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Analysis of IFRS result between insurance service and investment results:
31 Dec 2023
£m
31 Dec 2022
£m
Net insurance service result
Net investment result
Fee, commission and other operating income
Other operating expenses
Financing costs
Profit arising on business combinations and portfolio acquisitions
Profit before income taxes
Income tax (charge)/credit
Profit for the period after tax
Foreign exchange (loss)/gain
Other comprehensive income
Total comprehensive income
Movement in IFRS capital base†
Opening IFRS capital base
Movement in CSM (net of reinsurance and tax)
Total comprehensive income
Other adjustment made directly to net equity
Dividends
Closing IFRS capital base
IFRS REPORTING CATEGORY
INSIGHT
(5.1)
71.7
89.4
(149.9)
(11.0)
6.7
1.8
16.9
18.7
(7.8)
(0.6)
10.3
469.2
42.4
10.3
0.9
(35.4)
487.4
13.3
(39.0)
59.6
(100.8)
(10.5)
15.4
(62.1)
28.4
(33.7)
6.9
0.7
(26.1)
533.8
(5.4)
(26.1)
1.2
(34.3)
469.2
Net insurance service result
The net insurance service result comprises the revenue and expenses
from providing insurance services to policyholders and ceding insurance
business to reinsurers and is in respect of current and past service only.
Assumption changes, that relate to future service, are therefore excluded
from the insurance result (as they adjust the CSM), unless the CSM
for a given portfolio of contracts falls below zero; thereby in a ‘loss
component’ position. Economic impacts are also excluded from the
insurance service result.
The net insurance service result of £5.1m loss can be broken down into
the following elements:
– Gains from the release of risk adjustment and CSM of £23.3m (2022: £19.8m).
These gains represent a healthy and consistent source of future profits for
the group.
– Losses of £28.4m (2022: £6.5m) caused by a combination of experience and
loss component impacts, where portfolios of contracts with no CSM have
suffered adverse impacts that would otherwise be offset in the balance
sheet if the CSM for the portfolio was positive.
The key driver behind the experience and loss component impact in the year
is adverse non-economic assumption changes (£25.1m loss). This should not
be considered in isolation however as there are corresponding offsets in the
net investment result due to the effect of locked in discount rates (£11.9m)
and also to the CSM in the balance sheet (£9.2m) as for some portfolios
the expense assumption changes created a positive impact to the CSM.
Under IFRS 17 adverse impacts on portfolios in a loss component position
cannot be offset with favourable impacts on other portfolios, thus creating
an asymmetric effect where losses on some portfolios are recognised
in the income statement but corresponding gains go to the CSM on the
balance sheet.
Movement in CSM
The movement in CSM is important to consider alongside the income
statement. New CSM represents future profits that are expected to be
released to the income statement over time and whilst a lot of the costs
associated with generating this new CSM are recognised in the year,
the expected profit is deferred over the life of the products.
During the period to 31 December 2023, the CSM has increased by £53.8m
to £166.5m. The key components of this increase are a £57.2m addition to
the CSM from the group’s two acquisitions in the period and £9.4m of
additional CSM arising from new business. These amounts are offset by
£19.8m released to the income statement. This remaining CSM will be
earned over the coverage period of the policies to which it relates, and the
expected earnings pattern is such that after 10 years more than 40% will
remain to be earned.
57
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023FINANCIAL REVIEW • IFRS INCOME STATEMENT
IFRS REPORTING CATEGORY
INSIGHT
Net investment result
The net investment result contains the investment return earned on all
assets together with the financial impacts of movements in insurance
and investment contract liabilities.
The positive investment result in the year is reflective of investment market
recoveries with improved equity returns and falling yields being the main
contributors. The comparative period in 2022 was adversely impacted by
falling equity markets and rising yields.
Fee, commission and other operating income
The most significant item in this line is the fee income that is charged to
policyholders in respect of the asset management services provided for
investment contracts. There is no income in respect of insurance contracts
in this line, as this is all now reported in the insurance result.
Other operating expenses
Other operating expenses consist of costs relating to the management
of the group’s investment business, non-attributable costs relating to the
group’s insurance business and other certain one-off costs such as project
costs. Other items of note are the amortisation of intangible assets
in respect of investment business and the payment of yield tax relating
to policyholder investment funds in Movestic, for which there is
a corresponding income item within the fee income line.
Financing costs
The effect of locked in discount rates has contributed £12.9m, largely offset
by loss component increases in the insurance service result.
Fee, commission and other operating income shows an improvement on
the 2022 comparative, but this is in part as a result of increased fee income
in the form of yield tax deducted from policyholders in Movestic (£18m in
2023 compared to £8m prior year) as a result of improving economic factors,
with a corresponding offset within other operating expenses. Increased
returns from assets under management in respect of investment business
in Sweden and the UK further contributed to the increase in fee income as
did the fact that the current year includes a full twelve months of fee income
generated by CASLP within the UK.
The expenses incurred in 2023 are higher than in 2022, with the main reasons
as follows:
– In the UK, the AVIF for CASLP has been impaired by £21.0m due to a
combination of adverse persistency over 2023, coupled with a change in
management’s view of assumed future investment returns. This is largely
offset in the net result by a corresponding deferred tax credit of £14.9m.
– In Movestic, the expense in respect of the yield tax on policyholder funds
has increased by £10.0m with the offset reported in fee, commission and
other operating income as stated above.
– Operating expenses have increased in the UK and Dutch divisions with the
acquisition of CASLP (which only included eight months of post-acquisition
results in 2022) and Conservatrix (which completed on 1 January 2023).
Furthermore, transition project costs of £4.6m have been recognised in the
UK which in due course will lead to lower operating costs in the future.
– The parent company has also seen an increase in expenses, due to
project related expenditure, investment in business development and
strengthening of the central governance oversight team.
This predominantly relates to the cost of servicing our Tier 2 corporate debt
notes which were issued in early 2022. Further details can be found in
note D5 of the financial statements.
Profit arising on business combinations and portfolio acquisitions
On 1 January 2023, Chesnara successfully completed the acquisition of
the insurance portfolio of Conservatrix, a specialist provider of life insurance
products in the Netherlands. This gave rise to a day 1 gain of £6.7m.
Further details can be found in note I8 of the financial statements.
Foreign exchange
The IFRS result of the group reflects a foreign exchange loss in the period,
a consequence of sterling appreciation, particularly against the euro.
Other comprehensive income
This represents the impact of movements in the valuation of land and
buildings held in our Dutch division.
Income tax
Income tax consists of both current and deferred taxes.
In 2022, the large pre-tax losses generated deferred tax credits, particularly
in the UK, in respect of investment and trading losses. The tax charge in the
current year to date is similarly impacted by deferred tax movements on
investments, more than offset by the impact of the AVIF impairment (£15m).
Additionally on 31 December 2023, the insurance business of CASLP Ltd
was transferred to Countrywide Assured plc. Consequently, previously
unrecognised losses of Countrywide Assured plc have been recognised
as deferred tax assets at 31 December 2023. This has resulted in a £13m
additional tax asset being recognised at the balance sheet date.
58
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
The group’s Financial Management Framework is designed to provide security for all stakeholders, while meeting
the expectations of policyholders, shareholders and regulators.
The following diagram illustrates the aims, approach and outcomes from the Financial Management Framework:
OBJECTIVES
The group’s Financial Management Framework is designed to provide security for all stakeholders, while meeting
the expectations of policyholders, shareholders and regulators. Accordingly we aim to:
Maintain solvency
in or above
our normal
operating range
of 140-160%
Meet the dividend
expectations of
shareholders
Optimise the
gearing ratio to
ensure an efficient
capital base
Ensure there is
sufficient liquidity
to meet obligations
to policyholders,
debt financiers
and creditors
Maintain the group
as a going concern
HOW WE DELIVER TO OUR OBJECTIVES
In order to meet our obligations we employ and undertake a number of methods. These are centred on:
1. Monitor and control
risk and solvency
2. Longer-term
projections
3. Responsible
investment
management
4. Management
actions
OUTCOMES
Key outcomes from our financial management process, in terms of meeting our objectives, are set out below:
1. Solvency
2. Shareholder
3. Capital structure
Group solvency
ratio: 205%
(2022: 197%)
Gearing† ratio
of 29.2%
(2022: 30.3%)
returns
2021-2023 TSR:
14.7%
(2020-2022: 9.6%)
2023 dividend
yield 8.7%
(2022: 8.1%)
Based on average 2023
share price and full year
2023 dividend of 23.97p.
4. Liquidity and
policyholder
returns
5. Maintain the
group as a
going concern
Group remains
a going concern.
(see page 60)
Policyholders’
reasonable
expectations
maintained.
Asset Liability
Matching Framework
operated effectively
in the year.
Sufficient liquidity
in the Chesnara
holding company.
Further detail on capital structure
The group is funded by a combination of share capital, retained earnings and
debt finance. The debt gearing was 29.2% at 31 December 2023 (30.3%
at 31 December 2022). The level of debt that the board is prepared to take
on is driven by the group’s Debt and Leverage Policy which incorporates
the board’s risk appetite in this area. Over time, the level of gearing within
the group will change, and is a function of the funding requirements for
future acquisitions and the repayment of existing debt. During 2022, the
company announced the successful pricing of its inaugural debt capital
markets issuance of £200m Tier 2 Subordinated Notes.
The net proceeds of the notes has been partially used for corporate purposes,
including the funding of the CASLP acquisition in 2022 and the partial funding
of the Conservatrix acquisition in the year. The balance is held as investments.
Acquisitions are funded through a combination of debt, equity and internal
cash resources. The ratios of these three funding methods vary on a
deal-by-deal basis and are driven by a number of factors including but not
limited to the size of the acquisition; current cash resources of the group;
solvency levels, the current gearing ratio and the board’s risk tolerance limits
for additional debt; the expected cash generation profile and funding
requirements of the existing subsidiaries and potential acquisition; future
financial commitments; and regulatory rules. In addition to the above, in the
past Movestic used a financial reinsurance arrangement to fund its new
business operation.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance. Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section
of this Annual Report and Accounts.
59
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
OUTCOMES FROM IMPLEMENTING OUR FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES
1. Maintain the group as a going concern
After making appropriate enquiries, including consideration of the economic
uncertainty in the wake of a high-inflation environment on the group’s
operations, financial position and prospects, the directors confirm that they
are satisfied that the company and the group have adequate resources to
continue in business for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue
to adopt the going concern basis in the preparation of the financial
statements.
In performing this work, the board has considered the current solvency and
cash position of the group and company, coupled with the group’s and
company’s projected solvency and cash position as highlighted in the most
recent business plan and Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA)
process. These processes consider the financial projections of the group
and its subsidiaries on both a base case and a range of stressed scenarios,
covering projected solvency, liquidity, EcV and IFRS positions. In particular
these projections assess the cash generation of the life insurance divisions
and how these flow up into the Chesnara parent company balance sheet, with
these cash flows being used to fund debt repayments, shareholder dividends
and the Head Office function of the parent company. Further insight into the
immediate and longer-term impact of certain scenarios, covering solvency,
cash generation and Economic Value, can be found on page 47 under the
section headed ‘Capital Management Sensitivities’. The directors believe
these scenarios will encompass any potential future impact of the prevailing
economic uncertainty on the group, as Chesnara’s most material ongoing
exposure to both potential threats are any associated future investment
market impacts. Underpinning the projections process outlined above
are a number of assumptions. The key ones include:
– We do not assume that a future acquisition needs to take place to make
this assessment.
– We make long-term investment return assumptions on equities and fixed
income securities.
– The base case scenario assumes exchange rates remain stable, and the
impact of adverse rate changes are assessed through scenario analysis.
– Levels of new business volumes and margins are assumed.
– The projections apply the most recent actuarial assumptions, such as
mortality and morbidity, lapses and expenses.
The group’s strong capital position and business model provides a good
degree of comfort that although the economic uncertainty in the wake of a
high-inflation environment has the potential to cause further significant global
economic disruption, the group and the company remain well capitalised
and have sufficient liquidity. As such we can continue to remain confident
that the group will continue to be in existence in the foreseeable future.
The information set out on pages 45 to 47 indicates a strong Solvency II
position as at 31 December 2023 as measured at both the individual regulated
life company levels and at the group level. As well as being well-capitalised
the group also has a healthy level of cash reserves to be able to meet its debt
obligations as they fall due and does not rely on the renewal or extension of
bank facilities to continue trading. This position was further enhanced in early
2022, when the company announced the successful pricing of its inaugural
debt capital markets issuance of £200m Tier 2 Subordinated Notes, the
net proceeds of which have been used for corporate purposes, including
investments and acquisitions. The group’s subsidiaries rely on cash flows
from the maturity or sale of fixed interest securities which match certain
obligations to policyholders, which brings with it the risk of bond default.
In order to manage this risk, we ensure that our bond portfolio is actively
monitored and well diversified. Other significant counterparty default risk
relates to our principal reinsurers. We monitor their financial position and
are satisfied that any associated credit default risk is low.
2. Assessment of viability
The board assesses that being financially viable includes continuing to pay an
attractive and sustainable level of dividends to investors and meeting all other
financial obligations, including debt repayments over the three-year business
planning time horizon. The board’s assessment of the viability of the group
is performed in conjunction with its going concern assessment and considers
both the time horizons required for going concern, and the slightly longer-term
timelines for assessing viability. The assessment for viability also considers
the same key financial metrics as for assessing going concern, being
solvency, cash, EcV and IFRS, both on base case and stressed scenarios.
3. Viability statement
Based on the results of the analysis above, the directors have a reasonable
expectation that the company will be able to continue in operation and meet
its liabilities as they fall due over the three-year period of their assessment.
Although we produce business plans and other financial projections over
longer time horizons, the selection of three-year viability assessment
recognises that the level of operating, regulatory and market certainty
reduces towards the later years of the projection time frames. The three-year
period also aligns with executive director LTIP performance time frames.
4. Assessment of prospects
Our longer-term prospects are primarily considered through the conclusions
drawn from our annual business planning process, updated for key events
that may occur in-between business plans.
The business plans include underlying operational deliverables, an
assessment of the business model and the financial consequences of
following those plans. As part of this process, we also consider the principal
risks and uncertainties that the group faces (see pages 63 to 70) and how
these might affect our prospects.
An assessment of our prospects has been shown below, updated for our
consideration of the economic uncertainty in the wake of a high-inflation
environment. This has been structured around our three strategic objectives:
Value from in-force book: The group has c970k policies in force at
31 December 2023. These are generally long-term policies, and the
associated cash flows can, at an overall portfolio level, be reasonably well
predicted on base case and stressed scenarios. The group is well capitalised
at both a group and divisional level and we have high quality assets backing
our insurance liabilities. During the year we have seen a flattening of yields
and rising equity indices, which has generally been positive for the group.
However, we are mindful that in uncertain economic times, this situation can
reverse, leading to sustained depressed equity market values which adversely
impact fee income streams and therefore if markets fall then profitability
prospects reduce. Similarly, adverse movements in yields would adversely
impact our prospects. Temporary market volatility is however a natural feature
of investment markets and our financial model is well positioned to withstand
difficult conditions without creating any permanent harm to the longer-term
profitability prospects.
Acquisition strategy: The outlook and prospects of continuing to deliver
against this strategic objective are covered on page 44. We see no reason
to expect that the economic uncertainty in the wake of a high inflation
environment will have a long-term impact on the availability of acquisition
opportunities. Indeed, during the year we completed two acquisitions, one
in the UK and one in the Netherlands. Waard continues to build a useful
market position, including as a company who are able and willing to acquire
books that are often sub-scale for the vendor’s business model. Whilst we
maintain our ambition to complete larger deals, the prospects of a steady
flow of well-priced smaller acquisitions should not be underestimated.
The financial position of the group continues to support financing deals
through the use of our own resources, by raising debt or equity funding.
Value from new business: Chesnara is in a fortunate position in that its
prospects do not fundamentally rely on the ability to sustain new business
volumes. New business levels have contributed an increased, albeit
relatively small, amount of extra value during the year despite the
prevailing economic uncertainty.
Our business fundamentals such as assets under management, policy
volumes, new business market shares and expenses have all proven resilient
to the impact of economic uncertainty. This, together with the positive
assessment of our core strategic objectives and a line of sight to positive
management actions over the planning period, leaves us well positioned
to deliver ongoing positive outcomes for all stakeholders.
60
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
RISK MANAGEMENT
Managing risk is a key part of our business model. We achieve this by understanding the current and
emerging risks to the business, mitigating them where appropriate and ensuring they are appropriately
monitored and managed.
HOW WE MANAGE RISK
The Risk Management System supports the identification, assessment, and reporting of risks to monitor and control the probability and/or impact of adverse
outcomes within the board’s risk appetite or to maximise realisation of opportunities.
RISK
MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM REVIEW AND DEVELOPMENT
CLEAR ACCOUNTABILITIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
STRATEGY
The risk management strategy
contains the objectives and
principles of risk management,
the risk appetite, risk preferences
and risk tolerance limits.
POLICIES
The risk management policies implement the risk management strategy
and provide a set of principles (and mandated activities) for control mechanisms
that take into account the materiality of risks.
PROCESSES
The risk management processes ensure that risks are identified, measured/assessed,
monitored and reported to support decision making.
REPORTING
The risk management reports deliver information on the material risks faced by the business and evidence that principal risks
are actively monitored and analysed and managed against risk appetite.
Chesnara adopts the ‘three lines of defence’ model with a single set of risk and governance
principles applied consistently across the business.
In all divisions we maintain processes for identifying, evaluating and managing all material risks faced by
the group, which are regularly reviewed by the divisional and group senior leadership teams and Audit &
Risk Committees. Our risk assessment processes have regard to the significance of risks, the likelihood
of their occurrence and take account of the controls in place to manage them. The processes are
designed to manage the risk profile within the board’s approved risk appetite.
Group and divisional risk management processes are enhanced by stress and scenario testing, which
evaluates the impact of certain adverse events occurring separately or in combination. The results,
conclusions and any recommended actions are included within divisional and group ORSA reports to
the relevant boards. There is a strong correlation between these adverse events and the risks identified
in ’Principal risks and uncertainties’ (pages 63 to 70). The outcome of this testing provides context against
which the group and divisions can assess whether any changes to risk appetite or to management
processes are required.
61
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023RISK MANAGEMENT ∙ ROLE OF THE BOARD
The Chesnara board is responsible for the adequacy of the design and implementation of the group’s risk
management and internal control system and its consistent application across divisions. All significant
decisions for the development of the group’s Risk Management System are the group board’s responsibility.
CLIMATE CHANGE RISK WITHIN
CHESNARA’S RISK FRAMEWORK
Climate change is not recorded as a standalone principal risk. Instead,
the risks arising from climate change are integrated through existing
considerations and events within the framework. The information in the
following pages has been updated to reflect Chesnara’s latest views on
the potential implications of climate change risk and wider developments
and activity in relation to environmental, social and governance (ESG).
Chesnara has embedded climate change risk within the group’s Risk
Framework and included a detailed assessment alongside the group’s
ORSA, concluding that the group’s solvency position is not currently
materially exposed to climate change risk. However, Chesnara is not
complacent about the wider risks arising from climate change and the
broader sustainability agenda, including strategic, reputational and
operational risks, some of which are material risks for the group.
GEOPOLITICAL RISK
Geopolitical risk remains high, largely driven by the continuing wars in
Ukraine and more recently in the Middle East, with consequent impacts
for economic and financial stability as well as the potential to increase
cyber risk. The risk information on the following pages includes specific
commentary where appropriate.
In 2024, more than 40 countries, accounting for over 40 percent
of the world, will hold national elections, making it the largest
year for global democracy. The UK and European Union are also
scheduled to hold elections for their respective parliaments.
MACROECONOMIC VOLATILITY
The global economy remains volatile albeit with inflationary pressures
reduced with 2022 and 2023 interest rate rises by central banks
seemingly effective at moving inflation back towards their long-term
targets. Uncertainty remains regarding the future path of interest rates
with many economists forecasting central bank rate cuts to boost
economic growth in the short term.
Economic uncertainty remains a prominent emerging risk for the group,
with inflation driven expense risk and future investment returns being
the affected key areas with greatest potential impact.
Risk strategy and risk appetite
Chesnara group and its divisions have a defined risk strategy and supporting
risk appetite framework to embed an effective Risk Management Framework,
with culture and processes at its heart, and to create a holistic, transparent
and focused approach to risk identification, assessment, management,
monitoring and reporting.
On the recommendation of the Audit & Risk Committee the Chesnara board
approves a set of risk preferences which articulate, in simple terms, the desire
to increase, maintain, or reduce the level of risk taking for each main category
of risk. The risk position of the business is monitored against these
preferences using risk tolerance limits, where appropriate, and they are taken
into account by the management teams across the group when taking
strategic or operational decisions.
Risk and Control Policies
Chesnara has a set of Risk and Control Policies that set out the key policies,
processes and controls to be applied. Senior management are responsible
for the day-to-day implementation of the Risk and Control Board Policies.
Subject to the materiality of changes, the Chesnara board approves the
review, updates and attestation of these policies at least annually.
Risk identification
The group maintains a register of risks which are specific to its activity and
scans the horizon to identify potential risk events (e.g. political; economic;
technological; environmental, legislative & social).
On an annual basis the board approves, on the recommendation of the Audit
& Risk Committee, the materiality criteria to be applied in the risk scoring
and in the determination of what is considered to be a principal risk. At least
quarterly the principal and emerging risks are reported to the relevant boards,
assessing their proximity, probability and potential impact.
Own Risk and Solvency Assessment (ORSA)
On an annual basis, or more frequently if required, the group produces
a Group ORSA Report which aggregates the divisional ORSA findings
and supplements these with an assessment specific to group activities.
The group and divisional ORSA policies outline the key processes and
contents of these reports.
The Chesnara board is responsible for approving the ORSA, including steering
in advance how the assessment is performed and challenging the results.
The primary objective of the ORSA is to support the company's strategic
decision making, by providing insights into the company’s risks profile over
the business planning horizon. Effective ORSA reporting supports the board,
in its role of protecting the viability and reputation of the company, reviewing
and challenging management's strategic decisions and recommendations.
Risk Management System effectiveness
The group and its divisions undertake a formal annual review of and
attestation to the effectiveness of the Risk Management System.
The assessment considers the extent to which the Risk Management
System is embedded.
The Chesnara board is responsible for monitoring the Risk Management
System and its effectiveness across the group. The outcome of the annual
review is reported to the group board which make decisions regarding its
further development.
62
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023RISK MANAGEMENT ∙ PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
The following tables outline the principal risks and uncertainties
of the group and the controls in place to mitigate or manage
their impact. It has been drawn together following regular
assessment, performed by the Audit & Risk Committee, of the
principal risks facing the group, including those that would
threaten its business model, future performance, solvency or
liquidity. The impacts are not quantified in the tables. However,
by virtue of the risks being defined as principal, the impacts are
potentially significant. Those risks with potential for a material
financial impact are covered within the sensitivities (page 47).
INVESTMENT AND LIQUIDIT Y RISK
DEMOGRAPHIC EXPERIENCE RISK
REGUL ATORY CHANGE RISK
OPERATIONAL RISK
ACQUISITION RISK
EXPENSE RISK
IT/DATA SECURIT Y & CYBER RISK
NEW BUSINESS RISK
REPUTATIONAL RISK
MODEL RISK
INVESTMENT AND LIQUIDIT Y RISK
PR1
PR2
PR3
PR4
PR5
PR6
PR7
PR8
PR9
PR10
PR1
DESCRIPTION
Exposure to financial losses or value reduction arising from adverse movements in currency, investment markets, counterparty
defaults, or through inadequate asset liability matching.
RISK APPETITE
The group accepts this risk but has controls in place to prevent any increase or decrease in the risk exposure beyond set levels.
These controls will result in early intervention if the amount of risk approaches those limits.
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
Market risk results from fluctuations in asset values, foreign exchange rates and interest rates and has the potential to affect the
group’s ability to fund its commitments to customers and other creditors, as well as pay a return to shareholders.
Chesnara and each of its subsidiaries have obligations to make future payments, which are not always known with certainty in
terms of timing or amounts, prior to the payment date. This includes primarily the payment of policyholder claims, reinsurance
premiums, debt repayments and dividends. The uncertainty of timing and amounts to be paid gives rise to potential liquidity risk,
should the funds not be available to make payment.
Other liquidity issues could arise from counterparty failures/credit defaults, a large spike in the level of claims or other significant
unexpected expenses.
Worldwide developments in environmental, social and governance (ESG) responsibilities and reporting have the potential to
influence market risk in particular, for example the risks arising from transition to a carbon neutral industry, with corresponding
changes in consumer preferences and behaviour.
KEY CONTROLS
RECENT CHANGE/OUTLOOK
With greater global emphasis being placed on environmental and social factors when
selecting investment strategies, the group has an emerging exposure to ‘transition risk’
arising from changing preference and influence of, in particular, institutional investors.
This has the potential to result in adverse investment returns on any assets that perform
poorly as a result of ‘ESG transition’. Chesnara has established a sustainability programme
to embed Chesnara’s sustainability strategy.
Ongoing global conflict, including more recently in the Middle East brings additional
economic uncertainty and volatility to financial markets. This creates additional risk
of poor mid-term performance on shareholder and policyholder assets.
– Regular monitoring of exposures and performance;
– Asset liability matching;
– Maintaining a well-diversified asset portfolio;
– Holding a significant amount of surplus in highly liquid
‘Tier 1’ assets such as cash and gilts;
– Utilising a range of investment funds and managers
to avoid significant concentrations of risk;
– Having an established Investment Governance Framework
to provide review and oversight of external fund managers;
– Regular liquidity forecasts;
– Considering the cost/benefit of hedging when appropriate;
– Actively optimising the risk/return trade-off between yield
on fixed interest assets compared with the associated
balance sheet volatility and potential for defaults or
downgrades; and
– Giving due regular consideration (and discussing
appropriate strategies with fund managers) to longer-term
global changes that may affect investment markets,
such as climate change.
63
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023RISK MANAGEMENT ∙ PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
REGUL ATORY CHANGE RISK
PR2
DESCRIPTION
RISK APPETITE
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
The risk of adverse changes in industry practice/regulation, or inconsistent application of regulation across territories.
The group aims to minimise any exposure to this risk, to the extent possible, but acknowledges that it may need to accept some
risk as a result of carrying out business.
Chesnara currently operates in three main regulatory domains and is therefore exposed to potential for inconsistent application
of regulatory standards across divisions, such as the imposition of higher capital buffers over and above regulatory minimum
requirements. Potential consequences of this risk for Chesnara are the constraining of efficient and fluid use of capital within
the group or creating a non-level playing field with respect to future new business/acquisitions.
Regulatory developments continue to drive a high level of change activity across the group, with items such as operational
resilience, climate change, Consumer Duty and IFRS 17 being particularly high profile. Such regulatory initiatives carry the risk
of expense overruns should it not be possible to adhere to them in a manner that is proportionate to the nature and scale
of Chesnara’s businesses. The group is therefore exposed to the risk of:
– incurring one-off costs of addressing regulatory change as well as any permanent increases in the cost base in order
to meet enhanced standards;
– erosion in value arising from pressure or enforcement to reduce future policy charges;
– erosion in value arising from pressure or enforcement to financially compensate for past practice; and
– regulatory fines or censure in the event that it is considered to have breached standards or fails to deliver changes
to the required regulatory standards on a timely basis.
KEY CONTROLS
RECENT CHANGES/OUTLOOK
Chesnara seeks to limit any potential impacts of regulatory change on the
business by:
– Having processes in place for monitoring changes, to enable timely actions
to be taken, as appropriate;
– Maintaining strong open relationships with all regulators, and proactively
discussing their initiatives to encourage a proportional approach;
– Being a member of the ABI and equivalent overseas organisations and utilising
other means of joint industry representation;
– Performing internal reviews of compliance with regulations; and
– Utilising external specialist advice and assurance, when appropriate.
Regulatory risk is monitored and scenario tests are performed to understand
the potential impacts of adverse political, regulatory or legal changes, along
with consideration of actions that may be taken to minimise the impact,
should they arise.
The UK Treasury and EIOPA have both been undertaking a review
of SII rules implementation. In the UK this has resulted in a
reduction in the SII risk margin and similar is expected for the
overseas entities from the EIOPA review. There is also potential for
divergence of regulatory approaches amongst European regulators
with potential implications for Chesnara’s capital, regulatory
supervision and structure.
The group is subject to evolving regimes governing the recovery,
resolution or restructuring of insurance companies. As part of the
global regulatory response to the risk that systemically important
financial institutions could fail, banks, and more recently insurance
companies, have been the focus of new recovery and resolution
planning requirements developed by regulators and policy makers
nationally and internationally. More recently, the PRA has been
consulting on new proposed regulation requiring UK insurers to
perform Solvent Exit Analysis and maintain this analysis annually.
Such analysis aims to provide confidence that firms would identify
solvency issues in a timely manner and have credible plans in place
to resolve the business, should it get into financial difficulties.
The new accounting standard, IFRS 17, became effective from
1 January 2023. Chesnara has progressed the development
of processes and reporting which became operational during 2023
and successfully delivered the half-year and full-year reporting in line
with IFRS 17 standards.
In July 2022, the FCA published final rules for a new Consumer
Duty and response to feedback to CP21/36 – A New Consumer
Duty. The first key regulatory deadline of 31 July 2023 required
implementation for new business, whilst all products including
closed books must be compliant by 31 July 2024. Our UK business
established a Consumer Duty project to deliver all requirements
across its businesses. Regulatory requirements for products open
to new business were successfully implemented in line with the
regulatory deadline of 31 July 2023. The project continues to work
on requirements for closed-book products in the lead up to the
regulatory implementation deadline of 31 July 2024.
64
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023ACQUISITION RISK
PR3
DESCRIPTION
The risk of failure to source acquisitions that meet Chesnara’s criteria or the execution of acquisitions with subsequent unexpected
financial losses or value reduction.
RISK APPETITE
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
Chesnara has a patient approach to acquisition and generally expects acquisitions to enhance EcV and expected cash generation
in the medium term (net of external financing), though each opportunity will be assessed on its own merits.
The acquisition element of Chesnara’s growth strategy is dependent on the availability of attractive future acquisition opportunities.
Hence, the business is exposed to the risk of a reduction in the availability of suitable acquisition opportunities within Chesnara’s
current target markets, for example, arising as a result of a change in competition in the consolidation market or from regulatory
change influencing the extent of life company strategic restructuring.
Through the execution of acquisitions, Chesnara is also exposed to the risk of erosion of value or financial losses arising from
risks inherent within businesses or funds acquired which are not adequately priced for or mitigated as part of the transaction.
KEY CONTROLS
RECENT CHANGES/OUTLOOK
Chesnara’s financial strength, strong relationships and reputation as a ‘safe hands
acquirer’ via regular contact with regulators, banks and target companies enables
the company to adopt a patient and risk-based approach to assessing acquisition
opportunities. Operating in multi-territories provides some diversification against
the risk of changing market circumstances in one of the territories. Consideration
of additional territories within Western Europe remains on the agenda, if the
circumstances of entry meet Chesnara’s stated criteria.
Chesnara seeks to limit any potential unexpected adverse impacts
of acquisitions by:
– Applying a structured board approved risk-based Acquisition Policy including
CRO involvement in the due diligence process and deal refinement processes;
– Having a management team with significant and proven experience in mergers
and acquisitions; and
– Adopting an appropriate risk appetite and pricing approach.
There remains a positive pipeline of activity in relation to acquisitions
with the group also looking at whether further M&A is possible in
Sweden. Chesnara completed acquisitions in the Netherlands and
in the UK during 2023, whilst maintaining the established disciplines
within the Acquisition Policy.
The successful Tier 2 debt raise in 2022, in addition to diversifying
the group’s capital structure, has provided additional flexibility in terms
of funding Chesnara’s future growth strategy.
DEMOGRAPHIC EXPERIENCE RISK
PR4
DESCRIPTION
RISK APPETITE
Risk of adverse demographic experience compared with assumptions (such as rates of mortality, morbidity, persistency etc.)
The group accepts this risk but restricts its exposure, to the extent possible, through the use of reinsurance and other controls.
Early warning trigger monitoring is in place to track any increase or decrease in the risk exposure beyond a set level, with action
taken to address any impact as necessary.
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
In the event that demographic experience (rates of mortality, morbidity, persistency etc.) varies from the assumptions underlying
product pricing and subsequent reserving, more or less profit will accrue to the group.
The effect of recognising any changes in future demographic assumptions at a point in time would be to crystallise any expected
future gain or loss on the balance sheet.
If mortality or morbidity experience is higher than that assumed in pricing contracts (i.e. more death and sickness claims are
made than expected), this will typically result in less profit accruing to the group.
If persistency is significantly lower than that assumed in product pricing and subsequent reserving, this will typically lead to
reduced group profitability in the medium to long term, as a result of a reduction in future income arising from charges on those
products. The effects of this could be more severe in the case of a one-off event resulting in multiple withdrawals over a short
period of time (a ‘mass lapse’ event).
65
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023RISK MANAGEMENT ∙ PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
DEMOGRAPHIC EXPERIENCE RISK (CONTINUED)
PR4
KEY CONTROLS
RECENT CHANGE/OUTLOOK
Chesnara performs close monitoring of persistency levels across all groups of
business to support best estimate assumptions and identify trends. There is also
partial risk diversification in that the group has a portfolio of annuity contracts
where the benefits cease on death.
Chesnara seeks to limit the impacts of adverse demographic experience by:
– Aiming to deliver good customer service and fair customer outcomes;
– Having effective underwriting techniques and reinsurance programmes,
including the application of ‘mass lapse reinsurance’, where appropriate;
– Carrying out regular investigations, and industry analysis, to support best
estimate assumptions and identify trends;
– Active investment management to ensure competitive policyholder investment
funds; and
– Maintaining good relationships with brokers, which is independently
measured via yearly external surveys that considers brokers’ attitudes
towards different insurers.
Cost of living pressures could give rise to higher surrenders and lapses
should customers face personal finance pressures and not be able to
afford premiums or need to access savings. Currently there has been
no evidence of material changes in behaviours. Chesnara continues
to monitor closely and respond appropriately.
Any prolonged stagnation of the property market could reduce
protection business sales compared to plan, particularly in
the Netherlands.
The introduction of new legislation in 2022 made it easier for
customers to transfer insurance policies in Sweden, and this resulted
in an increase in transfers out. However, during 2023 transfer levels
stabilised, albeit at a higher rate than pre COVID-19 levels, this risk
continues to be actively monitored.
EXPENSE RISK
PR5
DESCRIPTION
Risk of expense overruns and unsustainable unit cost growth.
RISK APPETITE
The group aims to minimise its exposure to this risk, to the extent possible, but acknowledges that it may need to accept some
risk as a result of carrying out business.
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
The group is exposed to expenses being higher than expected as a result of one-off increases in the underlying cost of performing
key functions, or through higher inflation of variable expenses.
A key underlying source of potential increases in regular expense is the additional regulatory expectations on the sector.
For the closed funds, the group is exposed to the impact on profitability of fixed and semi-fixed expenses, in conjunction with
a diminishing policy base.
For the companies open to new businesses, the group is exposed to the impact of expense levels varying adversely from those
assumed in product pricing. Similarly, for acquisitions, there is a risk that the assumed costs of running the acquired business
allowed for in pricing are not achieved in practice, or any assumed cost synergies with existing businesses are not achieved.
KEY CONTROLS
RECENT CHANGE/OUTLOOK
For all subsidiaries, the group maintains a regime of budgetary control.
– Movestic and Scildon assume growth through new business such that
the general unit cost trend is positive;
– The Waard Group pursues a low cost-base strategy using a designated
service company. The cost base is supported by service income from
third party customers;
– Countrywide Assured pursues a strategy of outsourcing functions with
charging structures such that the policy administration cost is more aligned
to the book’s run-off profile; and
– With an increased current level of operational and strategic change within
the business, a policy of strict Project Budget Accounting discipline is being
upheld by the group for all material projects.
Chesnara has an ongoing expense management programme and
various strategic projects aimed at controlling expenses. Acquisitions
also present opportunities for unit cost reduction and the UK business
announced a long-term strategic partnership with Fin Tech market
leader SS&C Technologies (SS&C) in May 2023, to provide policy
administration services to Chesnara’s UK division.
Through its exposures to investments in real asset classes, both
direct and indirect, Chesnara has an indirect hedge against the
effects of inflation and will consider more direct inflation hedging
options should circumstances determine that to be appropriate.
The cost of living and energy crisis has driven increases in material
supplier costs. Whilst inflation started to fall towards the end of
2023, wage inflation remains high, directly impacting the group’s
internal costs. Consideration is being continually given to balance
the desire to grow the business and ensuring we have the
capabilities and capacity to support that growth whilst continuing
to keep tight cost control and also seeking opportunities to exploit
efficiencies/synergies.
66
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OPERATIONAL RISK
PR6
DESCRIPTION
Significant operational failure/business continuity event.
RISK APPETITE
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
The group aims to minimise its exposure to this risk, to the extent possible, but acknowledges that it may need to accept some
risk as a result of carrying out business.
The group and its subsidiaries are exposed to operational risks which arise through daily activities and running of the business.
Operational risks may, for example, arise due to technical or human errors, failed internal processes, insufficient personnel
resources or fraud caused by internal or external persons. As a result, the group may suffer financial losses, poor customer
outcomes, reputational damage, regulatory intervention or business plan failure.
Part of the group’s operating model is to outsource support activities to specialist service providers. Consequently, a significant
element of the operational risk arises within its outsourced providers.
KEY CONTROLS
RECENT CHANGE/OUTLOOK
The group perceives operational risk as an inherent part of the day-to-day running of the
business and understands that it can’t be completely eliminated. However, the company’s
objective is to always control or mitigate operational risks, and to minimise the exposure
when it’s possible to do so in a convenient and cost-effective way.
Chesnara seeks to reduce the impact and likelihood of operational risk by:
– Monitoring of key performance indicators and comprehensive management
information flows;
– Effective governance of outsourced service providers, in line with SS2/21 Outsourcing
and Third Party Risk Management, including a regular financial assessment. Appropriate
contractual terms contain various remedies dependent on the adverse circumstances
which may arise.
– Regular testing of business continuity plans;
– Regular staff training and development;
– Employee performance management frameworks;
– Promoting the sharing of knowledge and expertise; and
– Complementing internal expertise with established relationships with external
specialist partners.
Operational resilience remains a key focus for the business
and high on the regulatory agenda following the regulatory
changes published by the BoE, PRA and FCA. Chesnara
continues to progress activity under the UK operational
resilience project. The next key regulatory deadline is
31 March 2025; the deadline by which all firms should have
sound, effective, and comprehensive strategies, processes,
and systems that enable them to address risks to their ability
to remain within their impact tolerance for each important
business service (IBS) in the event of a severe but plausible
disruption. To support this the project is currently in the
process of running a schedule of real life severe but plausible
scenario testing. Each division continues to carry out
assurance activities through local business continuity
programmes to ensure robust plans are in place to limit
business disruption in a range of severe but plausible events.
The Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) entered
into force January 2023 and will apply from January 2025.
It aims at strengthening the IT security of financial entities
such as banks, insurance companies and investment firms
and making sure that the financial sector in Europe is able to
stay resilient in the event of a severe operational disruption.
Additionally, in the UK the PRA published a consultation
paper on Operational Resilience of Critical Third Parties
to the UK financial sector looking to deliver similar outcomes.
IT/DATA SECURIT Y & CYBER RISK
PR7
DESCRIPTION
RISK APPETITE
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
Risk of IT/data security failures or impacts of malicious cyber-crime (including ransomware) on continued operational stability.
The group aims to minimise its exposure to this risk, to the extent possible, but acknowledges that it may need to accept some
risk as a result of carrying out business.
Cyber risk is a growing risk affecting all companies, particularly those who are custodians of customer data. The most pertinent
risk exposure relates to information security (i.e. protecting business sensitive and personal data) and can arise from failure
of internal processes and standards, but increasingly companies are becoming exposed to potential malicious cyber-attacks,
organisation specific malware designed to exploit vulnerabilities, phishing and ransomware attacks etc. The extent of
Chesnara’s exposure to such threats also includes third party service providers.
The potential impact of this risk includes financial losses, inability to perform critical functions, disruption to policyholder
services, loss of sensitive data and corresponding reputational damage or fines.
67
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023RISK MANAGEMENT ∙ PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
IT/DATA SECURIT Y & CYBER RISK (CONTINUED)
PR7
KEY CONTROLS
RECENT CHANGE/OUTLOOK
Chesnara seeks to limit the exposure and potential impacts from IT/data
Chesnara continues to invest in the incremental strengthening
security failures or cyber-crime by:
of its cyber risk resilience and response options.
– Embedding the Information Security Policy in all key operations and
development processes;
– Seeking ongoing specialist external advice, modifications to IT infrastructure
and updates as appropriate;
– Delivering regular staff training and attestation to the Information
Security Policy;
No reports of material data breaches.
Geopolitical unrest heightens the risk of cyber-crime campaigns
particularly originating from state sponsored attacks.
During 2023 the group has continued to test and seek assurance
of the resilience to cyber risks, this has included:
– Regular employee phishing tests and awareness sessions;
– Completion of a ‘desktop’ ransomware scenario test;
– Ensuring that the board maintains appropriate information technology
– Regular phishing testing and training campaigns;
and security knowledge;
– Conducting penetration and vulnerability testing, including third party
service providers;
– Executive committee and board level responsibility for the risk, including
dedicated IT security committees with executive membership;
– Having established Chesnara and supplier disaster recovery and business
continuity plans which are regularly monitored and tested;
– Ensuring Chesnara’s outsourced IT service provider maintains relevant
information security standard accreditation (ISO27001); and
– Monitoring network and system security including firewall protection,
antivirus and software updates.
– Chesnara has cyber insurance in place which covers all of the UK operations
including head office. Elsewhere in the group, where cyber insurance is not
in place, we are able to access support and resources (e.g. forensic analysis)
through existing contracts with third parties.
In addition, a designated steering group provides oversight of the IT estate
and Information Security environment including:
– Changes and developments to the IT estate;
– Performance and security monitoring;
– Oversight of Information Security incident management;
– Information Security awareness and training;
– Development of business continuity plans and testing; and
– Overseeing compliance with the Information Security Policy.
– Board training and awareness;
– Group-wide cyber risk reviews; and
– Ongoing penetration testing and vulnerability management.
Chesnara has implemented a new group-wide Cyber Response
Framework to guide Chesnara and its business units in preparing
and responding effectively to a cyber-attack on any of the IT systems,
infrastructure or data within the group. The framework provides
high-level guidance and decision making considerations at all stages
of the cyber response process. It also sets out the minimum expected
cyber response standards for every step of the incident response
process and provides clear communication, escalation and delegations
for all incident materiality levels.
WE HAVE MOBILISED A GROUP-WIDE
SUSTAINABILITY PROJECT PROGRAMME
IN RELATION TO THE BROADER
SUSTAINABILITY AGENDA MAKING
COMMITMENTS TO:
– BECOME A NET ZERO EMITTER
– INVEST IN POSITIVE SOLUTIONS
– PROVIDE INCLUSIVITY FOR ALL
STAKEHOLDERS
NEW BUSINESS RISK
PR8
DESCRIPTION
Adverse new business performance compared with projected value.
RISK APPETITE
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
Chesnara does not wish to write new business that does not generate positive new business value (on a commercial basis)
over the business planning horizon.
If new business performance is significantly lower than the projected value, this will typically lead to reduced value growth in the
medium to long term. A sustained low level performance may lead to insufficient new business profits to justify remaining open
to new business.
68
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
NEW BUSINESS RISK
KEY CONTROLS
Chesnara seeks to limit any potential unexpected adverse impacts
to new business by:
– Monitoring quarterly new business profit performance;
– Investing in brand and marketing;
– Maintaining good relationships with brokers;
– Offering attractive products that suit customer needs;
– Monitoring market position and competitor pricing, adjusting as appropriate;
– Maintaining appropriate customer service levels and experience; and
– Monitoring market and pricing movements.
PR8
RECENT CHANGE/OUTLOOK
Increased expenses and price pressure remains a risk for the ongoing
viability of writing profitable new business across the group and the
Swedish transfer market remains active following regulatory changes
which give greater transfer freedom.
Market share is currently being maintained in the Netherlands
with activity to look at some broader wealth products.
In Sweden action is being taken to diversify distribution partners
whilst expanding product offering across unit-linked, custodian
and life & health markets.
And for the first time there is a contribution from the UK, primarily
through the onshore bond wrapper acquired as part of the Sanlam Life
& Pensions UK deal which remains open to new business.
REPUTATIONAL RISK
PR9
DESCRIPTION
RISK APPETITE
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
Poor or inconsistent reputation with customers, advisors, regulators, investors, staff or other key stakeholders/counterparties.
The group aims to minimise its exposure to this risk, to the extent possible, but acknowledges that it may need to accept
some risk as a result of carrying out business.
The group is exposed to the risk that litigation, employee misconduct, operational failures, the outcome of regulatory
investigations, press speculation and negative publicity, disclosure of confidential client information (including the loss or theft
of customer data), IT failures or disruption, cyber security breaches and/or inadequate services, amongst others, whether true
or not, could impact its brand or reputation. The group’s brand and reputation could also be affected if products or services
recommended by it (or any of its intermediaries) do not perform as expected (whether or not the expectations are realistic)
or in line with the customers’ expectations for the product range.
Any damage to the group’s brand or reputation could cause existing customers or partners to withdraw their business from
the group, and potential customers or partners to elect not to do business with the group and could make it more difficult for
the group to attract and retain qualified employees.
KEY CONTROLS
RECENT CHANGE/OUTLOOK
Chesnara seeks to limit any potential reputational damage by:
– Regulatory publication reviews and analysis;
– Timely response to regulatory requests;
– Open and honest communications;
– HR policies and procedures;
– Fit & Proper procedures;
– Operational and IT data security frameworks;
– Product governance and remediation frameworks;
– Appropriate due diligence and oversight of outsourcers and third parties; and
– Proactive stakeholder engagement with inclusivity for all stakeholders.
Given the global focus on climate change as well as the significant
momentum in the finance industry, the group is exposed to strategic
and reputational risks arising from its action or inaction in response
to climate change as well the regulatory and reputational risks arising
from its public disclosures on the matter. Chesnara supports the UN
Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), including Climate Action.
We have set our long-term net zero targets, initial interim targets for
2030 and short-term actions including baselining our financial emissions
and beginning work to create our transition plan to be a net zero group.
Chesnara has mobilised a group-wide sustainability project programme
in relation to the broader sustainability agenda making commitments to:
– Become a net zero emitter
– Invest in positive solutions
– Provide inclusivity for all stakeholders.
The FCA published final rules for a new Consumer Duty and response
to feedback to CP21/36 – A New Consumer Duty in July 2022.
The Consumer Duty regulations set higher and clearer standards
of consumer protection across financial services and require firms
to act to deliver good outcomes for customers. The first key regulatory
deadline of 31 July 2023 required implementation for new business,
whilst all products including closed books must be compliant by
31 July 2024. The UK established a Consumer Duty project to deliver
all requirements across its businesses. Regulatory requirements for
products open to new business were successfully implemented in line
with the regulatory deadline of 31 July 2023. The project will continue
to work on requirements for closed-book products in the lead up to the
regulatory deadline of 31 July 2024.
69
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023RISK MANAGEMENT ∙ PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
MODEL RISK
PR10
DESCRIPTION
Adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs, or fines or reputational impacts from
disclosure of materially incorrect or misleading information.
RISK APPETITE
The group aims to minimise its exposure to this risk, to the extent possible, but acknowledges that it may need to accept some
risk as a result of carrying out business.
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
Chesnara and each of its subsidiaries apply statistical, economic and financial techniques and assumptions to process input data
into quantitative estimates. Inaccurate model results may lead to unexpected losses arising from inaccurate data, assumptions,
judgements, programming errors, technical errors, and misinterpretation of outputs.
Potential risk impacts of inaccurate model results include:
– Poor decisions, for example regarding business strategy, operational decisions, investment choices, dividend payments or
acquisitions;
– Potentially overestimating the value of acquisitions resulting in over payment;
– Mis-statement of financial performance or solvency, resulting in misleading key shareholders or fines; and
– Provision of inaccurate information to the board on business performance resulting in poorly informed or delayed decisions.
KEY CONTROLS
RECENT CHANGE/OUTLOOK
– Robust model Governance Framework and independent standards
of ‘do-check-review’;
– Independent model validation and Internal audit review;
– Monitoring and reporting of Risk Appetite Limits;
– Documented processes and policies;
– Model version control and user access restrictions;
– External audit;
Model risk management is becoming an increased area of focus of
the regulators, particularly in the UK banking industry, with PS6/23
and SS1/23 becoming effective for banks and building societies on
17 May 2024, and an expectation that further guidance will follow
for insurers.
IFRS 17 remains in the early stages of being in-force and, therefore,
further embedding and continued focus on validation of the more
recently developed models is needed.
– Robust due diligence processes on acquisitions including external support
on model development/review; and
– Intra-group financial reporting planning, monitoring and delivery management.
The group is in the final stages of embedding a new aggregation model
(Tagetik) that provides greater access control for group consolidation
on both IFRS and SII bases.
Many insurers, including Chesnara, are exploring the use of artificial
intelligence, including the risks and opportunities arising. While this
increases the opportunity to benefit from expense synergies, it also
has the potential to introduce additional model risk. Conversely though,
there are also opportunities to reduce model risk by applying machine
learning techniques to validation and sense checking of results.
As part of the group’s operational resilience programme, Chesnara is
undertaking a review of the operational resilience of its financial reporting
and modelling processes. This includes developing process maps and
resilience scenario testing of the processes, and is expected to improve
efficiency and model risk mitigation.
70
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
We are committed to transitioning to become a sustainable group and
manage our business for the long-term benefit of all stakeholders, including
our customers, shareholders, employees, regulators, suppliers and partners,
local communities, and the planet.
TRANSITIONING TO A SUSTAINABLE GROUP
We have a clear corporate and social purpose. As a business, we help protect our
customers and their families from the economic impact of an early death through life
assurance protection, and help support them during retirement through pension and
investment savings. We believe that stakeholder value creation is best delivered through
the embedded consideration of environmental, social and governance issues. In this
regard, among our key considerations are the following strategic aims:
– Genuine care for our customers, helping them create financial security now and for the future;
– Investments focusing on long-term sustainability and strong financial solvency for the company;
– Assessing and managing our impact on the planet and natural environment, including managing
climate-related and wider sustainability-related risks; and
– Maintaining a long-term sustainable working environment for our staff, suppliers and partners
and local communities.
Our Annual Sustainability Report (www.chesnara.co.uk/sustainability) provides detail on the work we
are doing to become a sustainable Chesnara, including setting out our sustainability vision and targets. We
want sustainability at the heart of decision making at all levels across the business and are basing our work
on the mantra of ‘Do no harm. Do good. Act now for later’. Our commitments are:
1. Supporting a sustainable future, including our net zero transition plans.
2. Making a positive impact, including our plans to invest in positive solutions.
3. Creating a fairer world, ensuring our group is an inclusive environment for all employees, customers
and stakeholders.
These commitments have been developed with consideration of the UN Sustainable Development Goals.
These 17 goals are an urgent call to action to promote peace and prosperity for people and the planet,
now and into the future. We’ll focus our activities on those goals where we feel we can have the greatest
impact; however, we will support all of the goals wherever possible.
Find out more at globalgoals.org
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
71
CORPORATE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
EMBEDDING SUSTAINABILITY
Embedding sustainability into decision making at all levels across the group is a
fundamental part of what we are working to achieve. This is vitally important as
sustainability needs to be part of every strategic conversation. Our Annual Sustainability
Report (ASR) gives more detail on what we are going to do to achieve this.
As described on pages 62 and 96 to 102, a key part of this work includes the annual
review of the effectiveness of our Risk Management System and the system of
governance so as to ensure that we can achieve our business objectives and safeguard
the interests of our stakeholders. The overall conclusion from the review conducted
in 2022 was that Chesnara has a stable and well understood risk profile, controlled
by an effective and embedded system of governance.
We believe that sustainability is not solely for our board and leadership teams, and
we have taken and will continue to take steps to educate, involve and support our
workforce and other stakeholders, including our suppliers, in the delivery of our
sustainability strategy. Each of our businesses have also incorporated sustainability
into their Investment Policy, Investment Committee Terms of Reference and investment
decision making. We are expanding this to capture all policies across the business
to ensure that sustainability is a key consideration.
The sustainable management of our Funds Under Management is a critical component
of our sustainability journey. In all three of our territories, we work with fund managers
that are committed to the UN SDGs and the UN’s Principles of Responsible Investment
(UNPRI). Both Chesnara and Movestic Livförsäkring are signatories to the UNPRI.
As well as this, we are signatories to the UN Global Compact and submit an annual
Communication on Progress report setting out specific actions taken with regard
to the four designated categories covering human rights, labour, environment and
anti-corruption.
Our TCFD report on pages 76 to 91 describes our assessment of climate change
risks and opportunities under four pillars – Governance; Strategy; Risk Management;
and Metric and Targets. Further regulatory and disclosure requirements around
sustainability are forthcoming and we will take measures to ensure that we give
full and appropriate disclosure of our progress as these standards are issued.
72 CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
OUR CUSTOMERS
Customer care
Customer care is core to our business. All of our divisions are committed to
good customer treatment and outcomes and to helping provide our customers
with financial security on their individual journeys. We are taking action across
the group to continue to identify any enhancements which will improve our
customers’ experience. A key part of this is ensuring that we offer products
that are suitable for our customers’ needs.
Our products and services
We offer and manage life and health insurance and pension products for our
customers to help them meet their financial goals. We achieve this by paying
attention to and understanding the customer’s point of view, by regularly
asking for feedback and by investigating any complaints thoroughly and
promptly. Lessons learned from our interactions with customers are used
to train and develop our staff, make our processes more efficient and to
take further steps to ensure our policyholders are treated fairly. Our aim
is to consistently exceed industry service standards.
Reuniting customers with their policies
We appreciate that customers can lose touch with their policies due to
business acquisitions, house moves, name changes and the passage of time,
so we actively try to trace and recontact customers wherever possible.
Digitalisation
Advancements in technology and data usage are having a significant impact
on how business is conducted, and the way regular communication is taking
place. We have continued to invest in digital technology and applications so
that we can meet the expectations of our business partners and customers,
whilst maintaining the traditional contact methods for customers that are
more comfortable using that option.
Regulatory compliance
We maintain an open and constructive relationship with the regulators in
the jurisdictions we operate in. Understanding and implementing regulatory
requirements is a key part of management responsibility, including the timely
and accurate submission of information requested by the regulator. None of
the business entities were subject to any regulatory intervention during 2023
and no penalties were imposed.
OUR COLLEAGUES
Health, safety and welfare at work
As a responsible business, at Chesnara, we place primary importance
on the health, safety and welfare of our employees. We operate a hybrid
working model across all of our geographies, taking into account individual
circumstances where necessary so that appropriate support can be provided.
In the UK, we continue to partner with the Business Health Group to
provide lifestyle coaching for employees to discuss challenges that they
face. Proactively discussing these challenges and providing potential tools
to address them helps to support our people. The management teams and
employees in our overseas divisions also continue to take steps to guide
and support colleagues.
Each of our business units ensures that the health and welfare of our staff
is supported by employment contract provisions, including access to health
insurance for all employees and encouragement and support for flexible
working, amongst other benefits such as life cover, occupational pension and
parental leave. All staff are made aware of these benefits through contracts of
employment, policies and staff briefings. They are also reminded of their duty
to act responsibly and do everything possible to prevent injury to themselves
and others. Management teams across the group monitor the level of sick
leave and absence and, where necessary, they take appropriate action to
address any issues identified.
Relevant policies and procedures are reviewed on a regular basis so as to
ensure that they meet appropriate standards. Any hazards or material risks
are removed or reduced to minimise or, where possible, exclude the
possibility of accident or injury to employees or visitors.
Equal opportunities and diversity
Chesnara always aims to attract, promote and retain the best candidates
suitable for the roles within all its operations. Our approach is to be
open, entrepreneurial, transparent and inclusive in how we select and
manage our employees.
We are committed to providing equal opportunities in employment and
will continue to treat all applicants and employees fairly regardless of race,
age, gender, marital status, ethnic origin, religious beliefs, sexual orientation
or disability. Chesnara has policies in place to ensure that no employee
suffers discrimination, harassment or intimidation and to effectively address
any issues that do come to light.
2023
20221
Year end headcount
Male
Female
Male
Female
Directors of the group
Group senior leaders
Executive management total
Executive management
gender split %
Employees of the group
Total2
5
4
9
3
4
7
5
8
13
3
2
5
56.3
43.8
72.2
27.8
175
184
175
182
196
209
205
210
Total gender split %
50.3
49.7
49.9
50.1
Notes:
1. We have reviewed the classification of gender hierarchy levels in 2023 to define
executive management and add further structure. The 2022 data has therefore been
restated to be consistent with 2023.
2. The number of staff reported in the table above is based on the number of employees
employed at the year end. This differs to the employee note, which is calculated based
on average FTEs during the course of the year.
Gender diversity forms an important part of Chesnara’s selection and
appointment process at group level.
In 2023, we have enhanced our gender disclosure workings to include both
additional job hierarchy levels and to ensure our categories of gender were
fully inclusive for all staff. This included ‘non-binary’, ‘other’ and ‘prefer not
to say’ as further categories of gender.
We define executive management as: non-executive and executive directors,
group senior leaders and business unit CEOs.
The executive management data presented in the table is based on collected
data. Other employees of the group are based on observational data, which
we are aware is not the optimal scenario. We are working on collecting
this data more formally from our group where possible and enhancing the
granularity of our data, noting there are limitations on what we can reasonably
collect from our staff, and in particular in differing jurisdictions. The Corporate
Governance Report contains further analysis of diversity on our board and
wider executive management.
73
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
Employees with a disability
Chesnara endeavours to provide employment for people with a disability
wherever the requirements of the business allow and if applications for
employment are received from suitable applicants. Where an existing
member of staff becomes disabled, every reasonable effort is made
to achieve continuity of employment by making reasonable adjustments
to give the staff member as much access to any training, promotion
opportunities and employee benefits that would otherwise be available
to any non-disabled employee.
Staff training and development
Our employees are a key asset of the Chesnara business and we invest in our
staff through individual and group training and development plans. All staff are
encouraged and supported to acquire relevant knowledge and build their skills
and competence. Financial support is provided to staff who wish to achieve
recognised qualifications that are appropriate for specific roles and the needs
of the business.
Fair pay
We believe that all our employees deserve fair and just remuneration
appropriate for the roles they hold and the work they perform. In our UK
division, our employees and service contractors meet the Real Living Wage
pay level set by the Living Wage Foundation and based on a calculation
of the cost of living and what employees and their families need to live.
All UK employees, subject to a minimum service requirement, also have
access to our SAYE scheme, improving employee engagement with
company performance and directly linking a proportion of employee
benefits to our performance.
At the end of 2022, the Remuneration Committee consulted with employees
on the alignment of directors’ pay with UK employees ahead of the 2023
year. The same engagement has since taken place in late 2023 for the
2024 calendar year. Details of our staff pay and benefits, and in relation
to executive pay, are set out in the Corporate Governance section as part
of our Remuneration Report.
Employee engagement
Across our businesses, we provide high quality jobs with competitive
remuneration along with requisite training and good working conditions.
Regular contact with employees and keeping them updated on business
strategy, priorities and achievements is a key part of management
responsibility at Chesnara. Frequent employee engagement has become
even more important over the last few years given the shift to more remote
working. Each of our businesses have a multi-channel approach for effective
employee communication such as regular updates from the CEO, monthly
team and departmental meetings, company briefings, discussions via
Employee Forums, and the use of employee surveys to highlight issues
and drive any necessary change.
As the Workforce Engagement NED appointed by the Chesnara board,
Carol Hagh’s liaison with the CEOs, HR teams and Employee Forum
representatives has been invaluable in terms of independent engagement
with staff and also for the ongoing assessment of our culture and embedding
of our values across our UK, Swedish and Dutch divisions. Within the UK
division, the Employee Forum has continued to meet on a monthly basis.
This forum comprises staff members who represent each functional area,
rotated from time to time, for the purposes of discussing any matters of
concern or areas of interest for the staff and management.
Our operations in Sweden and the Netherlands make similar use of Employee
Forums, staff surveys, formal and informal employee engagement both at
the individual, team and whole company level. In the Scildon business, this
is formalised through the operation of a Works Council and, in Sweden, staff
representation is via a Working Environment Committee and a trade union.
Chesnara’s aim is to continue to grow via acquisition of life assurance
businesses and our due diligence plan incorporates an assessment
of all relevant workforce matters which are reported to the board to
assist its deliberations on any potential acquisition opportunities.
Whistleblowing
We are committed to having a culture where all individuals are encouraged to
speak up about any concerns they may have within our business. Each of the
Chesnara business units has a Whistleblowing Policy which complies with
local regulatory requirements and is reviewed on an annual basis. We have
stringent internal procedures for reporting misconduct and have explicit
requirements against retaliation and safeguarding of reporter identities.
In the UK, the Audit & Risk Committee Chair is appointed as a Whistleblowing
Champion, whose responsibilities are aligned to the prescribed requirements
set out in the PRA’s Senior Managers Certification Regime. The policy is
shared with all new joiners and whenever it is updated it is provided to all
existing employees. Similar arrangements are in place within our overseas
divisions with the policies being available in employees’ local languages.
Confirmation was also received that each outsource service provider (OSP)
has a Whistleblowing Policy in place which is provided to all employees.
OUR SUPPLIERS AND BUSINESS PARTNERS
At Chesnara, we believe in developing mutually respectful and sustainable
relationships with our suppliers and business partners. Our preference is to
establish long-term relationships where they remain commercially competitive
and operationally viable. This is achieved through a structured due diligence
process before selection, followed by clear agreement of the business
objectives, consistent implementation of regulatory requirements and relevant
policies, and effective attention to resolving issues fully. We require our
suppliers and business partners to apply high standards of ethical conduct
in all their dealings with us and their other stakeholders.
We are conscious that through our outsourcing arrangements we indirectly
utilise the services of a much larger workforce and we seek to ensure
that our suppliers are similarly adopting appropriate arrangements for
proper engagement with their own workforces.
Over 2024, we plan to further engage with our suppliers and business
partners to understand their carbon footprint and sustainability commitments.
This will enable us to evaluate our supply chain emissions and work with
them to help decarbonise their operations.
ACROSS OUR BUSINESSES, WE PROVIDE
HIGH QUALITY JOBS WITH COMPETITIVE
REMUNERATION ALONG WITH REQUISITE
TRAINING AND GOOD WORKING CONDITIONS.
74
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023HUMAN RIGHTS
Human Rights and the Modern Slavery Act 2015
Human rights belong to all human beings regardless of nationality, gender,
race, age, religion, language, physical or mental ability or any other political,
economic or social status. Such rights are protected by the rule of law through
legal mechanisms designed to prevent abuse by those in positions of power.
Modern slavery is just one such form of human rights abuse. In addition
to the freedom of expression, human rights includes:
We have zero tolerance to financial crime, including money laundering
and bribery and corruption. Our Internal Control Framework includes the
maintenance and review of a Gifts & Hospitality Register, the disallowance
of any political contributions or inducements and careful consideration of
any charitable donations. These controls act as a monitoring and prevention
system. Policies are made available to all staff and they are required to attest
that they have read and understood their importance and application. There
were no instances of money laundering or bribery or corruption in the period.
– the right to life;
– prohibition on torture;
– the right to a fair trial; and
– the right to fair and just working conditions.
Chesnara has zero-tolerance to the abuse of human rights and modern
slavery and is committed to acting ethically and with integrity in all of
its business dealings and relationships. We seek to avoid causing or
contributing to adverse human rights impacts by operating and enforcing
effective systems and controls to ensure human rights abuse and modern
slavery are not taking place anywhere in the group or its supply chains.
The Modern Slavery Act (2015) requires a commercial organisation over
a certain size to publish a slavery and human trafficking statement for
each financial year.
The Modern Slavery Act does not apply to our European divisions,
but instead they adhere to the European Convention on Human Rights
(ECHR) treaty which is similarly designed to protect people’s human
rights and basic freedoms.
In the UK, our Human Rights & Modern Anti-Slavery Policy is made available
to our entire workforce and is also available at www.chesnara.co.uk/
sustainability/modern-anti-slavery-statement
There have not been any breaches of human rights or the Modern Slavery
Act during the reporting period.
ANTI-BRIBERY AND CORRUPTION
In addition to other financial control policies, Chesnara has group-wide
Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Bribery & Corruption policies in place which
are reviewed at least annually. Their scope includes all directors, employees
and third-parties operating on behalf of the group.
TAXATION
We strive to ensure that we pay our fair share of tax across the group and
that we do so in a transparent manner. We adopt a responsible and open
approach to taxation and, consequently, pay the appropriate taxes due
throughout the group, details of which are set out in the respective
Annual Report and Accounts for each of our operating entities.
OUR COMMUNITIES
Chesnara’s management and staff support local community initiatives
to the extent deemed appropriate given our financial responsibilities as
a public limited company. During 2023, across the group, we donated
£36k to various charitable causes (2022: £65k).
We have continued to support our long-term local charitable partnerships
including: the Living Wage Foundation who are supporting initiatives to
increase the number of employers that are paying the Real Living Wage
in the UK; Safenet in the UK, which provides domestic abuse services and
refuge to those that need it and Sherpa in the Netherlands, which helps
people with physical and learning disabilities to function as independently as
possible. We operate policies across the group to enable employees to take
two days’ paid leave each year to volunteer for charitable organisations.
THE PLANET
We know that we have a commitment to do all we can to protect the
planet and all of its inhabitants. Our work to tackle the climate and nature
emergencies, including our net zero targets, is detailed in our Annual
Sustainability Report.
WE ARE WORKING TO EMBED
SUSTAINABILITY INTO OUR BUSINESS,
GUIDED BY OUR PRINCIPLES OF:
DO NO HARM.
DO GOOD.
ACT NOW FOR LATER.
75
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
CORPORATE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ∙
CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
CONTEXT
Disclosure requirements on the impact of climate change were introduced by the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA)
for premium listed companies with effect from 1 January 2021. This is our third report in support of the Financial
Stability Board’s Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). With effect from 1 January 2023, the
group is also required to comply with the new mandatory Climate-Related Financial Disclosure (CFD) requirements
set out by the Department for Business, Energy & Industrial Strategy, with this being the first year we are reporting
on the additional requirements.
COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
All disclosures in respect of the ‘TCFD Recommendations and Recommended disclosures’ and CFD requirements are on pages 76 to 91 with additional
information such as illustrations and case studies included in the Annual Sustainability Report which is cross referenced where applicable throughout
this section.
Chesnara plc has complied with the CFD by including climate-related financial disclosures consistent with the requirements under sections 414CA and 414CB
of the Companies Act 2006. Chesnara has also complied with the requirements of LR 9.8.6R by including climate-related financial disclosures consistent with
10/11 of the TCFD recommended disclosures except for the following matter:
AREA
REQUIREMENT
EXPLANATION
Strategy (b)
Describe the impact of climate-
related risks and opportunities
on the organisation’s businesses,
strategy, and financial planning.
Organisations that have made GHG
emissions reduction commitments,
operate in jurisdictions that have
made such commitments, or
have agreed to meet investor
expectations regarding GHG
emissions reductions should
describe their plans for transitioning
to a low-carbon economy.
Having set our long-term net zero targets at the start of 2023, we have now
baselined our position to enable us to commence work on our transition
plans. During 2023, guidance on the format and content of transition plans
was issued by the Transition Plan Taskforce and we will work to incorporate
that guidance into our own plans as they are developed during 2024
and 2025.
A key part of our plan will be engaging with our asset managers to work
towards our decarbonisation target for financed emissions as well as
our wider supply chain to understand their own decarbonisation plans
in respect of operational emissions.
GROUP SUSTAINABILITY REPORT
Alongside the financial statements, the group has published its 2023 Annual
Sustainability Report (www.chesnara.co.uk/sustainability) and provides further detail
on a number of items noted in this report which are referenced as appropriate.
WHAT HAS HAPPENED DURING 2023?
Held our Group Sustainability
Summit to bring leaders across
the business together to
understand the importance
of sustainability for the future
of the group.
Baselined our
operational and
financed emissions.
Held group-wide director
training to continue
the process to embed
sustainability into
decision making.
Increasing engagement
with asset managers
and our value chain to
understand their own
decarbonisation plans.
Appointed Greenly
to assist us with
the enhancement
of our operational
emissions
calculations and
net zero plans.
Appointed MSCI to assist
us with the baseline and
future calculations of
our financed emissions.
Commenced the process
of integrating sustainability
considerations into our
suite of policies.
Ongoing engagement
with landlord to
implement carbon
reduction opportunities
available including
waste management and
LED lighting upgrades
to the UK office.
76 CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCE
The Chesnara board sets the values and culture of how the business divisions operate and the group invests time
and resources to ensure that the governance structures in place remain appropriate for the evolving business and
regulatory landscape. Further information on the group’s governance is provided in the Corporate Governance section.
a) Board oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities
The chart below sets out the group reporting structure and sets out how the board has oversight of climate-related matters.
CHESNARA GROUP BOARD
Meets at least quarterly
The board defines the group's strategic aims, ensures that the necessary resources are in place
and sets the targets to review management performance. Chesnara has sustainability, covering
environmental, social and governance, as a regular agenda item across the group.
GROUP AUDIT & RISK
COMMITTEE (GA&RC)
NOMINATION & GOVERNANCE
COMMITTEE
GROUP REMUNERATION
COMMITTEE
Meets at least quarterly
Meets quarterly
Meets quarterly
The GA&RC focuses on corporate
governance requirements and
developments related to environmental
and social obligations, including the
monitoring of climate-related risk
exposures across the group and how
such risks are treated. The GA&RC advise
the board as appropriate.
The Nominations & Governance
Committee plays a key role in ensuring
that the board’s composition and
balance are appropriate and that
members have the necessary skills,
knowledge and experience to discharge
their duties effectively with regards
to climate change.
The role of the Remuneration
Committee is to ensure that the
Remuneration Policy promotes,
encourages and drives long-term
growth of shareholder value of which
climate change plays a key role. In 2023,
a 15/25% weighting of the group CEO
and CFO annual bonuses were linked
to sustainability actions.
GROUP SUSTAINABILIT Y COMMITTEE (GSC)1
Meets at least quarterly
The GSC interacts with the board and the committees below in the following ways: with the board on the sustainability strategy
and embedding it into the overall group strategy; with the GA&RC on ESG risks and external disclosures, including TCFD; with
the Nomination & Governance Committee on matters regarding composition and sustainability-related skills, knowledge and
experience; with the Remuneration Committee on trends in which management are and should be incentivised on ESG factors;
with the GIC on investment-related matters, including the transition plan to net zero; and with the SLT and divisional executive
committees to facilitate all of the above.
GROUP CEO
SENIOR LEADERSHIP TEAM (SLT)
GROUP INVESTMENT COMMITTEE (GIC)
Meets monthly
Meets twice a quarter
The SLT is in place to challenge and support the Group CEO
and the leadership team. It is accountable for the review and
sign-off of the quarterly risk report, including any material
variations in the impact of climate change upon the group,
as well as monitoring risk appetite compliance. It is also
responsible for oversight of the sustainability programme.
The GIC is in place to challenge and support the Group CEO
and the leadership team. The GIC Terms of Reference
specifically include consideration of ESG factors, including
overseeing the asset managers’ approach to ESG and
climate change related matters.
1 The GSC is not a board committee but operates across the group, interfacing with the board and works with its board committees and group executive committees.
The business units, with their own local governance structures and boards, feed into the group governance structure via quarterly divisional MI packs, quarterly
business reviews and risk reporting, and annual local business plans (note this list is not exhaustive).
Board
Board committee
Group Sustainability Committee
Group executive committee
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
77
STRATEGIC REPORTCORPORATE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ∙
CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
b) Management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related
risks and opportunities
Group Sustainability Summit
In June 2023, we gathered leaders and key personnel
from across the group at London Zoo for a two-day
summit focused on sustainability. We had sessions from
teams across the group focusing on our sustainability
progress to date and vision and commitments for the
future. We also had external talks and training sessions
from Accenture, A Future Worth Living In, Schroders
and KPMG, as well as London Zoo themselves. These
sessions were on a range of topics, including financed
emissions, the importance of data and the reporting
horizon, and were designed to educate and inform our
leaders on the importance of sustainability for Chesnara
as a business and society as a whole. Training is a key
responsibility of the GSC and needs across the business
will be assessed throughout the year, including the
development of a training and engagement programme
to be delivered to all employees.
WE ARE READY TO PLAY OUR PART
TO ENSURE WHAT WE DO AND
HOW WE DO IT IS SUSTAINABLE.
STEVE MURRAY, GROUP CEO, CHESNARA
How climate-related risks and opportunities are identified
and considered
The divisions are responsible for identifying climate-related risks and
opportunities which are then consolidated at a group level by the Group Head
of Sustainability and the Group Chief Risk Officer & Chief Actuary. The risks
and opportunities are reassessed regularly so that if a material risk was to
arise, we would add it in to ensure that it is evaluated according to the
framework and evolving climate-related matters.
Who is assigned responsibility?
Management responsibility for matters related to climate change are assigned
to the Group Chief Executive Officer (Group CEO) at group level and the
respective CEOs at business unit level. All divisions and business units are
responsible to the relevant divisional Chief Executive who has dual reporting
lines to the divisional board and the Group CEO. Sustainability forms part of
the executive management short-term incentive bonus scheme, and the ratio
allocated to sustainability will continue to be assessed on an ongoing basis.
How management and board members are informed of and monitor
climate-related issues
– Group board: has sustainability, including climate change, as a regular
agenda topic for discussion. During 2023, this specifically considered the
group climate change risk assessment (through the GA&RC), and the overall
vision and approach of the group in regards to sustainability and group-wide
climate change-related scenario analysis in the ORSA. Sustainability training
was delivered to executive and non-executive directors across the group
during the year.
– Group Sustainability Committee: chaired by Jane Dale, the group’s Senior
Independent Non-Executive Director, its membership consists of the
executive management across the group and its divisions. This committee
is the key focal point for the review of climate-related risks and opportunities
and links in with the other group governance committees. The GSC annual
agenda planner determines which topics are covered at each meeting and
those meetings, together with the GIC and SLT, will determine the items
to be escalated to the board. The interactions of the GSC with the different
committees and the board are detailed on the previous page.
– Senior Leadership Team: regularly discuss climate-related issues and
how they factor into business planning, strategy and risk management.
– Group Investment Committee: working with the GSC, the GIC will focus
on the just transition of the group’s asset portfolio in line with its net zero
targets. The GIC and GSC will also work together to identify potential areas
of impact investing.
– Sustainability workstream working groups: established alongside
the GSC, these groups consist of the key sustainability leaders across all
divisions in the business, for investments, operations and reporting and
progress is reported directly into the GSC.
– Acquisitions: as part of the due diligence process for potential acquisitions,
we assess the target company’s approach to climate-related risks and
consider the emissions of their operations and underlying assets.
78
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023STRATEGY
Sustainability, including the group’s approach to climate risk and decarbonisation, is a fundamental part of our
strategy. Changes in the environment and the effects of global warming could potentially affect how we achieve our
strategic objectives either through the way we operate our businesses or through the returns to our customers and
shareholders. We are committed to applying sustainability-informed investment and operational decision making
across the group.
We continue to frame our strategy and objectives in line with the UN SDGs, including 13. Climate Action. Having set
our long-term net zero targets at the start of 2023, we have now baselined our position to enable us to commence
work on our transition plans. During 2023, guidance on the format and content of transition plans was issued by the
Transition Plan Taskforce and we expect to finalise our initial transition plans as part of our interim reporting in 2025.
As part of our work during 2023, we have determined our initial interim targets.
– For our operational emissions, we are committed to decarbonising emissions
within our control by 2028. We have also identified the higher value categories
of emissions which are not directly within our control, such as those arising
from our supply chain, and we will work with our partners to encourage them
to decarbonise their own operations.
– For our financed emissions, we have followed the Institutional Investors
Group on Climate Change’s (IIGCC) Net Zero Investment Framework (NZIF)
and considered the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)
Special Report on Global Warming of 1.5°C (SR1.5), which states that in
mitigation pathways with no or limited overshoot of 1.5°C, global net carbon
emissions need to decline by between 41% and 58% from 2010 levels by
2030, reaching net zero around 2050. To set our targets, we’ve used the IPCC
scenario with no or limited overshoot for target setting. This is what the Paris
Aligned Investment Initiative recommends and it’s the scenario that Paris
Aligned Asset Owner initiative members and asset managers most commonly
use. Based on this, we have set an interim emissions reduction target of
50% by 2030.
– Our 50% reduction target is for the scope 1 and 2 emissions of our listed
equity and corporate fixed income assets which we are able to influence
or control. We will also be working with partners and customers for those
assets where we have less control or influence, for example those where
policyholders self-select their own investments. We remain strongly
committed to net zero by 2050 for all our financed emissions and so our
targets will expand over time to include all asset classes.
We know that there are a number of headwinds largely out of our control
which will affect our ability to meet this interim target, such as policyholder
choices and asset manager progress and so as our transition plans are
developed and refined and baseline data is further understood, we may
naturally look to refine our targets at a later date to better reflect the position
of the group.
a) Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium and long term
What are the building blocks that underpin our climate-related risks and opportunities, covering materiality, time horizon and type of risk:
TIME HORIZON
MATERIALITY
TYPES OF RISK
– Short term: up to 12 months – in line with
Our definition of ‘high’ materiality is as follows:
budget setting process
– Medium term: 2 to 5 years – in line with our
business planning and ORSA projection period
– Longer term: 6+ years – post business
plan horizon
During the setting of the time horizon profile,
we considered the useful life of the group’s
assets and believe our definition take this into
account. The average duration of the wider
group’s assets is between 5-10 years, but the
group is acquisitive and writing new business
so the risk assessment needs to consider
a longer time horizon also. The short-term
period of 12 months aligns with the risk basis
that underpins SII, and the medium term
is aligned to our business planning period.
– EcV: >£20m
– Cash generation: >£3.5m
– Reputational: national publicised reputational
event and stakeholders withdrawing services
– Regulatory: action involving penalty imposition
and/or requirement for remediation leading to
a restriction of activity
– Other: high safety issue
The materiality levels of the group are approved
by board annually as part of the Principal Risk
Definition report and consider a number of
factors that are broader than purely financial
indicators. Whilst this is largely risk focused,
we have chosen to apply this materiality range
to opportunities as well. This is deemed to be
an appropriate limit and is predicated on the
group risk assessment thresholds that are
discussed and approved by board annually.
We believe this is a reasonable disclosure
level and would enable a user to appropriately
assess our exposure to climate-related issues.
– Physical risks: Arise due to the direct impact
of events such as heatwaves, flood, wildfire,
storms, increased weather variability, and rising
mean temperatures and sea levels.
– Transition risks: Emerge from the process
of change towards a low carbon economy such
as: climate-related developments in policy and
regulation; technological change (e.g. electric
vehicles); a shift in consumer sentiment and
social attitudes; and climate-related litigation
against firms that fail to mitigate, adapt or
disclose climate-related financial risks.
79
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ∙
CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
b) Describe the impact of climate-related risks on the organisation’s businesses, strategy, and financial planning
In total, we have identified a number of climate-related risks, and of those, six fall into the ‘high’ or ‘very high’ materiality category. For the material risks, more
detail is provided below considering the likely time horizon in which we expect the risk to manifest and how the risk feeds into the financial planning process
and strategy decisions of the group. Where possible we have also quantified the possible financial impact of the risk.
As part of our ongoing assessment of the group’s climate-related risks and the continuing evolution of the global climate impact, we have determined that some
of the risks now have a higher likelihood when compared to last year’s assessment. This is largely a reflection of the evidence of climate change seen during
2023. We now have six material risks, being the two reported as material in 2022 and four further risks around data limitations, suppliers, reputation and litigation
which are described in detail below. It is a critical part of our process to reassess the impact of potential risks annually so we can manage and mitigate the
risks appropriately.
RISK
1 Inflationary impacts from global climate policy failure, including
on energy prices.
This is a principal risk captured under expense risk
Time horizon: longer term 6+ years
Potential impact (linking to financial statements)
Primarily financial impacts of inflation on the expense base but also potentially
operational risks arising from a high inflationary environment, impacts on the resilience
of the supply chain, or from energy shortages in transition.
A 1% increase (based on HY 2023 results) in inflation is estimated to reduce SII
absolute surplus by £24m and EcV by £20m. On an IFRS basis, we would expect this
scenario to increase administrative expenses and insurance reserves.
How is the risk being managed, mitigated and addressed?
Active consideration of inflation sensitivities and hedging
options. Working to mitigate the impacts of climate change and
transition to a low or zero carbon economy, including through
our supply chain, will help to ensure there is less volatility and
inflationary pressures on such things as energy prices.
How does the risk impact strategy?
Affects all pillars of the strategy, i.e. impact on existing business value but also
on pricing capability on new business and acquisitions.
How does the risk input into financial planning?
Best estimate of short and long-term inflation assumptions
included in the financial projections, with suitable
sensitivities considered.
Strategically, inflationary impacts are considered as part
of deal assessments and project business cases.
Targets and associated KPIs to manage the risk
Our net zero operational and financed emissions targets and their associated KPIs listed on page 86 will be those that we use to report and monitor
progress against in order to manage this risk.
2 Data limitations, including insufficient resource or ability to understand
the data, hinder the ability to properly understand asset exposures or
transition risks.
This is a principal risk captured under investment and liquidity risk
Time horizon: medium term 2-5 years
Potential impact (linking to financial statements)
Inability to execute the board's chosen strategy for climate change effectively or
surprise transitional risks occurring where exposures were not understood. This could
also lead to financial losses on our assets, potentially reducing EcV and solvency
disclosed in the financial statements.
How is the risk being managed, mitigated and addressed?
Chesnara has engaged MSCI to provide group-wide ESG data
analysis on our asset portfolio. We are working with our
asset managers to understand their own plans and pathways.
How does the risk impact strategy?
This could have a wide range of implications. For example: it could lead to reputational
damage; poor decision making; accidental transition risk; accidental greenwashing risk;
stranded assets; and regulatory risk.
How does the risk input into financial planning?
Sensitivities are performed on results in order to assess the
impact of negative exposures and factor this into decision
making and strategic plans.
Targets and associated KPIs to manage the risk
The % coverage of our asset pool look through data which is shown in our financed emissions data.
We will work towards what our target is once we get more performance data in 2024.
1 Chesnara is an acquisitive group, with M&A being one of its three strategic pillars, and therefore continually considers opportunities as they become available. Deal financing would be
completely dependent on the size and nature of the transaction but may include the necessity to raise additional external financing either through debt or equity. A failure to
appropriately address climate change risks may impact on our ability to raise this finance and in turn adversely affect the growth of the group.
80
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023RISK
3 Risk that a major supplier or partner doesn’t align with our climate
commitments and so we have to potentially choose to move away from them
(operational impact) or risk our commitments not being achieved (reputation).
This is a principal risk captured under operational and reputational risk
Time horizon: medium term 2-5 years
Potential impact (linking to financial statements)
Decision to make between significant operational change from having to move away
from a key partner or put our climate commitments at risk.
Supply chain disruption could lead to an increase in operational costs through the use
of more expensive suppliers as well as an impact on customers resistant to change,
negatively impacting expenses and the value of the business.
How is the risk being managed, mitigated and addressed?
Early engagement with key suppliers and partners to ensure that
they have climate commitments and working to align them with
our own, including through the Greenly portal.
Factoring an assessment of climate commitments into the
selection of prospective partners.
How does the risk impact strategy?
Climate considerations and alignment of strategies have to be factored into partner
selection and engagement processes.
How does the risk input into financial planning?
Risk is monitored, managed and will be addressed as it arises.
Financial plans will be amended as appropriate depending on
where we believe the key risk areas are.
Targets and associated KPIs to manage the risk
In 2024, we will work towards the development of a target for the % of suppliers engaged with the Greenly supplier platform.
4 Reputation risk associated with not achieving our targets/commitments.
This is a principal risk captured under reputational risk
Time horizon: medium term 2-5 years in respect of our
2028 operational target of net zero and longer-term 6+ years
in respect of our financed emissions net zero target
Potential impact (linking to financial statements)
Failure to meet our commitments and targets or provide inadequate disclosure around
progress against them could lead to a reduced investment universe for the group.
This may reduce the liquidity of our shares and impact the market capitalisation
of the group.
How is the risk being managed, mitigated and addressed?
Providing clear and honest disclosure on our targets and
commitments and where there are areas of challenge and
uncertainty for those targets.
Committing time and resources to complete transition plans
during 2024 and 2025.
How does the risk impact strategy?
Sustainability is a fundamental building block of our strategy and therefore factoring
in our targets and commitments is part of our business planning process.
How does the risk input into financial planning?
Working towards our commitments and targets is a requirement
of our business planning process at group and divisional level.
We do also address the fact that our commitments on climate and sustainability have
to be proportionate for the Chesnara business.
Targets and associated KPIs to manage the risk
Our net zero operational and financed emissions targets and their associated KPIs listed on page 86 will be those that we use to report and monitor
progress against in order to manage this risk.
5 Reputation risk through inability to raise finance to support
Time horizon: medium term 2-5 years
acquisition strategy.1
This is a principal risk captured under reputational risk
Potential impact (linking to financial statements)
Potentially a fundamental hit to the business model plus reputational impacts.
Also, potential solvency or share price risk if parties remove existing funding.
A loss of customers and funding through damaged reputation would negatively impact
EcV included in the financial statements.
How is the risk being managed, mitigated and addressed?
Proactive consideration of sustainability disclosures,
engagement with ratings agencies to ensure scoring is reflective
of what we are doing and being very open and transparent with
key investors.
How does the risk impact strategy?
Direct consequences for execution of the acquisition strategy.
How does the risk input into financial planning?
Risk is monitored, managed and will be addressed as required.
For any acquisitions, financing solutions are considered and
the risks of those are factored into the relevant decisions.
Targets and associated KPIs to manage the risk
Our external ESG rating scores which are publicly available on various rating agency’s websites.
81
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ∙
CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
RISK
6 Litigation risk through either not publishing enough information or including
too much and making unsubstantiated claims leading to ’greenwashing’
This is a principal risk captured under reputational risk
Potential impact (linking to financial statements)
Litigation may lead to potential fines and payouts needing to be recognised as liabilities
on the balance sheet.
Also, likely to have a negative impact on cash generation and cause reputational
damage to the business.
Time horizon: medium term 2-5 years
How is the risk being managed, mitigated and addressed?
Providing clear and honest disclosure on our work and areas
of challenge and uncertainty. Proactive consideration of what
we are reporting in our sustainability disclosures and remaining
sceptical as to whether our disclosures represent a form
of greenwashing.
Detailed consideration will also be factored into upcoming
regulatory requirements which require an impact materiality
to our stakeholders.
How does the risk impact strategy?
Likely negative impact on the value of the existing business and acquiring
new business.
How does the risk input into financial planning?
Risk is monitored, managed and will be addressed as required.
Targets and associated KPIs to manage the risk
Number of complaints and threatened litigation regarding sustainability matters.
We assess climate risk as part of our annual ORSA process. There are a number of risks that are not featured in the previous tables that one may consider to be
identified as material for an insurer. Climate scenario stress testing performed for the group (detailed in the Resilience section) concluded that climate effects
on morbidity or mortality do not give rise to a ‘high’ material impact. We will continue to assess our approach to climate risk modelling as part of our annual
ORSA process.
Finally, we have concluded that financial losses from asset shareholdings is also not a ‘high’ material risk given this is also likely to present an offsetting reduction
in financial liabilities. We have also considered climate-related physical climate risks; however, as we lease the majority of our office buildings and most of our
staff would be able to work from home if workplaces were affected, we do not believe physical risks present a material impact to the operations of the group.
We will continue to assess our understanding and application of climate-risk modelling through qualitative and quantitative assessments.
OPPORTUNITIES
b) Describe the impact of climate-related opportunities on the organisation’s businesses, strategy, and financial planning
Using the same approach as for the risks we have identified climate-related opportunities for the group. The table below focuses on those that
are deemed to be material as per the definition of materiality referenced earlier in the report.
In 2023, we performed further analysis on the climate-related opportunities relevant to the group and concluded on a more in-depth list compared to 2022
which focused on limited division-specific opportunities. This has led to the opportunities disclosed in the 2022 accounts (offering alternative fund choices
to customers in Sweden and ‘Easy B’ investment choices which offer a sustainable return in the Netherlands) no longer deemed to be material opportunities
for the group.
OPPORTUNITY
1 Investments: earn enhanced returns on aligned and climate resilient assets
Time horizon: longer term 6+ years
Potential impact (linking to financial statements)
Increase in key metrics: cash generation and EcV.
How is the opportunity being managed and implemented?
We are working with our asset managers to understand their
transition to net zero. We have also developed a Positive
Solutions Impact Investment Framework, including investing
in climate solutions.
How does the opportunity impact strategy?
Helps to enhance value through increased investment returns to support the growth
of the group. Also, it encourages management to consider asset allocation and use
of resources for different asset types.
How does the opportunity input into financial planning?
Factored into financial planning and strategy by assessment
of the potential market for the product and the associated costs.
Targets/KPIs to manage the opportunity
In 2024, we will work to have a KPI for the value of assets invested within our definition of positive solutions.
82
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
OPPORTUNITY
2 Financing: attract a wider pool of debt and equity investors
Time horizon: medium term 2-5 years
Potential impact (linking to financial statements)
Positive share price movements through access to increased options
and potential lower borrowing costs.
How does the opportunity impact strategy?
Aligns with existing strategy in order to support the growth of the business.
How is the opportunity being managed and implemented?
We are ensuring sustainability is a high priority by making a
number of operational changes and reporting enhancements.
We are publicly disclosing our targets, commitments and
progress against the plans and are engaging with external
stakeholders to provide details.
How does the opportunity input into financial planning?
Incorporated into financial planning by considering the financial
impact of varying borrowing costs on the results.
Targets/KPIs to manage the opportunity
Our net zero operational and financed emissions targets and their associated KPIs listed on page 86 will be those that we use to report and monitor
progress against to manage this opportunity.
Our external ESG rating scores which are publicly available on various rating agency’s websites.
3 Financing: reduced capital costs
Time horizon: medium term 2-5 years
Potential impact (linking to financial statements)
Lower borrowing costs.
How is the opportunity being managed and implemented?
As above.
How does the opportunity impact strategy?
Helps to maximise the value of the business by minimising liabilities and capital costs.
How does the opportunity input into financial planning?
Incorporated into financial planning by considering the financial
impact of varying costs of capital on the results.
Targets/KPIs to manage the opportunity
As above.
Further information on these is detailed in the Annual Sustainability Report (www.chesnara.co.uk/sustainability).
c) Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios
As part of our 2023 ORSA process, we have considered and modelled three scenarios in respect of climate change risk, covering a 2° and 4° stress. This
considered three scenarios: a) sudden transition, b) long-term orderly transition and c) policy failure. The first two achieve a temperature rise below 2° and the
latter a rise in excess of 4° by 2100. To model the impact, we have taken each of the asset classes and applied suitable stresses to the equity values dependent
on how the change in temperature is expected to affect the portfolio. Please refer to the earlier table with regards to how material climate-related risks affect
strategy and business planning.
Chesnara’s 2023 ORSA scenarios are based on the PRA’s 2019 UK Insurance stress test scenarios. We acknowledge that these scenarios have their limitations
and focus solely on the impact of climate change on the solvency of the business and so we are continuing to assess how we can develop our testing of climate
change risk, including supplementing any testing with qualitative assessments, to ensure that we are considering and communicating the wider potential
impacts of climate change. Whilst the PRA’s 2019 scenarios do contain a number of approximations and limitations, as all climate scenario modelling does
due to the inherent uncertainty, they are prescriptive in nature and easier to apply than some of the more complex climate change risk models, and they also
benefit from being more transparent and easier to understand. Full details of the derivation of those scenarios, and their limitations, is set out in the PRA’s
specification guide available publicly on the Bank of England’s website (Life Insurance Stress Test 2019 – Scenario Specification, Guidelines and Instructions
(www.bankofengland.co.uk)). The shocks are calibrated by the PRA to represent the 1-in-100 Value-at-Risk under the three climatic scenarios and are
expressed as instantaneous impacts on the portfolios. Further detail of the scenarios is included in the table below:
Ref
Scenario
Key assumptions
a
b
c
2°, sudden
transition
The impact materialises over the medium-term business planning horizon that results in achieving a maximum temperature
increase of 2°C (relative to pre-industrial levels) by 2100 but only following a disorderly transition. In this scenario, transition
risk is maximised.
2°, long orderly
transition
The scenario is broadly in line with the Paris Agreement. This involves a maximum temperature increase of 2°C by 2100
(relative to pre-industrial levels) with the economy transitioning to be greenhouse gas-neutral in the next three decades by 2050.
4°, policy failure
A scenario with failed future improvements in climate policy, reaching a temperature increase in excess of 4°C (relative to
pre-industrial levels) by 2100 assuming no transition and a continuation of current policy trends. Physical climate change
is high under this scenario, with climate impacts for these emissions reflecting the riskier (high) end of current estimates.
The scenarios outlined above were derived from IPCC reports, which are commonly used when assessing climate change.
Time horizon: While the tests are calibrated to longer horizon climate scenarios, we have applied all of the tests as though the transition effects are immediate,
with instantaneous stress test impacts and also projected over 5 years. We expect the longer term (post 5 years) effects to be immaterial.
Results: Based on our climate modelling as detailed above, the climate change test results show a low impact on the solvency of all business units and at group
level, with the group solvency ratio impacted by no more than 5% at any point over the short to medium term. A key factor leading to this result is a relatively low
83
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ∙
CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
exposure to carbon intensive industries. While the results of this assessment of the financial risks arising from climate change are clearly comforting, Chesnara
is not complacent about the wider risks arising from climate change and the broader sustainability agenda, including strategic, reputational and operational risks.
It is for this reason Chesnara has a group-wide sustainability programme with board level representation on the Group Sustainability Committee. The programme
has a detailed risk assessment of the broader risks arising from climate change and will continue to update this and educate internal and external stakeholders as
the programme progresses.
From a strategy and financial planning perspective, whilst the solvency risk has been concluded to be not material, it is still considered to be a material financial
risk factor to be considered as part of key decision making processes and we, as a group, have made commitments to transition to net zero to influence and
affect the factors that we can change and are taking responsibility for this. These commitments feed into the financial plans largely through the associated costs,
and strategic decisions are made considering these commitments also.
At a group level the 2023 assessment results support the following conclusions:
a) Chesnara has a stable and well understood risk profile, controlled by an effective system of governance that is well embedded across the business units.
b) Chesnara is a resilient group in terms of its current solvency level and can comfortably withstand all the stress and scenario tests that were applied in 2023.
c) The three-year group projections evidence long-term viability, a well-diversified business, stable solvency ratios, and a steady source of emerging surplus.
RISK MANAGEMENT
Risk and solvency management are at the heart of Chesnara’s robust Governance Framework.
a) Describe the organisation’s processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks and
b) Describe the organisation’s processes for managing climate-related risks
PROCESSES FOR IDENTIFYING, ASSESSING AND MANAGING CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS
A high-level summary of Chesnara’s Risk Management Framework is below:
Chesnara’s Risk Management
Policy which sets out the
framework of principles
and practices, policies and
strategies for the group’s
Risk Management System.
The Risk Management
System supports the
identification, assessment
and reporting of risks.
The Group Risk Management Framework
is designed to embed effective risk control
systems with a holistic and transparent approach
to risk identification, assessment, management,
monitoring and reporting. The definition and
scope of each principal risk category is based
on a set of strategic and operating principles/
tolerance limits.
The group’s risk appetite reflects
the Chesnara board’s view on the
amount of risk the group is willing
to take and sets boundaries
to determine when there is too
much or too little risk.
In addition, Chesnara’s Investment Policy contains investment criteria
which are monitored by the Investment Committee.
The Group Chief Risk Officer is responsible for maintaining the overall
Risk Management Framework. The CEOs for each business unit
are required to ensure that the framework is fully integrated into the
business model and decision making processes. Each of our divisions
is required to apply the Risk Management Policy and operate within
the limits set by the risk appetite. Each business unit is responsible
for identifying risks which might create, enhance, accelerate, prevent,
hinder, degrade or delay the achievement of the group’s objectives,
together with the sources of risks, areas of impact, events, and their
causes and potential consequences. These risks are recorded in the
risk register and evaluated based on the likelihood of occurrence and
severity of impact. Depending upon the nature and impact of the risk,
the risk is either accepted, avoided, managed or transferred. Climate-
related risks and opportunities are identified and evaluated according
to this framework by the respective management teams in our
business units.
Management teams keep up to date through the monitoring and
assessment of emerging risks, reviewed by the executive teams
on a quarterly basis.
Given that we consider climate change to be a cross-cutting risk, that
manifests through other existing risk types, climate-related risks and
opportunities are identified, assessed and managed in a similar manner
to other known and emerging risks. Primarily for Chesnara, climate
change risk will arise through other financial risks e.g. equity risk, credit
risk etc (PR1 – Investment and Liquidity risk) and also regulatory risk
given the level of ongoing change. With regards to the sector specific
guidance, we believe the impact of: physical risks from changing
frequencies and intensities of weather-related perils; transition risks
resulting from a reduction in insurable interest due to a decline in value
and transition risks of changing energy costs would not be material
and therefore not disclosed within the TCFD report as material risks.
Chesnara has developed an Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)
Policy Statement for the group, in which it recognises the importance of
understanding climate change risk in its operations and its investments
and continued monitoring of associated risks.
Chesnara believes its businesses that hold investments (insurance
companies and investment companies) should consider sustainability
and implications for climate change in their investment policies.
It expects each company to consider the implications of these for
its business and investments and document its position. Chesnara’s
businesses have adopted, either directly or via their respective fund
managers, the six UN Principles of Responsible Investment with the
aim to continue to invest responsibly with sustainability considerations
in mind and to provide a choice of sustainable funds to customers, e.g.
green investments which aim to solve climate issues, or which primarily
focus on companies that invest in improving health. The group is also
exposed to strategic and reputational risks (PR9 – Reputational risk)
arising from its action or inaction in response to climate change.
The 2023 Group ORSA process (and previous ORSAs) assessed,
on both a qualitative and quantitative basis, climate change risks.
This included a group-wide consistent climate change scenario that
assessed the impact of the 2019 PRA climate change stress test.
This test includes three scenarios: sudden transition, long-term orderly
transition and climate policy failure, and considers both the transitional
and physical risks within these. The results and insights from the
ORSA are taken account of by the board for the purpose of capital
management and business planning, noting that, as a life insurance
company, Chesnara’s operations are not generally exposed to physical
risks, so proportionality has been applied. Physical and transition risks
for our assets under management continue to be assessed by our asset
managers and their assessment of climate value-at-risk.
84
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023c) Describe how processes for identifying, assessing, and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation’s overall
risk management
INTEGRATION OF PROCESSES FOR IDENTIFYING, ASSESSING AND MANAGING CLIMATE-RELATED RISKS
An integral part of Chesnara’s governance and Risk Management
Framework is compliance with the Prudential Solvency II Regulations
to perform the ORSA on an annual basis. The Chesnara board is
responsible for the overall design of the ORSA process including its
annual review. Climate-related risks are considered within the ORSA
process and the impact of material risks upon the solvency and
resilience of the business is documented. The views of the Actuarial
Function Holder and any recommendations or prior feedback from the
regulator are considered when conducting the assessment at business
unit level. Conclusions drawn from the risk and solvency assessment
are reported to the respective regulators by each of our businesses
every year.
Each business unit provides a forward-looking perspective on risks
that are emerging quarterly to its own Audit & Risk Committee, the
Chesnara Audit & Risk Committee and monthly to the SLT. A summary
of principal risks and emerging risks is also provided quarterly to the
Chesnara board. From a climate change perspective this involves
considering the content of relevant publications and guidance, in
relation to the Chesnara risk landscape, such as the reports published
by the IPCC on the physical climate change risks to the environment.
Similarly, our management teams evaluate the possible effects of
transition risk by keeping abreast of relevant policy and legal
developments, technological advancements, changes in market risk
due to demand shifts and any legal and reputational risk exposure.
Amongst other matters, business performance and risk management
are discussed at the Senior Leadership Team monthly meeting.
Chesnara’s approach to assessing financial risk is to identify and assess
factors that could potentially threaten the continued successful delivery
of the anticipated stakeholder outcomes over a three-year time horizon,
including risks to the business model and strategy. The Chesnara board
requires the management teams to ensure a good understanding of
the solvency position at any point in time. In Q2 2023 a series of stress
and scenario tests were selected for the ORSA with the requirement
to follow the testing principles set out in the Group Risk Management
System Policy. As well as current known risks, the stresses and
scenarios took account of forward looking and emerging risks.
These selected stresses and scenarios along with the rationale were
reviewed and approved by the Chesnara board. The tests conducted
covered changes in equity asset values, yields and credit spreads,
fluctuations in currency rates, expense inflation, any material impact
of physical and transition risk due to climate change, and operational
resilience. Performance against the business plans as well as known
and emerging risks and opportunities are discussed at quarterly
business review meetings at entity and group level. Climate-related
risk impacts and opportunities are considered at these meetings.
More detail on Chesnara’s Risk Management Framework is set out in this section of the Annual Report and Accounts.
CHESNARA BELIEVES ITS BUSINESSES
THAT HOLD INVESTMENTS (INSURANCE
COMPANIES AND INVESTMENT
COMPANIES) SHOULD CONSIDER
SUSTAINABILITY AND IMPLICATIONS
FOR CLIMATE CHANGE IN THEIR
INVESTMENT POLICIES.
METRICS AND TARGETS
The Metrics and Targets section also addresses the requirements within the Streamlined Energy & Carbon Reporting (SECR) framework including reporting
on energy usage, GHG emissions, methodology used to make the calculations, intensity ratios and a description of the efforts taken to improve the company’s
energy efficiency during the financial year.
c) Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets
To support the understanding of the above, net zero is defined to be when a company first reduces all its GHG emissions as much as possible, and only then
offsets the remaining residual emissions.
In 2023 our board signed off the group’s long-term sustainability targets and these have been supplemented with relevant initial interim targets, including:
1. Net zero financed scope 3 emissions by 2050, with an initial interim target of a 50% reduction by 2030 for in-scope assets determined in line with the IIGCC’s
Net Zero Investment Framework (Financed emissions). Details of the challenges around this target are provided in our Annual Sustainability Report.
2. Net zero scope 1, 2 and 3 (other/non financed) by 2028 (Operational emissions) for those emissions of which we are in control through the deployment
of reasonable resources. On the following page, is a table to show the level of control we consider we have for the different GHG categories noting we do not
have full control of all emissions in any of the scope categories, for example, we consider that emissions relating to commuting and homeworking are not within
our control as these are decided by the employees and, therefore, we can look to provide initiatives to encourage reduced emissions, such as our electric vehicle
car scheme in the UK, but cannot mandate change.
85
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
CORPORATE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ∙
CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
LOW LEVEL OF CONTROL
MEDIUM LEVEL OF CONTROL
3.1 Purchased goods and services
3.3 Fuel and energy related activities
1 Direct emissions from onsite fuel combustion
2
Direct emissions from the company’s vehicles and purchased
electricity for own use
3.7 Employee commuting and homeworking
3.2 Capital goods
3.8 Upstream leased assets
3.4 Upstream transport and distribution
3.5 Waste generated in operations
3.6 Business travel
We remain committed to being net zero for all of our operational emissions
in the longer term and, alongside those that we deem to have control of, we
will target higher value items, where in some instances we have low levels
of control such as the emissions generated by our suppliers from purchased
goods and services. Our 2028 target is therefore primarily scope 3 emissions
arising from the operations of our offices.
We have agreed our baseline figures for both financed and operational
emissions and defined our initial interim targets for financed emissions to
support these long-term targets. We have selected 2023 as the baseline
year for our emissions targets. We note that 2019 has been commonly used
amongst our peers; however, we did not readily have the data available for
2019. The challenge of using 2023 as a baseline rather than 2019 is that
any actions that we and organisations in our investment universe or supply
chain have taken in that period will be reflected in the starting position.
This therefore makes reduction targets more challenging in the short term.
High level analysis of the national GHG emissions reductions for our locations
over the period from 2019 to 2023 show there was an average fall of
approximately 10%. As our work progresses, we will assess the impact
of this on our targets. We do have 2022 data also available but due to the
emissions largely being based on the previous year’s reporting, we felt that
due to the ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the national
lockdowns during 2021, the use of 2022 as a baseline would be less relevant.
We will continue to assess our baselines and our targets throughout 2024
as we commence our work on our group transition plans.
Emissions
we have less
control over
Emissions
we can
control
2028
Not drawn to scale – for illustrative purposes only.
COMMITMENT
BASELINE
KPIs
1
Long-term target
Net zero scope 3 financed emissions (absolute value) by 2050.
Interim target (2030)
50% reduction by 2030 from our 2023 baseline figures in the
scope 1 and 2 emissions for our listed equity and corporate fixed
income investments which we are able to influence or control.
2
Interim target (2028)
Net zero (absolute value) operational emissions by 2028 for
those where we are in control of the emissions using reasonable
resources. For those that are not deemed to fall into this
definition, we still commit to achieving net zero on an absolute
value, but these are more dependent on systematic, societal
and infrastructure changes and therefore the timescales are
yet to be determined.
Our 2023 scope 1 and scope 2
financed emissions baseline is
533,073tCO2e.
Scope 3 total financed emissions
is 4,345,991tCO2e.
Total carbon financed emissions
(absolute emissions)
Carbon financed emissions
(absolute emissions normalised
by $M invested)
More detail on our financed emission
metrics is on page 88.
Weighted Average Carbon Intensity
(WACI)
Our 2023 operational baseline
is 4,961tCO2e with detailed split
on each GHG emission category
found on page 89.
Operational emissions,
more specifically:
1. Total (absolute);
2. Intensity measure by FTE; and
3. Those in our control (absolute).
86
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023Now that we have baselined our operational and financed emissions for 2023,
detailed performance data against the targets and KPIs to be provided for
2024 reporting.
We will report annually on our progress against this commitment, detailing the
level of investments, the source and the division responsible. These activities
will be monitored by the GSC and reported annually to the board.
Performance against these targets will be reported throughout the year to
the GSC and the board and externally each year in our Annual Sustainability
Report. The control framework for the preparation of these results is still
being developed but, over the course of 2023, we engaged with two external
providers to facilitate the calculation of both our operational emissions and
our financed emissions (Greenly and MSCI respectively). In addition to this,
there are a number of layers of internal review. The targets will be periodically
refreshed and updated each year to reflect any material changes and ensure
continued relevance. Any subsequent changes made to the baseline or scope
of our targets themselves will be clearly explained in our annual reporting.
As well as the above targets and commitments, we will continue to commit
to assessing and investing in positive solutions, by intentionally directing
capital into activities that deliver or enable the achievement of the UN SDGs.
Carbon offsetting
Whilst our primary focus remains on reducing the carbon emissions
associated with our operations and investments, we recognise the important,
yet complex role offsetting will play in the global transition to net zero.
Therefore, in the interim, we continue to support high-quality carbon
offsetting projects. In 2023, we have decided to offset 100% of the
operational emissions, excluding scope 3.1 purchased goods and services,
of 926 tonnes by supporting several verified projects in alternative energy
and increasing water safety, as well as planting 926 trees in the UK.
These are high quality carbon reduction projects that comply with
international verification standards and are amongst the Carbon Footprint
Limited’s offset projections portfolio, details of which can be found at
www.carbonfootprint.com
a) Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk
management process
Within the material climate-related risks and opportunities tables detailed in the Strategy section of the report, for each risk and opportunity we have disclosed
the relevant KPI/metric(s) to which they relate. We have not yet defined all of our metrics to manage the material climate-related risks and opportunities
and the development of these will feature as part of the work in 2024 on the group’s transition plans. The full list of metrics we have developed so far are:
OPPORTUNITIES
RISKS
Our net zero targets and their associated KPIs detailed in the table on the
previous page.
Our net zero targets and their associated KPIs detailed in the table on the
previous page.
Our external ESG rating scores and feedback which are publicly available
on various rating agency’s websites.
Our external ESG rating scores and feedback which are publicly available
on various rating agency’s websites.
The value of assets invested within our definition of positive solutions
(in 2024).
% of suppliers engaged on the Greenly supplier platform (in 2024).
We will monitor these metrics as part of our performance data to ensure both risks and opportunities are being effectively managed and
implemented retrospectively.
Energy usage
Energy consumption in the group is reported on an actual basis where the records are kept in the business (scope 2 – office use and scope 3.6 – business travel)
with employee survey responses used to accurately obtain information for homeworking and commuting data. These have then been converted to emission
measures using standard conversion factors based on Greenly’s assumptions and calculation engine which is in line with the GHG protocol methodology.
Our energy consumption over the last two years is shown in the following table:
2023: Energy consumption (KwH '000)
2022: Energy consumption (KwH '000)1
382
430
1,301
909
UK & Offshore
Global (exc UK & Offshore)
Total
1,684
1,338
Note:
1. 2022 energy consumption has been restated in line with the enhanced data collected through a group-wide employee questionnaire on commuting and homeworking.
Chesnara’s Environmental Policy encourages all employees to take reasonable steps to reduce waste, and to re-use and recycle office materials, and the
document reiterates our commitment to becoming a sustainable group. In addition to this, we use a mixture of renewable energy across the business,
including a 100% renewable energy contract in the Preston office.
With regard to the sector specific guidance requiring insurance companies to provide aggregated risk exposure to weather-related catastrophes of their
property business by relevant jurisdiction; the extent to which their insurance underwriting activities are aligned with a well below 2°C scenario; and also
indicate which insurance underwriting activities are included – this has been considered and the impact is either immaterial or not applicable to the business,
and therefore, no disclosure has been made.
87
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ∙
CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
b) Disclose scope 1, scope 2 and, if appropriate, scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and the related risks
All our employees mainly operate from offices or from home under a hybrid working model, which came into the place following the offices being closed
during the height of the COVID-19 pandemic. To increase energy efficiency, management in each of our business units takes practical steps to minimise the
effect of our operations on the environment and our workforce is encouraged to conserve energy, avoid unnecessary travel, use video conferencing, and
minimise waste. Furthermore, we use environmentally friendly certified paper, unwanted equipment is recycled or donated, and staff refreshments are
purchased from sustainable sources. The majority of company cars are now also electric/hybrid. Whilst a number of these actions are a continuation from
the previous year, there have also been steps taken in 2023 such as lighting upgrades and improved waste management in the UK.
There are five (2022: six) company-leased vehicles in total across the group which are used primarily for commuting and not business-related activities;
this is in addition to nine company-owned vehicles. Of the total fourteen, one has a diesel engine, seven are hybrid and six are fully electric vehicles.
The data shown in the subsequent tables for financed (scope 3.15) and operational emissions covers all group owned entities. We note that under the SECR
framework, disclosure of scope 3 emissions is voluntary; however, we have chosen to account for these additional emissions generated from the group’s value
chain and product portfolios to advance the group’s decarbonisation and reduction strategies as well as further manage the GHG-related risks and opportunities.
FINANCED EMISSIONS (Tonnes of CO2)
2023 baseline
Total financed carbon emissions (absolute emissions)
Financed carbon emissions (normalised by $m invested)
% coverage
2023 Weighted Average Carbon Intensity (WACI)
Chesnara group
% coverage
Scope 1 and 2
533,073
38.7
58%
Scope 3
4,345,991
315.4
56%
Corporate constituents
(tonnes CO2e/USD M sales)
Scope 1 and 2
71.8
62.1%
Scope 3
653.7
59.2%
Sovereign constituents
(tonnes CO2e/USD M
GBP nominal)
GHG Intensity
206.5
10.7%
Total financed emissions and financed emissions are calculated based on corporate bonds and listed equity for which we have the required data. The results
are extrapolated to estimate the emissions for the portfolio (including sovereign debt and assets for which we do not have the required data). This assumes
that the sovereign assets and the investments for which data isn’t currently available have the same emissions profiles as those included in the data coverage
percentage. As data availability increases for those investments not currently included, any variances in their emissions profiles will result in a difference to
the total financed emissions and financed emissions totals. Currently not included within the calculations for the portfolio are structured notes, collateralised
securities, cash and deposits, mortgages and loans, and property.
WHILST OUR PRIMARY FOCUS REMAINS
ON REDUCING THE CARBON EMISSIONS
ASSOCIATED WITH OUR OPERATIONS
AND INVESTMENTS, WE RECOGNISE
THE IMPORTANT, YET COMPLEX ROLE
OFFSETTING WILL PLAY IN THE GLOBAL
TRANSITION TO NET ZERO. THEREFORE,
IN THE INTERIM, WE CONTINUE TO
SUPPORT HIGH-QUALITY CARBON
OFFSETTING PROJECTS.
88
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023OPERATIONAL EMISSIONS (Tonnes of CO2)
2023 baseline
2022 (restated1)
UK &
Offshore
Global
(excl UK &
Offshore)
Total
UK &
Offshore
Global
(excl UK &
Offshore)
18
10
28
1,906
28
9
9
24
52
26
8
2,090
(184)
1,906
65
87
152
2,129
69
45
215
8
131
83
40
2,871
(742)
2,129
83
97
180
4,035
97
54
224
32
183
109
48
4,961
(926)
4,035
15
15
30
1,080
21
10
3
12
35
27
0
1,216
(550)
666
59
64
123
1,524
91
34
195
22
70
67
52
2,178
(550)
1,628
Total
74
79
153
2,604
112
44
198
34
105
94
52
3,394
(1,150)
2,244
Scope 1 Combustion of fuel and operation of facilities
Electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use
(location based)
Scope 2
Scopes 1 and 2 (internal emissions)
Purchased goods and services
Capital goods
Fuel- and energy-related activities not included in scope 1
or scope 2
Scope 3
Upstream transportation and distribution
Waste generated in operations
Emissions from business travel
Emissions from commuting
Upstream leased assets
Total scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions
Carbon offset
Total net emissions
Company's chosen intensity measurement:
Tonnes of CO2e per FTE
19.2982
10.3692
12.8660
8.8116
7.8628
8.1981
Tonnes of CO2 per FTE2 (less scope 3.1 emissions)
1.6990
2.6595
2.3909
0.9855
2.3610
1.9082
Notes:
1. During the year, we refined our calculations and used new methodology to include further scope 3 emission categories and therefore have restated the 2022 numbers.
2. The group FTE number used in this measurement is disclosed in note I1 of the Annual Report and Accounts.
The increase in the FTE intensity measurement in 2023 is primarily due to the increase of emissions from purchased goods and services driven from two
acquisitions and increased project spend in the year. The UK and Offshore ratio has increased significantly as UK FTE employees reduced mid-way through 2023
when the majority of CASLP employees transferred to SS&C. The head office is also located in the UK where related emissions are mostly group related rather
than being UK specific, distorting the ratio.
A separate Climate-Related Financial Disclosure report which includes the basis of preparation of each scope and the method of calculation has been published
separately at www.chesnara.co.uk/sustainability
MSCI disclaimer:
Certain information contained herein (the ‘Information’) is sourced from/ copyright of MSCI Inc., MSCI ESG Research LLC, or their affiliates (‘MSCI’), or information providers (together
the ‘MSCI Parties’) and may have been used to calculate scores, signals, or other indicators. The Information is for internal use only and may not be reproduced or disseminated in whole
or part without prior written permission. The Information may not be used for, nor does it constitute, an offer to buy or sell, or a promotion or recommendation of, any security, financial
instrument or product, trading strategy, or index, nor should it be taken as an indication or guarantee of any future performance. Some funds may be based on or linked to MSCI indexes,
and MSCI may be compensated based on the fund’s assets under management or other measures. MSCI has established an information barrier between index research and certain
Information. None of the Information in and of itself can be used to determine which securities to buy or sell or when to buy or sell them. The Information is provided ‘as is’ and the user
assumes the entire risk of any use it may make or permit to be made of the Information. No MSCI Party warrants or guarantees the originality, accuracy and/or completeness of the
Information and each expressly disclaims all express or implied warranties. No MSCI Party shall have any liability for any errors or omissions in connection with any Information herein,
or any liability for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential or any other damages (including lost profits) even if notified of the possibility of such damages.
In addition to the terms and conditions of any license agreement for MSCI information, services or products (‘MSCI Products’) entered into with MSCI Inc. and/or its affiliates (‘MSCI’)
by customers (‘Customer(s)’), each Customer must comply with the terms and conditions required by third party suppliers (‘Supplier(s)’) regarding Customer’s use of Supplier content,
data, software and other materials (‘Materials’) within MSCI Products. Customers may also be required to pay additional fees associated with Supplier Materials. If a Customer does not
comply with a Supplier’s terms, MSCI may be required to terminate the Customer’s access to that Supplier’s Materials, without any remedy to Customer. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary set forth below, none of the additional terms and conditions of MSCI Suppliers shall supersede (nor shall MSCI waive) any MSCI proprietary and/or intellectual property rights
in MSCI Products.
Additional terms and conditions required by MSCI’s Suppliers with respect to its Materials are provided in the expanders below. If Customer receives Materials from a Supplier not listed
below via MSCI Products, additional terms and conditions related to such Materials may apply.
89
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023STRATEGIC REPORT
CORPORATE AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY ∙
CLIMATE-RELATED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES
OUR ACTIVITY OVER 2023
We have now finalised our baseline for both operational and financed emissions. For operational emissions,
this meant enhancing the data we have previously used and for financed emissions, this meant calculating
our emissions for the first time.
Operational emissions
During 2023, we engaged Greenly to use their platform to baseline our
operational emissions which has enhanced our data collection and coverage
of our operational impact. Using Greenly has granted us access to a wide
range of climate and carbon accounting expertise and underlying processes
to support our calculations. These data enhancements, together with
including purchased goods and services in our calculations, have resulted
in a significant increase in our reported operational emissions compared
to those disclosed in the 2022 financial statements.
Greenly has detailed methodology for each category and we can interrogate
the group’s accounting data to generate the results. Greenly have integrated
thousands of emission factors from government publications and Life Cycle
Assessment (LCA) dashboards as reliable sources of data. No further data and
assumptions have been included for the calculation of non-financed emissions
outside of the use of the Greenly platform. For further information on Greenly,
and its methodology please visit www.greenly.earth/en-gb
Below is the summary of the key drivers for the changes to the 2022 reported operational emissions, as a result of the enhanced data and calculations:
Buildings
Additional considerations
for the group’s offices such
as whether they have car
parks and air-conditioning.
Scope 3.1 purchased
goods and services
Additional scope 3
categories
This new category
reflects the group’s share
of emissions generated
by our suppliers which
has been calculated based
on our expenditure with
them in the year.
New scope 3 categories
disclosed including
emissions generated from
waste, IT equipment,
postage and fuel and
energy related upstream
emissions not in scope
1 & 2.
Business travel
Commuting
Analysis of accounting
data identified further
business travel
expenditure for areas such
as hotels, parking and
conferences/workshops
not previously considered.
To make the restated
emissions more accurate,
we distributed an
employee questionnaire
across the group in order
to obtain accurate data
on commuting and
homeworking habits.
Financed emissions
At the end of September 2023, we appointed MSCI as our ESG and climate data provider. This appointment has been essential in the facilitation of the
calculation of our financed emissions (scope 3.15) 2023 baseline. We also held MSCI training sessions with group-wide user representation, to improve
knowledge on the emissions and the platform itself. For more information on the MSCI methodology, please visit: www.msci.com
As expected, financed emissions, which are detailed on page 88, are the biggest contributor to the group’s emissions. The 2023 baseline gives us a starting
position for our decarbonisation journey and enables us to measure progress and we look forward to reporting on this. We will use three metrics to do this:
1
Total financed carbon
emissions (absolute emissions)
tCO2e
This shows our absolute greenhouse gas
emissions (GHG) and allows us to
establish the emissions baseline of our
portfolio by measuring financed emissions.
2
Financed carbon emissions
(absolute tCO2e emissions
normalised by $M invested)
This enables us to compare the emissions
of different portfolios. This shows the
total carbon financed emissions of a
portfolio normalised by the market value
of the portfolio.
3
Weighted Average Carbon
Intensity (WACI) tCO2e/$M
revenue
This enables us to understand our
exposure to carbon intensive companies
within our portfolio.
We hope that this combination of metrics will show the relative and absolute performance of our decarbonisation activities.
Data and assumptions
Inherent within the calculations are a number of assumptions, such as using a blended average of energy usage for office emissions when we actually have
100% renewable energy sources in some of the group’s offices. We note that quantifying scope 3 emissions is challenging given data and methodology
limitations. Much of the information needed to calculate carbon emission factors is dependent on supplier data which is not always readily available and
therefore means carbon conversion factors are based on other similar companies.
90 CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
Intensity measurements
Our operational emission intensity measurements are ratios of operational
emissions against the number of FTE staff, calculated as:
– Operational emissions per FTE = total non-financed emissions (scope 1, 2
& 3.1-3.8 tCO2e)/number of average FTE staff in the year.
– Operational emissions (less scope 3.1 emissions) per FTE = non-financed
emissions as defined above (less scope 3.1 emissions)/number of average
FTE staff in the year.
We believe these are appropriate measures, given a large proportion of the
GHG emission categories are employee related including commuting,
business travel and waste. As supplier purchases (scope 3.1) are not directly
correlated with the number of employees we have also chosen to disclose
the FTE ratio without these emissions to reduce the impact of increased
spend on goods and services.
We have also determined appropriate intensity measures for financed
emissions (scope 3.15), as explained in detail on page 88, being:
– Carbon financed emissions = absolute scope 1 & 2 financed emissions
tCO2e (and scope 3 separately)/$M invested;
– Total financed carbon emissions = absolute scope 1 & 2 (and scope 3
separately) financed tCO2e emissions; and
– Weighted Average Carbon Intensity (WACI): = absolute scope 1, 2 and 3
financed emissions/$M revenue.
2022 to 2023 baseline operational emissions
Overall, 2023 operational emissions have increased compared to 2022 by
1,566tCO2e, with 91% (1,431tCO2e) of the increase attributed to purchased
goods and services emissions (scope 3.1). The emissions have moved
broadly in line with our spend in the year following increased project spend
and the inclusion of expenditure from two new acquisitions. During 2024,
we plan to further engage with our suppliers in order to improve the accuracy
of this emission factor by calculating emissions using supplier specific
emission factors to help to mitigate the limitations of the current supplier
spend methodology.
An explanation of movement categories has been provided below:
– Scope 1 emissions (+8.9tCO2e) – There has been an increase in office
heating emissions in 2023, primarily from the Hilversum office (Scildon)
which has had significantly more users of the building in 2023.
– Scope 2 emissions (+18.7tCO2e) – Electricity emissions have increased
in the year from more usage in the Stockholm and Hilversum offices, offset
by a reduction in usage for the UK offices.
– Purchased goods and services (+1,453tCO2e) – Purchased goods and
services have increased by 1,453tCO2e in the year due to increased supplier
spend, largely as a result of acquisitions. During 2024, we will continue
to work with our suppliers to further understand their emissions and
sustainability commitments so we can evaluate our supply chain emissions
and improve the accuracy of this category.
– Business travel (+78.9tCO2e) – Travel activity increased in 2023 in order to
meet business needs for the enlarged group. We will consider our approach
to sustainable travel in 2024.
– Employee commuting (+14.1tCO2e) – Employee commuting has increased
in 2023, as although the FTE staff number has fallen overall, employee
numbers in certain business units have increased which have higher than
average emissions per employee.
– Other (+15.2tCO2e) – Other scope 3 emission categories have increased
overall, primarily from an increase in postage emissions offset by a reduction
in purchases of capital goods, waste and leased assets.
Non-Financial and Sustainability Information Statement
This section of the Annual Report and Accounts constitutes Chesnara’s Non-Financial and Sustainability Information Statement, produced to comply
with sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. The following table sets out where, within our Annual Report and Accounts, we provide
further details on the matters required to be disclosed under the section listed above. In particular, it covers the impact we have on the environment, our
employees, social matters, human rights, anti-corruption and anti-bribery matters, policies pursued and the outcome of those policies, and principal risks
that may arise from the company’s operations and how we manage those risks, to the extent necessary for understanding of the company’s development,
performance and position and the impact of its activity.
Reporting requirement
Section(s) and page(s)
Anti-corruption and anti-bribery
Corporate and social responsibility (p75)
Business model
Employees
Environmental matters
Our strategy, business and culture & values (p24-25)
Corporate and social responsibility (p73-74), S172 (p34)
Corporate and social responsibility (p71-91), S172 statement (p34)
Non-financial key performance indicators
S172 key stakeholders (p32-34), business reviews (p38-43)
Principal risks
Respect for human rights
Social matters
Risk management – principal risks and uncertainties (p64-70)
Corporate and social responsibility (p75)
Corporate and social responsibility (p73-75)
Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (CFD)
Corporate and social responsibility (p76-91)
The Strategic Report was approved by the board on 27 March 2024 and signed on its behalf by:
Luke Savage
Chair
Steve Murray
Chief Executive Officer
91
STRATEGIC REPORTCHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE
Malmo, Scania, Sweden
92 CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE94 Board profile and board of directors
96 Governance overview by the Chair
98 Corporate Governance Report
103 Nomination & Governance
Committee Report
105 Directors’ Remuneration Report
120 Audit & Risk Committee Report
128 Directors’ Report
131 Directors’ Responsibilities Statement
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023 93
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
BOARD PROFILE AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The role for the Chesnara board of directors is to establish the purpose, values and strategy of the group and
provide leadership to maintain high standards of corporate governance and behaviour throughout all levels
of the organisation.
The diversity of skills, knowledge and experience of our board members ensures that we continue to deliver
against our strategic objectives. The board knowledge, skills and experience summary on page 95 indicates
the core competencies that have been identified as being key to the board discharging its responsibilities and
shows the collective score of the current board.
The biographies below show the specific areas of specialism each board member provides, with each letter
correlating to the competency matrix detailed as part of the knowledge, skills and experience summary on
page 95. Where a board member has a competency in blue, this indicates a primary specialism. A light grey
colour indicates that this competency is a secondary specialism for that board member.
THE BOARD
LUKE SAVAGE
CHAIR
Non-Executive Chair of the board, Luke is responsible for the
leadership of the board, setting the agenda and ensuring the
board’s effectiveness in all aspects of its role.
Appointment to the board: Appointed to Chesnara plc board and
as Chair in February 2020.
Committee membership: Nomination & Governance (Chair to
31 December 2021) and a member of the Remuneration Committee
(from February 2020). Attends the Audit & Risk Committee
by invitation.
Current directorships/business interests:
– Numis Corporation plc, Chair
Skills and experience:
A B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L M
STEVE MURRAY
GROUP CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Appointment to the board: Appointed as a director of Chesnara
on 2 August 2021 and as Group CEO on 19 October 2021.
Career, skills and experience: Steve joined Chesnara from Royal
London where, as part of their Group Executive Committee, he was
Chief Commercial Officer with group-wide accountability for M&A
and Strategy, Transformation and Analytics & Insight, as well as
accountability for its legacy business and the take to market activity
across the UK insurance and savings business. He was also a
director of Royal London Asset Management. Prior to that he spent
15 years at Standard Life across a variety of roles, seeing it through
demutualisation and IPO before leading Group M&A and strategy.
He then worked in Standard Life’s UK & European insurance
business initially as CEO of 1825 financial planning before becoming
MD Commercial & Strategy. After leading the first phase of the
separation of the UK & European insurance business to Phoenix,
he was appointed as Deputy Head of the Private Market division in
Aberdeen Standard Investments. Steve started his career with EY.
Current directorships/business interests:
– Countrywide Assured Services Ltd
– CASFS Ltd
– Countrywide Assured Life Holdings Limited
– Movestic Livförsäkring AB
– Scildon NV Supervisory Board
– Waard Group Supervisory Board
– Cattanach – a private charity (Chair)
Skills and experience:
A
B C
ED
F
G
H
I
J K
L M
94 CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
DAVID RIMMINGTON
GROUP FINANCE DIRECTOR
Appointment to the board: Appointed as Group Finance Director
with effect from May 2013.
Career, skills and experience: David trained as a chartered
accountant with KPMG, has over 20 years’ experience in financial
management within the life assurance and banking sectors and has
delivered a number of major acquisitions and business integrations.
Prior to joining Chesnara plc in 2011 as Associate Finance Director,
David held a number of financial management positions within
the Royal London Group including six years as Head of Group
Management Reporting.
Current directorships/business interests:
– Countrywide Assured Services Ltd
– Movestic Livförsäkring AB
Skills and experience:
A B C
D
E
F
G H
I
J
L M
JANE DALE
SENIOR INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
AND CHAIR OF THE AUDIT & RISK COMMIT TEE
Appointment to the board: Appointed to the Chesnara plc
board in May 2016 and as Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee
in December 2016. Appointed as the board’s Senior Independent
Non-Executive Director in October 2018.
Committee membership: Audit & Risk (Chair) and Nomination
& Governance.
Current directorships/business interests:
– Countrywide Assured plc, Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee
– CASLP Ltd, Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee
– Covea Insurance plc and Covea Life Limited, NED and Chair
of the Audit Committee
– Novia Financial plc, NED and Chair of the Audit Committee; and
Novia Financial Holdings Limited, NED
– Brown & Brown (Europe) Holdco Limited, and Brown & Brown
(Europe) Limited, NED and Chair of the Risk & Compliance
Committee and Chair of the Remuneration Committee.
Skills and experience:
A B C D E
F
G H I
J
K
M
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
BOARD KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE SUMMARY
KEY KNOWLEDGE/SKILL/EXPERIENCE
Chesnara company knowledge
A
Industry knowledge – UK
B
Industry knowledge – Sweden/Netherlands
C
Governance – actuarial
D
Governance – financial
E
Audit and risk management
F
Investment management
G
M&A and business development
H
Commercial management
I
Operational change management
J
Customer operational/management
K
Information technology
L
Environmental, social and governance (ESG)
M
SUMMARY
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • • • •
• • • • • •
• • • • • •
• • • • • • •
Annual assessment confirms that our board continues to hold significant experience in the
insurance sector and also have a range of specialisms which ensure all aspects of our competency
profile are well covered.
K ARIN BERGSTEIN
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointment to the board: Appointed to the Chesnara plc
board on 14 February 2022.
Committee membership: Nomination & Governance and Audit
& Risk.
Current directorships/business interests:
– Movestic Livförsäkring AB, NED
– Van Lanschot Kempen N.V., NED
– Bank Nederlandse Gemeenten N.V., NED
– University Medical Center Groningen, NED
– Bergstein Advies B.V., General Manager
– Foundation for Continuity of NN Group, NED
– Foundation for Preference Shares Wereldhaven, NED
Skills and experience:
A C
D E
F
H
I
J
K L
M
EAMONN FLANAGAN
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR AND
CHAIR OF THE REMUNERATION COMMIT TEE
Appointment to the board: Appointed to the Chesnara plc
board in July 2020 and as Chair of the Remuneration Committee
in January 2022.
Committee membership: Audit & Risk and Remuneration (Chair).
Current directorships/business interests:
– Movestic Livförsäkring AB, NED and Chair of the Audit &
Risk Committee
– Movestic Fonder AB, Chair
– AJ Bell, NED
– Randall & Quilter Investment Holdings Ltd (Bermuda), NED
Skills and experience:
A B
C D
E
F
G H
I
J K L M
CAROL HAGH
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
AND DESIGNATED WORKFORCE NED
MARK HESKETH
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR AND CHAIR
OF THE NOMINATION & GOVERNANCE COMMIT TEE
Appointment to the board: Appointed to the Chesnara plc
board on 14 February 2022.
Committee membership: Nomination & Governance
and Remuneration.
Current directorships/business interests:
– Countrywide Assured plc, NED
– CASLP Ltd, NED
– Old Game New Rules Ltd, Director and Founder
– Direct Line Insurance Group plc, NED (with effect from 1 April 2024)
Skills and experience:
A
B C
D E
HF
I
J
K L M
Appointment to the board: Appointed to the Chesnara plc
board in December 2018 and as Chair of the Nomination &
Governance Committee in January 2022.
Committee membership: Nomination & Governance (Chair) and
Audit & Risk.
Current directorships/business interests:
– Countrywide Assured plc, NED
– CASLP Ltd, NED
– Bethany Christian Trust, Treasurer and NED
– Bethany Enterprises Ltd, NED
Skills and experience:
A B
C D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
95
GOVERNANCE OVERVIEW BY THE CHAIR
OUR ROBUST GOVERNANCE FRAMEWORK ENABLES US TO
EFFECTIVELY MANAGE RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES, AS WELL AS TAKE
APPROPRIATE STEPS TO ADDRESS RELEVANT ENVIRONMENTAL AND
SOCIAL ISSUES IN A PROPORTIONATE MANNER. LUKE SAVAGE, CHAIR
Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Chesnara board, I am pleased to present our Corporate Governance Report for the year
ended 31 December 2023.
Chesnara’s Corporate Governance Framework underpins the delivery of sustainable value to our
customers and shareholders through effective deployment of our staff and technology, and constructive
engagement with our suppliers, partners and regulators. The board drives the group’s culture and values
by assigning clear roles and responsibilities and setting high expectations of business performance and
ethical conduct.
Our robust Governance Framework enables us to effectively manage risks and opportunities, as well
as to take appropriate steps to deliver our sustainability agenda.
This section of the Annual Report and Accounts sets out our governance policies and practices
and includes details of how the company has applied the principles and complied with the
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the ‘Code’) during 2023.
The board recognises that sustainability and stewardship is central to a company’s ability to operate
responsibly. The board is also mindful of the critical importance of the interests of its employees,
customers and suppliers for the purposes of delivering sustainable performance, whilst engaging
constructively with regulators and shareholders to understand and meet their expectations. Details
of how we have engaged with key stakeholders and performed our duties under s172 of the Companies
Act 2023 are set out on pages 30 to 37 within the Strategic Report.
The board agenda appropriately balances governance, strategy, financial performance and emerging
matters in order to promote the success of the company. Each member significantly contributes to
board discussions and devotes sufficient time to the board and the effective operation of its committees.
There were a number of additional meetings required over the course of 2023 and I am grateful to my
fellow board members for making themselves available as and when required.
As announced in December, David Rimmington will not seek re-election at the company’s Annual
General Meeting (AGM) in May 2024 and will step down as Group Finance Director and as a director
of the company at the conclusion of that meeting. I would like to thank David for everything he has
achieved over the years as Group Finance Director. During his tenure, the group has consistently
increased dividends paid to shareholders whilst maintaining the strength of the balance sheet. David
leaves with our best wishes and I now look forward to welcoming Tom Howard as Chief Financial
Officer and Executive Director of the company (subject to regulatory approval and appointment at our
AGM). Tom is a highly experienced CFO with over 25 years of industry experience and brings with him
European actuarial and financial reporting capabilities and a strong track record of leadership in finance,
M&A, capital management and business transformation, which I am confident will help to deliver the
company’s strategy.
No NED chairs the board as well as a board committee nor does any NED chair more than one Chesnara
plc board committee. The principles and policies that support the Governance Framework outlined in the
group Corporate Governance & Responsibilities Map are designed to encourage high standards of ethical
and business conduct and consideration of matters such as diversity. Each of the businesses within the
group has continued to make further progress in ensuring that the governance arrangements remain
effective, whilst also integrating environmental and social factors within their risk assessment system.
This report summarises the steps the board and its committees have taken to fulfil their
governance responsibilities.
WE ASSIGN CLEAR
ROLES AND
RESPONSIBILITIES
AND SET HIGH
EXPECTATIONS
OF BUSINESS
PERFORMANCE AND
ETHICAL CONDUCT.
Luke Savage
Chair
27 March 2024
96
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCECORPORATE GOVERNANCE
CHESNARA BOARD COMPOSITION
Current balance
of executive and
non-executive
directors
2
1
5
Board tenure
2
6
Non-executive
Executive
Chair
2–6 years
Over 6 years
Current gender
diversity of
the board
3
Current ethnic
diversity of
the board
1
5
7
Male
Female
White
Ethnic minority
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023
97
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
The group’s Governance Framework has continued to operate effectively in 2023, allowing the company
to respond to the needs of its stakeholders and the evolving market conditions in which it operates.
Compliance with the Code
The company has complied throughout the year with all of the relevant
provisions of the Code. The UK Corporate Governance Code is available at
www.frc.org.uk. The table below provides an overview of the company’s
compliance with each of the five sections of the Code.
Code
section
Board
leadership &
company
purpose
Question
Details of how the opportunities and risks to the future
success of the business have been considered and
addressed and the sustainability of the company’s
business model are set out in the Strategic Report
(pages 24 to 91).
Details of stakeholder engagement (including
engagement with major shareholders) and details
of how stakeholders’ interests are considered in board
discussions and decision making are set out on pages
32 to 37 of the Strategic Report.
Details of how our board monitors culture through
our Workforce Engagement NED and details of our
Whistleblowing Policy are set out on page 74 of the
Strategic Report.
Details of how potential conflicts of interest are
managed are included on page 100 of this Corporate
Governance Report.
Division of
responsibilities
The division of responsibilities on the board and details
of directors’ independence is set out on page 99 of this
Corporate Governance Report.
Time commitments of the board and 2023 board and
committee meeting attendance is set out on page 101
of this Corporate Governance Report.
Composition,
succession and
evaluation
The composition and skills, experience and knowledge
of the board is detailed on page 95 of this Corporate
Governance Report.
Details of the annual evaluation of the performance
of the board, its committees, the chair and individual
directors are set out on page 100 of this Corporate
Governance Report.
The composition, roles and responsibilities and activities
of the Nomination & Governance Committee are set
out on pages 103 and 104 of the Nomination &
Governance Committee Report.
Audit, risk &
internal control
The composition, roles and responsibilities and activities
of the Audit & Risk Committee are set out on pages 120
to 127 of the Audit & Risk Committee Report.
Details of the board’s assessment of the company’s
principal risks are set out on pages 63 to 70 of the Strategic
Report and details of the board’s assessment of the
company’s risk management and internal control system
are set out on page 102 of this Corporate Governance Report.
Please also see the Directors’ Report (including the
Going Concern Statement) (pages 128 to 130) and the
Viability Statement (page 60) for details of the board’s
assessment of the company’s position, business model,
strategy, and prospects.
The composition, roles and responsibilities and activities
of the Remuneration Committee are set out on page 108
of the Directors’ Remuneration Report.
Pages 105 to 119 of the Directors’ Remuneration Report
sets out details of remuneration policies and practices
and how these have been applied in determining director
and senior management remuneration.
Remuneration
98
The board
At 31 December 2023, the board comprised of a non-executive Chair, five other
non-executive directors and two executive directors.
Biographical details of current directors are given on pages 94 and 95 and a
board profile, which assesses the core competencies required to meet the
group’s strategic objectives, is provided on page 95. The board, which plans
to meet at least seven times over the course of 2024, has a schedule of
matters reserved for its consideration and approval. These matters include:
– corporate strategy and business plan;
– major acquisitions, investments and capital expenditure;
– financial reporting and controls;
– Dividend Policy;
– capital structure;
– board and board committee composition and appointments;
– appointments to the board and board committee membership;
– appointment or removal of the Company Secretary; and
– of the Remuneration Policy for board directors and senior executives.
To support effective escalation from the company’s major regulated subsidiary
boards, members of the company’s board also serve on key subsidiary boards
and committees across Chesnara’s business divisions. Specifically:
(i) three directors of the company were also directors of Countrywide Assured plc
and of CASLP Ltd during the year, those being Jane Dale, Mark Hesketh and
Carol Hagh;
(ii) four directors of the company, being Karin Bergstein, Luke Savage, Mark
Hesketh and Steve Murray, were also directors of Chesnara Holdings BV,
which is in liquidation as of 15 January 2024;
(iii) four directors of the company, being Karin Bergstein, Eamonn Flanagan, Steve
Murray and David Rimmington, were also directors of Movestic Livförsäkring
AB throughout 2023; and
(iv) Steve Murray was also a director of the Scildon and Waard supervisory boards
throughout the year.
Under local legislation or regulation for all divisions of the group, the directors
have responsibility for maintenance and projections of solvency and for
assessment of capital requirements, based on risk assessments, and for
establishing the level of long-term business provisions, including the adoption
of appropriate assumptions. The Prudential Regulation Authority is the group
supervisor and maintains oversight of all divisions of the group through the
college of supervisors.
The responsibilities that the board has delegated to the respective executive
management teams of the UK, Dutch and Swedish businesses include: the
implementation of the strategies and policies of the group as determined by
the board; monitoring of operational and financial results against plans and
budget; prioritising the allocation of capital, technical and human resources
and developing and managing Risk Management Systems.
The roles of the Chair and Group Chief Executive
The division of responsibilities between the Chair of the board and the
Group Chief Executive is clearly defined and has been approved by the board.
The Chair leads the board in the determination of its strategy and in the
achievement of its objectives and is responsible for organising the business
of the board and availability of timely information, ensuring its effectiveness,
encouraging challenge from non-executive directors and setting its agenda.
The Chair has no day-to-day involvement in the management of the group.
The Group Chief Executive has direct charge of the group on a day-to-day
basis and is accountable to the board for the strategic, financial and
operational performance of the group.
Senior Independent Director
Jane Dale, who has been a non-executive board member since May 2016,
was appointed as the Senior Independent Director in October 2018. The senior
independent director supports the Chair in both the delivery of the board’s
objectives and in ensuring that the view of all shareholders and stakeholders
are conveyed to the board. Jane is available to meet shareholders on request
and to ensure that the board is aware of shareholder concerns not resolved
through the existing mechanisms for shareholder communication. The senior
independent director also meets with the non-executive directors, without the
Chair present, at least annually, and conducts the annual appraisal of the Chair’s
performance and provides feedback to the Chair and the board on the outputs
of that appraisal.
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The following statement, together with the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 105 to 119, the Nomination
& Governance Committee Report on pages 103 and 104, and the Audit & Risk Committee Report on pages 120
to 127, describes how the principles set out in the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the ‘Code’) have been
applied by the company and details the company’s compliance with the Code’s provisions for the year ended
31 December 2023.
Directors and directors’ independence
During 2023 a review was conducted to assess the independence of the board as a whole when set against a matrix of key measures set out in the Code.
The table below shows the results of that review under the Code Provisions 11, 12 and 17 and Principle G.
Code consideration
Provision 11 & 12
1. Are at least half the board, excluding the
chair, NEDs whom the board considers
to be independent?
YES
2. Has the board appointed one of the
independent NEDs to be the senior
independent director (SID) to provide
a sounding board for the chair and serve
as an intermediary for the other directors
and shareholders?
YES
Principle G
Provision 17
3. Does the board include an appropriate
5. Has the board established a Nomination
combination of executive and non-executive
(and, in particular, independent non-executive)
directors, such that no one individual or small
group of individuals dominates the board’s
decision making?
YES
4. Is there a clear division of responsibilities
between the leadership of the board
and the executive leadership of the
company’s business?
YES
Committee to lead the process for
appointments, ensure plans are in place
for orderly succession to both the board
and senior management positions, and
oversee the development of a diverse
pipeline for succession?
YES
6. Are a majority of members of the Nomination
Committee independent NEDs?
YES
7. Is the Nomination Committee chaired by
an individual other than the chair of the
board when it is dealing with the appointment
of their successor?
YES
The review went further and, based on Code Provision 10, assessed each NED against a list of ten Yes/No questions, where, for each, a ‘No’ is determined
to be a positive assessment of independence. The table below shows the results of that review:
Questions: Has the non-executive director?
1. Been an employee of the company or group within the last five years?
LS JD EF MH CH KB
No No No No No No
2a. Had within the last three years, a material business relationship with the company: Directly?
No No No No No No
2b. Had within the last three years, a material business relationship with the company:
As a partner, shareholder, director or senior employee of a body that has such a relationship with the company?
No No No No No No
3. Received additional remuneration from the company apart from a director’s fee?
No No No No No No
4.
Participated in the company’s share option or performance-related pay scheme?
No No No No No No
5. A member of the company’s pension scheme?
No No No No No No
6. Got close family ties with any of the company’s advisors, directors or senior employees?
No No No No No No
7. Held cross-directorships or had significant links with other directors through involvement in other companies or bodies? No No No No No No
8. Represented a significant shareholder?
No No No No No No
9.
Served on the board for more than nine years from the date of their first appointment?
No No No No No No
As a result of this review the board considers that all non-executive directors were independent during the year under review.
The board has no familial relationship with any other member of the board or senior management team.
Other than their fees, and reimbursement of taxable expenses, which are disclosed on page 109, the non-executive directors received no remuneration from the
company during the year. The directors are given access to independent professional advice, at the company’s expense, when the directors deem it necessary
in order for them to carry out their responsibilities. Independent professional advice of this nature was drawn upon with regard remuneration matters. This has
been disclosed on page 108 in the Remuneration Report.
The board is satisfied that its overall balance continues to provide significant independence of mind and judgement and further considers that, taking the board
as a whole, the independent directors are of sufficient calibre, knowledge and number that they are able to challenge the executive directors, their views carry
significant weight in the company’s decision making and bring diverse cultural and territory insight and skills.
99
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCECORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
Professional development
The directors were advised, on their appointment, of their legal and other
duties and obligations as directors of a listed company. This has been
supplemented by the circulation to each director of their responsibilities
and duties as contained within the group’s Corporate Governance &
Responsibilities Map. Throughout their period in office, the directors have,
through the conduct of business at scheduled board meetings and training,
been updated on the group’s business and on the competitive and regulatory
environments in which it operates. The directors are committed to their own
ongoing professional development and the Chair discusses training with
each non-executive director at least annually. All directors are encouraged
to suggest training topics of interest. In 2023, specific board awareness
and deep-dive sessions took place on corporate reporting under IFRS 17
Sustainability and key jurisdictional market trends. Each member of the
board served on one or more subsidiary board during the period under review,
through which they have considerable knowledge and experience of the
divisional businesses across the group.
Board effectiveness and performance evaluation
As part of the annual performance, an internal effectiveness evaluation of the
board and each of its committees was undertaken in the latter part of 2023.
This was through directors completing an anonymous questionnaire followed
by individual meetings between the Chair and each director to obtain their
views on what was working well and what could be improved. Individual
director performance and time commitment to the board was considered
as part of these meetings.
The questionnaire covered wide-ranging matters, including how well the
board operates, the process of decision making, the balance between
the focus on risk, good customer outcomes and running the business,
the culture and dynamics of the board ensuring its composition and that
of its committees are aligned. In addition, using similar methods to those
described above, the non-executive directors, led by Jane Dale as Senior
Independent Director under a separate process, contributed to a formal
performance evaluation of the Chair.
Information
Regular reports and information are circulated to the directors in a timely
manner in preparation for board and committee meetings.
As stated above, the company’s directors are also members of various boards
of key subsidiaries within the UK, Dutch and Swedish divisions. These boards
hold scheduled meetings, at least quarterly, which are serviced by regular
reports and information, covering all of the key areas relevant to the direction
and operation of those subsidiary entities, including business development,
key projects, financial performance and position, actuarial assumptions setting
and results analysis, compliance, investments, information technology and
security, operations, customer care and communication, internal audit, all
aspects of the Risk function and own risk and solvency assessment.
Key divisional subsidiaries monitor risk management procedures, including
the identification, measurement and control of risks through the auspices
of a risk committee. These committees are accountable to and report to
their boards on a quarterly basis.
Annual reports are produced which cover an assessment of the capital
requirements of the life assurance subsidiaries, their financial condition
and a review of risk management and internal control systems.
Also, the divisions are required to submit a quarterly risk report and an annual
report on risk management and internal control systems. In addition to these
structured processes, the papers are supplemented by information which
the directors require from time to time in connection with major events and
developments, where critical views and judgements are required of board
members outside the normal reporting cycle.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
RECEIVE REGULAR UPDATES AS
WELL AS SPECIFIC SPECIALIST
AND REGULATORY TRAINING.
The outcome of the reviews of the board and its committees indicated
that they continue to be effective. The evaluation of directors’ performance
concluded that each of the directors demonstrates commitment to their role
and dedicates sufficient time to effectively discharge their responsibilities
to the company.
The review indicated that information provided to the board is clear and
focused and that the board operates in an open and constructive manner.
Continuous progress on the company’s long-term strategy and ensuring
appropriate time is allocated to this continues to be a focus for the board
in 2024. Similarly, having overseen a number of changes to the executive
team in 2023 (detailed on page 103 of the Nomination and Governance
Report), talent and succession planning remains a focus for 2024 in order
to ensure the group is well placed to meet its strategic ambitions.
The evaluation findings were presented back to each committee and formally
approved on that basis before each committee then confirmed to the board
that it continued to operate effectively.
Directors’ conflicts of interest
The board has a policy and effective procedures in place for managing and,
where appropriate, approving conflicts or potential conflicts of interest.
This is a recurring agenda item at all board meetings, giving directors the
opportunity to raise any conflicts of interest they may have or to update
the board on any changes to previously lodged interests. A director may
be required to leave a board meeting whilst such matters are discussed.
The Company Secretary holds a register of interest, and a log of all potential
conflicts raised is maintained and updated. The board is empowered to
authorise potential conflicts and agree what measures, if any, are required
to mitigate or manage them. No material conflicts of interest were noted
in 2023.
Whenever a director takes on additional external responsibilities, the
Chair considers any potential conflicts that may arise and whether or
not the director continues to have sufficient time to fulfil their duties.
There were considered to be no such concerns in 2023.
Customer/third-party conflicts of interest
The board has a policy in place to manage customer and third-party
conflicts of interest. This policy sets out how the company and its regulated
subsidiaries manage conflicts of interest fairly, both between the relevant
company and its customers, between groups of customers and between
customers, suppliers and shareholders.
No material conflicts of interest were noted in 2023.
100
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCEEmployee engagement
Hybrid working arrangements are in place across the group to the extent
appropriate to each territory and business unit. This hybrid flexibility has
enabled the group to attract candidates to new roles that otherwise might
not have considered its main office locations.
The board has a standard agenda item at each of its meetings to cover
culture and stakeholder engagement, including workforce engagement.
This has helped highlight workforce and other stakeholder matters as part
of board discussion and decision making.
A full description of our employee engagement and well-being is provided
in our Corporate and Social Responsibility section on pages 71 to 91.
Customer/supplier engagement
The board remains vigilant to ensure the importance of customer –
and supplier – engagement remains high on the group’s agendas.
Relations with shareholders
The Group Chief Executive and the Group Finance Director meet with
institutional shareholders and are available for additional meetings when
required. Should they consider it appropriate, institutional shareholders are
able to meet with the Chair, the senior independent director and any other
director. The Chair is responsible for ensuring that appropriate channels of
communication are established with shareholders through the Group Chief
Executive and the Group Finance Director and, with support from the senior
independent director as appropriate, is responsible for ensuring that the views
of shareholders are known to the board. This includes twice yearly feedback
prepared by the company’s brokers on meetings that the executive directors
have held with institutional shareholders. The company has a programme of
meetings with its larger shareholders as managed by the Head of Strategic
Development and Investor Relations, which provides an opportunity to
discuss the progress of the business on the basis of publicly available
information. This programme continued during 2023 with enhanced
use made of audio and video facilities and benefitted this year from
commencement of our partnership with RBC as joint broker alongside
long-established Panmure Gordon. Following the issuance of a Tier 2
bond in 2022, the company also meets with existing and prospective debt
investors. These include specific meetings for the debt investor community
as well as ad hoc meetings arranged either directly or through investor
conferences. A significant proportion of the company’s shareholders are
retail investors and, in order to ensure that they have access to relevant
information, the company maintains a detailed website for investors which
includes access to equity research. Management also undertake webinars
on the company’s prospects that are publicly available to private investors.
Annual and interim reports are published and those reports, together with
a wide range of information of interest to existing and potential shareholders,
are made available on the company’s website, www.chesnara.co.uk
All shareholders are encouraged to attend the Annual General Meeting (AGM)
at which the results are explained and an opportunity is provided to ask
questions on each proposed resolution.
At our AGM on 16 May 2023 all resolutions were passed, with votes
for ranging from 72.64% to 99.98% (votes against ranging from 0.01%
to 27.35%). The lowest support was for Resolution 2 on the Directors’
Remuneration Report (DRR), the next least supported resolution passed
with 95.46%. Since the AGM, the Remuneration Committee has engaged
with the company’s major shareholders and proxy agencies to help
understand the reasons for votes cast against Resolution 2.
Three areas were identified to which our proposed response will be to
i) introduce Core Surplus Emergence as a target for the Long-Term Incentive
Plan for senior management; ii) to disclose prospectively all LTIP performance
targets; and iii) to replace the Strategic Scorecard (30% weighting) with
an ESG metric (5% weighting) and a Strategic Activity Scorecard (25%
weighting) which focuses on the assessment of value-enhancing strategic
activities. These are touched on further in this year’s DRR.
Our next AGM is to be held on 14 May 2024 and details of the resolutions
to be proposed can be found in the Notice of the Meeting on pages 265 and
266. It is intended that the meeting be held in person, with the chairs of the
board and its committees available to answer such questions as appropriate.
Shareholders are nonetheless encouraged to submit in advance any questions
that they may have in order that the chairs of the board committees can
answer them on the day.
TCFD and CFD
In accordance with Listing Rules, we have compiled our third report covering
the broad range of climate-related information to be disclosed under the
four overarching pillars (Governance, Strategy, Risk Management and
Metrics & Targets) of the TCFD, of which the full report is contained on
pages 71 to 91. In addition, Chesnara plc has complied with the new CFD
requirements by including climate-related financial disclosures consistent
with the requirements under sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies
Act 2006.
Company Secretary
Amanda Wright is Chesnara’s Group General Counsel & Company Secretary
and is responsible for advising the board, through the Chair, on all governance
matters. The directors had access to the advice and services of the Company
Secretary throughout the year.
Remuneration Committee
Full details of the composition and work of the Remuneration Committee
are provided on page 108.
Audit & Risk Committee
Full details of the composition and work of the Audit & Risk Committee
are provided on pages 120 to 127.
Nomination & Governance Committee
Full details of the composition and work of the Nomination & Governance
Committee are provided on pages 103 and 104.
The attendance record of each of the directors at scheduled board and committee meetings for the period under review is:
Luke Savage – Non-Executive Chair
Steve Murray – Executive Director
David Rimmington – Executive Director
Jane Dale – Non-Executive Director
Mark Hesketh – Non-Executive Director
Eamonn Flanagan – Non-Executive Director
Karin Bergstein – Non-Executive Director
Carol Hagh – Non-Executive Director
Scheduled
board1
Nomination &
Governance
Committee
Remuneration
Committee
Audit & Risk
Committee
11 (11)
11 (11)
11 (11)
11 (11)
11 (11)
11 (11)
11 (11)
11 (11)
4 (4)
n/a
n/a
4 (4)
4 (4)
n/a
4 (4)
4 (4)
10 (10)
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
10 (10)
n/a
10 (10)
n/a
n/a
n/a
6 (6)
6 (6)
6 (6)
6 (6)
n/a
The figures in brackets indicate the maximum number of scheduled meetings in the period during which the individual was a board or committee member.
Notes.
1. The number of scheduled board meetings includes 3 meetings that were called at short notice to discuss ad hoc/subject specific matters.
101
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
THE BOARD IS RESPONSIBLE
FOR THE GROUP’S SYSTEM
OF INTERNAL CONTROL AND
REVIEWING ITS EFFECTIVENESS.
Internal control
The board is ultimately responsible for the group’s system of internal control
and for reviewing its effectiveness. In establishing the system of internal
control, the directors have regard to the significance of relevant risks, the
likelihood of risks occurring and the methods and costs of mitigating risks.
It is, therefore, designed to manage rather than eliminate the risks, which
might prevent the company meeting its objectives and, accordingly, only
provides reasonable, but not absolute, assurance against the risk of material
misstatement or loss.
In accordance with the FRC’s guidance on Risk Management, Internal Control
and Related Financial and Business Reporting, the board confirms that there
is an ongoing process for identifying, evaluating and managing the significant
risks faced by the group. This process has been in place for the year under
review and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report and Accounts.
The process is regularly reviewed by the board and accords with the guidance.
In accordance with the regulatory requirements of the PRA, local regulators
and SII, the relevant business divisions have maintained and enhanced their
risk and responsibility regime. This ensures that the identification, assessment
and control of risk are firmly embedded within the organisation and that there
are procedures for monitoring and update of the same. The Audit & Risk
Committee regularly reviews and reports quarterly on risks to the board.
The group also maintains a principal risk register, which ensures identification,
assessment and control of the significant risks subsisting within the company
and its business units CA, Waard Group, Movestic and Scildon. The principal
risks and uncertainties of the group can be found on pages 63 to 70.
The maintenance of the principal risk registers is the responsibility of senior
management, who report on them quarterly to the respective divisional
Audit & Risk Committees and to each Chesnara Audit & Risk Committee
meeting. The divisions maintain a risk and responsibility regime, which
ensures that:
– the boards and Group Chief Executive have responsibility for ensuring that
the organisation and management of the operation are characterised by
sound internal control, which is responsive to internal and external risks
and to changes in them;
– the boards have responsibility for the satisfactory management and control
of risks through the specification of internal procedures;
– there is an explicit risk function, which is supported by compliance; and
– the Internal Audit functions provide independent assurance that the
risk management, governance and internal control processes are
operating effectively.
As an integral part of this regime, detailed risk registers are maintained
to identify, monitor and assess risk under appropriate classifications.
It includes climate change risk.
With regards to Countrywide Assured plc, Waard Group, Scildon and
Movestic, the group ensures that effective oversight is maintained, by way
of the membership of Chesnara directors on their local boards and quarterly
reporting to the Chesnara plc Audit & Risk Committee.
In addition, the Chesnara board confirms that it has undertaken a formal
annual review of the effectiveness of the system of internal control for
the year ended 31 December 2023, and that it has considered material
developments between that date and the date of approval of the Annual
Report and Accounts. The board confirms that these reviews took account
of the findings by the Internal Audit and Compliance functions on the
operation of controls, internal financial controls, as well as management
assurance on the maintenance of controls, and reports from the external
auditor on matters identified in the course of statutory audit work.
Conclusions of the Audit & Risk Committee’s annual review of effectiveness
of the group’s risk management and internal control systems is reported
in more detail in the Audit & Risk Committee Report as set out on pages
120 to 127. The board is not aware of any significant deficiencies in the
effectiveness of the group’s systems of internal control and risk management
for the year under review. That said it acknowledges that there are a number
of live IT change programmes that exist across the group. These include the
planned migrations for the majority of the UK’s outsourced operations to
SS&C, Scildon’s IT improvement project, the integration of Conservatrix into
the Waard group and the finalisation of the implementation of the group’s
financial reporting consolidation tool. These are expected to enhance the
IT control environment across the group. There has been no change of status
to this up to the date of approval of this report.
Financial reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal
controls over financial reporting. These controls are designed to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes.
The group has comprehensive planning, budgeting, forecasting and reporting
processes in place. A summary of the group’s financial results supported
by commentary and performance measures are provided to the board on
a quarterly basis.
In relation to the preparation of the group financial statements, the controls
in place include the finance governance team:
– reviewing new developments in reporting requirements and standards
to ensure that these are reflected in group accounting policies; and
– developing the group’s financial control processes and procedures which
are implemented across the group.
The group financial statements are presented for the first time at a year end
following the introduction of IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts and IFRS 9 Financial
Instruments. The multi-year implementation project regarding these standards
is now complete, with all reporting processes and controls now substantially
embedded across the group.
The reporting process is supported by transactional and consolidation finance
software. Reviews of the application of controls for external reporting
purposes are carried out by senior finance management. The results of
these reviews are considered by the board as part of its monitoring of the
performance of controls around financial reporting. The Audit & Risk
Committee reviews the application of financial reporting standards and
any significant accounting judgements made by management.
Going Concern and Viability Statement
The Statement on Going Concern is included in the Directors’ Report on
page 130 and the Long-Term Viability Statement is set out on page 60.
Financial crime and whistleblowing
Amongst others, the company operates policies for Anti-Bribery & Corruption
as well as Anti-Fraud in order to manage risks such as financial crime,
money laundering, fraud, corruption and terrorist financing. Related to this,
a Whistleblowing Policy is also operated to facilitate the communication
of wrongdoing or suspected wrongdoing with clear communication lines
highlighted to enable individuals to advise of their concerns in a safe and
confidential manner. No instances of whistleblowing or financial crime were
noted during the year. These policies are all reviewed annually and staff are
asked to attest to their embedding and understanding. A Gifts & Hospitality
Register is maintained and no breaches were recorded during the year.
102
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
NOMINATION & GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE REPORT
THE MAIN FOCUS OF THE NOMINATION & GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE
CONSIDERS THE MIX OF SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE THAT THE
BOARD REQUIRES TO BE EFFECTIVE AND WITH FOCUS ON TALENT
DEVELOPMENT AND SUCCESSION PLANNING ACROSS THE GROUP.
Nomination & Governance Committee
During the period under review, the committee comprised Mark Hesketh, who also served as Chair
of the committee, Jane Dale, Luke Savage, Karin Bergstein and Carol Hagh. No individual participated
in discussion or decision making when the matter under consideration related to themselves.
The committee Chair reports material findings and recommendations from each meeting at the
next board meeting.
The Terms of Reference for the committee can be found on the company website,
www.chesnara.co.uk
The role of the Nomination & Governance Committee is to:
– keep under review the balance, structure, size, diversity and composition of the board and its
committees, ensuring that they remain appropriate;
– assess the independence of each NED and any circumstances that are likely to impair, or could impair,
their independence;
– be responsible for overseeing the board’s succession planning requirements including the
identification and assessment of potential board candidates and making recommendations to the
board for its approval;
– scrutinise and hold to account the performance of the executive directors against agreed performance
objectives and advise the Remuneration Committee of their assessments;
– keep under review the leadership needs of, and succession planning for, the group in relation to both
its executive directors and other senior management;
– identify and nominate, for the approval of the board, candidates to fill board vacancies as and when
they arise;
MARK HESKETH, CHAIR
– manage the search process for new directors, recommending appointments to the board; and
– evaluate the balance of skills, knowledge, experience and diversity of the board.
This includes consideration of recommendations made by the Group Chief Executive for changes
to the executive membership of the board.
During the period, the committee met four times and attendance at those meetings is shown on
page 101. By invitation, the Group CEO and Group Chief of Staff attend the Nomination & Governance
Committee, as under their role does the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary but none
were present when matters relating to their own performance were discussed.
The composition of the board
The committee has continued to focus on succession planning, with a view to maintaining an
appropriate composition for the board and its committees to support the continued development
of the group. The review also identified areas where the board should evolve to meet any expected
future business and strategic direction of the group.
During 2023 the committee managed the process that led to the announcement that Tom Howard
would succeed David Rimmington as the Group’s future Chief Financial Officer.
Of particular note is:
– Pauline Derkman being appointed Scildon CEO; Jackie Ronson being appointed Chesnara UK CEO;
and Sara Lindberg being appointed Movestic Livförsäkring CEO.
The development of talent below board level is vital and an area of focus for the board. The company
continues to both build an internal leadership pipeline for senior roles and ensure that the necessary
skills and experience exist within the business to deal with challenges and to achieve set objectives.
The appointment of Sara and of Chief Risk Officer Gavin Hughes taking the responsibility of Group
Chief Actuary are examples of this.
103
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCENOMINATION & GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE REPORT
Board appointment process
The committee adopts a formal and transparent procedure for the
appointment of new directors to the board.
The board’s typical process may include the use of independent external
recruitment consultants for appointing directors. The company will provide
a brief of the candidate desired, along with a role profile, to the recruitment
consultant. As part of the appointment process, these external recruitment
consultants would be asked to provide candidates from a diverse range of
backgrounds. Details of candidates who are deemed suitable, based on
merit and against objective criteria, are submitted to the committee and the
committee will review a short list of suitable candidates and put forward for
interview by the board and the executive management team those most
suitably qualified. Any candidate deemed suitable for appointment will, if
necessary, first have to go through the fit and proper assessment process
as outlined in the FCA Senior Managers & Certification Regime (SMCR).
The board engaged the services of Teneo as independent external recruitment
consultants in its search for Chesnara’s prospective Chief Financial Officer.
With their support in that capacity, Tom Howard was, on 7 December 2023,
announced to be joining no later than the beginning of May and we can
confirm that Tom’s appointment as a director and Group CFO designate is
now expected to be on 15 April 2024. Current Group Finance Director David
Rimmington will step down as a director of Chesnara at the conclusion of the
2024 AGM, but has overseen the group’s year end reporting process and will
continue to support an orderly transition until that date. On that date, Tom will
be appointed Group CFO, subject to regulatory approvals.
Review of effectiveness
The board and its committees undertook annual effectiveness reviews and
the respective chairs discussed the findings in each forum. Other standard
processes were also undertaken, including Fit & Proper assessments,
Board Diversity Policy review, NED succession planning and the review
of the effectiveness of the Chair. The evaluations did not identify any
additional changes needed to board composition over and above those
that had been initiated.
Any areas where increased focus and/or action was considered to be of
potential value has either been addressed in 2023 or will be taken into
account as appropriate during 2024. The 2023 board effectiveness reviews
were internally facilitated in 2023 having been last led by an external third
party (Nasdaq Governance Solutions) in 2022.
Succession planning
Succession planning is an important element of good governance, ensuring
that Chesnara is fully prepared for planned or sudden departures from key
positions throughout the group. The committee, in the year, has reviewed
the succession plans for the board and senior executives across the group.
Mindful of the need for effectiveness and engagement, the committee
through its ongoing review of board and committee memberships
determined that a number of changes were appropriate as noted above.
And the committee will continue to also have efficiency and value in
mind when determining board membership and giving optionality for
its longer-term composition as the group continues to change and
succession plans are effected.
Diversity
The committee is mindful of the corporate governance developments in the
areas of diversity and gender balance, including the requirements under the
Disclosure and Transparency Rules.
The board recognises the benefits of having diversity across all areas of the
group – please see the Equal Opportunities section on page 73 for further
detail. When considering the make-up of the board, the benefits of diversity
are reviewed and balanced where possible and appropriate, along with the
breadth of skills, sector experience, gender, race, disability, age, nationality
and other contributions that individuals may make. In identifying suitable
candidates, the committee seeks candidates from a range of backgrounds,
with the final decision being based on merit against the role criteria set.
Through its Board Diversity Policy, the board maintains its practice of
embracing diversity and operates a measurable gender-based target of
having at least 40% representation of both male and female membership
on the board by 31 December 2025 in recognition of the recommendations
of the FTSE Women Leaders Review. We acknowledge that we do not meet
Listing Rule 9.8.6R of having at least 40% female directors but remain
committed to achieving our 31 December 2025 target which will be achieved
whilst taking account of the board’s succession plans. Throughout 2023,
the board comprised 37.5% female: 62.5% males in line with the Hampton-
Alexander Review target of 33% for FTSE100 companies though a voluntary
target for FTSE350 organisations. In addition, the company will target having
a female appointee to at least one of the key senior roles of Chair; Senior
Independent Non-executive Director; Group CEO or Group CFO by
31 December 2025 but has met this target for a number of years. Actual
levels of gender diversity will be monitored and be reported upon in the
Annual Report and Accounts. The board currently comprises five men and
three women (37.5%) with the role of Senior Independent Non-Executive
Director held by Jane Dale. Further details of our board’s diversity,
including our approach to collecting data, can be found at page 73
of the Strategic Report.
Further, Chesnara has determined that it will ensure that it continues to meet
the measurable target of having at least one director from an ethnic minority
on the board in line with the Parker guidance. In consideration of the longer
term, the board has discussed increasing its range of knowledge and
experience from outside financial services and also a broader geographical
experience base but is satisfied with its current composition. The business
operates to principles for other roles and is mindful that it has a small
workforce and therefore considers that it needs to take associated staff
turnover expectations into account. The diversity of the Senior Leadership
Team is reported on page 104.
104
Non-executive director engagement
It is important to the board that non-executive directors are provided with
training and development both within the business and at a group level.
The board believes that ongoing training is essential to maintaining an
effective and knowledgeable board. The Company Secretary supports
the Chair in ensuring that all new directors receive a tailored and
comprehensive induction programme on joining the board. Continuing
education and development opportunities are made available to all board
members throughout the year. In 2023, a number of development initiatives
have continued, these included one-to-one sessions with key members
of the senior management team and training sessions given by external
providers as well as our own internal IFRS 17 and Sustainability project teams.
Directors standing for re-election
David Rimmington will stand down as a director at the company’s AGM
on 14 May 2023 at which time Tom Howard will be put forward for election.
In accordance with the Code, all other directors will offer themselves for
re-election at that time. Following the annual board effectiveness reviews
of individual directors, as applicable and subject to re-election/election,
the Chair considers that each director:
– continues to operate as an effective member of the board;
– has the necessary skills, knowledge and experience to enable them to
discharge their duties and contribute to the continued effectiveness of the
board; and
– has sufficient time available to fulfil their duties.
The board, on the advice of the Nomination & Governance Committee,
recommends the election or re-election of each director so proposed
at the 2024 AGM. The full 2024 AGM Notice can be found on page 265.
Mark Hesketh
Chair of the Nomination & Governance Committee
27 March 2024
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
EAMONN FLANAGAN, CHAIR
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE CHAIR’S ANNUAL STATEMENT
Dear Investor
On behalf of the board and its Remuneration Committee (Committee), I am pleased to present
the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2023, for which we seek
shareholder support at our forthcoming Annual General Meeting.
Summary of the year
Chesnara has a very clear strategic focus across three key areas:
1. Maximising value from our existing business;
2. Acquiring life and pension businesses that meet the strategic criteria of the company; and
3. Enhancing value through profitable new business generation.
These three strategic objectives are underpinned by the culture, values and risk appetite of the group,
which looks to deliver positive investment returns and value for money for our customers. From a
remuneration perspective we seek to achieve strong alignment between the interests of stakeholders
and executive directors and continue to operate two executive incentive schemes: the Short-Term
Incentive Scheme (STIS) and Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP).
As covered in the financial report, we have seen excellent delivery on our key performance metrics
in the year:
1. Cash generation† of £32.5m contributed to the funding requirements of the dividend.
2. Commercial cash generation of £53.0m showing that Chesnara continues to deliver cash
generation through a wide variety of market conditions.
3. EcV† increased by £48.3m before the impact of dividend distributions of £35.4m.
4. Strong solvency ratio of 205% well above our usual operating range.
5. £10.1m of new business profits were generated on a commercial basis.
6. Acquisition strategy saw the completion of two transactions in 2023, the insurance
portfolio of Conservatrix and the onshore UK individual protection line of business
of Canada Life Limited.
7. An increase in dividend of 3% retaining our track record of growing the dividend every year
for the last 20 years.
2023 AGM voting results and summary of revised approach to remuneration for 2024
I would like to begin by thanking shareholders for their engagement and feedback in the development
of our new Directors’ Remuneration Policy in early 2023. The Committee was delighted that the
policy was approved by 96.25% of shareholders at the 2023 AGM. The policy can be found at
www.chesnara.co.uk
Our 31 December 2022 Directors’ Remuneration Report received 72.66% of votes in favour. Since the
AGM the Remuneration Committee has engaged with the company’s major shareholders and proxy
agencies to help understand the reasons for votes cast against the DRR. Three areas were identified,
as announced by RNS on 15 November 2023. We intend to respond to each as follows:
Assessment of the company’s M&A activity within the Strategic Scorecard of the STIS
For 2024, the Remuneration Committee will make a small modification to the performance measures
to be included in the STIS. The Strategic Scorecard (30% weighting) will be replaced by an ESG metric
(5% weighting) and a Strategic Activity Scorecard (25% weighting) which focuses on the assessment
of value-enhancing strategic activities including M&A, management actions, operational programme
delivery and pipeline development. The weightings within the Strategic Activity Scorecard will vary
year-to-year to reflect the relative priorities for the company.
WE SEEK TO ACHIEVE STRONG
ALIGNMENT BETWEEN THE INTERESTS
OF STAKEHOLDERS AND EXECUTIVE
DIRECTORS.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance.
Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
105
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT
This means that the assessment of M&A activity for the FY24 STIS will be
entirely contained within the Strategic Activity Scorecard with no discretion
applied. There will also be no discretion applied to the FY23 STIS outcome.
Full details of the assessment of the Strategic Activity Scorecard will be
included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report each year.
LTIP to be based one third on Core Surplus Emergence
One area of feedback related to the use of cash generation metrics in both
the STIS and LTIP. In response to this, for LTIP awards granted in 2024,
the commercial cash generation metric will be replaced by a new Core
Surplus Emergence metric. The existing relative TSR and Economic Value
growth metrics will be retained. Each metric will be weighted one third
of the assessment in line with the current approach.
Core Surplus Emergence will be consistent with the absolute surplus
movement of the divisions as used elsewhere in the Annual Report and
Accounts, including graphically on page 45, and the company’s other trading
updates but adjustments will be made for the impact of items such as FX,
T2/T3 restrictions, acquisition impacts and shareholder dividends. It is linked
to SII and creates differential between the LTIP and STIS KPIs.
All LTIP performance targets to be disclosed prospectively
going forward
Shareholders expressed a preference for LTIP performance targets to be
disclosed prospectively, in line with the approach the company has always
taken for the relative TSR metric. The company acknowledges that this is
increasingly common practice and going forward will disclose threshold
and maximum targets prospectively going forwards, commencing with the
targets for the LTIP awards to be granted in 2024.
The Remuneration Committee would like to thank the major shareholders
who engaged in the consultation exercise since the AGM and believes that
the proposed changes address the key issues raised.
Workforce
It is our normal practice to award all employees an annual salary increase
which takes into account factors such as inflation.
In 2024, UK employees below executive level received a general salary
increase from a pot of 6.0%, with the exception of individual awards being
made as a result of staff progression. The Group CEO and Group FD are
covered later.
Executive performance in 2023
Executive director remuneration outcomes for 2023
In light of the performance of the executive team relative to the financial
targets and strategic objectives set at the start of the year, the Remuneration
Committee is satisfied that the reward outcomes are appropriate and that
our Remuneration Policy worked as intended. Details on the STIS can be
found on page 110 and under the 2021 LTIP awards on page 112. The targets
and performance outcome can be found in the tables on pages 110 and 112.
The impact of acquisitions is excluded from the cash generation and EcV
results for STIS award purposes given their funding can have a distorting
impact on short-term results. To recognise the importance of potential
M&A growth, historically the Committee has used its discretion to assess
whether activity and results during a year warrants an award, with any
award subject to the overall STIS cap of 100% of basic salary. Although the
acquisition strategy created over £28m of incremental Economic Value during
the year, the Committee has noted the feedback of shareholders following
the vote at the 2023 AGM and has applied no discretion in its assessment
of the STIS outcome this year.
The Committee has reviewed the position of the 2021 LTIP ahead of the
vesting to understand whether any windfall gain has arisen in respect of
the award which was granted at a price of 275.0p. Taking into account
the Chesnara share price as at 8 March 2024 of 262.0p the Committee
is satisfied that no windfall gains have occurred and that no adjustment
is required on vesting.
New Group Chief Financial Officer (Group CFO)
In December 2023, we announced that David Rimmington had agreed
with the board that he would not seek re-election at the company’s Annual
General Meeting (AGM) in 2024 and that he would step down as Group
Finance Director and as a director of Chesnara plc at the conclusion of
that meeting. David has overseen the 2023 year end reporting process
and continues to support an orderly transition to his intended successor.
David is being treated as a good leaver in line with the definitions set out
in our Remuneration Policy. He will not be eligible for a salary increase in
2024 nor to receive an LTIP award in 2024. His 2024 STIS and inflight LTIP
awards will be pro-rated up to the date David commences Garden Leave.
Awards will continue to be subject to the original performance targets and
there will be no acceleration of vesting. David leaves Chesnara in a strong
position with exciting potential opportunities ahead and we are grateful for
the contribution he has made, and wish him well for the future.
Tom Howard will join as an Executive Director on Monday 15 April 2024
at which time he will become Group CFO designate subject to regulatory
approval and will stand for election at the AGM. We are pleased to welcome
Tom who brings with him over 25 years of industry experience, most recently
as CFO of Aviva Investors, the asset management division of Aviva plc.
He has held a variety of senior roles within Aviva plc, including Director of
Mergers & Acquisitions for Aviva Group and CFO for Aviva’s Life and General
Insurance business in Ireland. Tom brings with him European actuarial
and financial reporting capabilities and a strong track record of leadership
in finance, M&A, capital management and business transformation.
Tom’s salary on appointment will be £350,000, positioned at the median of
the FTSE Small Cap benchmark group, noting again that the group’s market
capitalisation is above the upper quartile of this index. The structure of Tom’s
remuneration is the same as that provided to his predecessor, with an STIS
and LTIP opportunity of 100% of salary each.
We have agreed to compensate Tom for awards which he forfeited on leaving
Aviva Investors to join Chesnara. In the main these relate to deferred awards
which had no further performance conditions attached. These will be replaced
by awards of Chesnara shares whose vesting profile mirrors as closely as
possible the vesting profile of the awards foregone. Other than these, a cash
bonus has been agreed with regard to forfeited awards that were due to vest
in 2024. These treatments are in line with the typical approach of companies
in this scenario and within normal market practice. Further details will be
disclosed by RNS in the normal manner once grants have been made
following the conclusion of our year end Closed Period and final values will be
disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report of the 2024 year-end. Further
details are disclosed in the report and in compliance with Listing Rules 9.4.2.
Implementation of pay in 2024
As noted in the 2022 and 2021 Directors’ Remuneration Reports, we
appointed our Group CEO, Steve Murray, on a salary below the market
benchmark when he joined in 2021. At the time I indicated that the
Committee would potentially return in future years to ask for shareholders’
support in rewarding success with future pay rises for Steve, predicated
on company performance and his development in role. The Committee
continues to be very impressed with our Group CEO’s performance and,
under his leadership in 2023, the group has:
– Reported an excellent set of financial results including positive commercial
cash generation of £53.0 million.
– EcV earning growth of £48.3 million.
– Retained a resilient balance sheet with a strong solvency ratio of 205%,
above the usual 140-160% operating range.
– Maintained momentum in acquisitions through the completion of the
Conservatrix’s insurance portfolio in the Netherlands and Canada Life Limited
onshore individual protection business here in the UK. The four deals
completed over the last 2 years have added c£50m of net EcV to the group.
– Remained very positive on the outlook for further M&A and continue to see
a positive pipeline of opportunities.
106
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
– Made a number of excellent hires to leadership positions including new
CEOs for the UK, Movestic and Scildon business units and the future
Group CFO Tom Howard who will join as a director in 2024.
– Increased the interim dividend 3% year-on-year, extending the company’s
excellent and long-term track record of increasing its dividend to shareholders.
– Delivered shareholder returns towards the upper quartile of our comparator
group since the Group CEO’s appointment.
The Committee has therefore decided to increase the Group CEO’s salary by
6% as part of the annual review process, in line with the salary pot available
for UK employee salary increases, and to deliver an additional 8.6% to reflect
his development in role. At £525,000, this positions the Group CEO’s salary
between the median and the upper quartile of the FTSE Small Cap benchmark
compared with the group’s market capitalisation above the upper quartile
of this index. The Committee believes that this positioning for 2024 reflects
Steve’s contribution and the opportunities that he is developing to further
grow the group. The increase reflects the Committee’s signposting in last
year’s report of its intention to review the Group CEO’s salary as he further
developed in role, mindful of his performance and reward positioning
compared to other such roles in peer organisations and within the parameters
of the Remuneration Policy.
The executive directors’ remuneration for 2024 can be found on page 109.
Non-executive director fees
The board took into account individual NEDs’ updated responsibilities and
wider benchmarks for NED pay when determining increases to their fees.
The Chair’s fee was raised by 8.9%, leaving it in the lower quartile of the
peer group. Directors’ fees are set out on page 118.
Employee engagement
The management teams in each of the businesses are responsible for
ensuring that employees are kept informed and their views are considered
on key subject matters.
The Committee engaged with UK staff on the components of the group’s
remuneration offering and the alignment of directors’ pay with UK employees
through a meeting held between myself as Remuneration Committee Chair
and the Group CEO with representatives from across the UK team.
Shareholder engagement
The Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2023
comprises my Annual Statement as Chair of the Remuneration Committee
and our Annual Remuneration Report, which together are subject to an
advisory shareholder vote at the AGM in May 2024. As noted in the
introduction to this letter, shareholder engagement following last year’s
AGM has directly influenced the proposed approach to remuneration
for the upcoming year. As a Committee we will always be open to
shareholder feedback.
The Remuneration Committee would like to thank the major shareholders
who engaged in the consultation exercise since the AGM and believes that
the proposed changes address the key issues raised.
The voting outcome at the 2023 AGM in respect of the Directors’
Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2022 and the
Remuneration Policy is set out on page 119 and reflects the support of
both private and institutional shareholders. The committee will continue
to be mindful to the interests of shareholders.
I hope that my annual statement, together with our Remuneration Report,
provides a clear account of the operation of the Remuneration Committee
during 2023 and how we have put our Remuneration Policy into practice.
As Chair of the Remuneration Committee, I look forward to engaging with
you on our activities and the decisions that we have taken.
Eamonn Flanagan
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
27 March 2024
107
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT • ANNUAL REMUNERATION REPORT
This section sets out how the Remuneration Committee has implemented its Remuneration Policy for executive
directors during 2023. Other than the single total figure of remuneration for each director tables on page 109,
statement of directors’ shareholding and share interests on page 114, the information contained within this report
has not been subject to audit.
Composition and activities of the Remuneration Committee
In accordance with its Terms of Reference, which can be viewed on the company’s website, the Remuneration Committee considered matters relating to directors’
remuneration and that of other senior managers at each of its meetings in 2023. Members of the Remuneration Committee during the course of the year were:
Committee
members1
Role on the
committee
Luke Savage
Eamonn Flanagan2
Carol Hagh
Committee member
Committee Chair
Committee member
Committee
member since
February 2020
July 2020
February 2022
Attendance
in 2023
Maximum possible
meetings in 2023
10
10
10
10
10
10
Notes.
1. By invitation, the Group CEO and Group Chief of Staff attended the Remuneration Committee, as under their role did the Group General Counsel & Company Secretary but none were
present when matters relating to their own remuneration were discussed.
2. Eamonn Flanagan joined the Committee in July 2020, and was appointed Chair on 15 January 2022.
The Committee appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) as its independent advisor from 10 October 2022 following a competitive tender process. During 2023 the Committee
incurred external advisor fees totalling £156,530 excluding VAT. PwC is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and a signatory to its Code of Conduct and the Committee
is therefore satisfied that the advice PwC provided was objective and independent.
Highlights 2023
In 2023, the Committee met ten times and dealt with the following matters:
Area of focus
Matter considered
Executive director
remuneration and reward
Assessed and recommended to the board, approval of the outcome of awards made in 2022 under the STIS and in 2021
under the LTIP having given due consideration to the risk report provided by the Audit & Risk Committee. The Committee
also approved the outcomes of buyout awards made to Steve Murray as Group CEO on appointment.
Approved the targets and the grant of awards to Executives in 2023 under the 2023 STIS and the 2023 LTIP and undertook
a half-year evaluation. Also considered whether the share price at the time of making the LTIP award was likely to give rise
to a ‘windfall’ for directors and determined that this was not the case.
Approved the remuneration terms offered to the incoming Group CFO including awards to compensate them for inflight
benefits otherwise to be forfeited upon leaving their previous employer.
All employee and
executive remuneration
Reviewed the UK employee general salary increase of 6%, mindful of the continuing cost of living challenge, staff turnover
and the ability to attract new talent including new business unit CEOs in an internationally competitive recruitment market.
Reviewed and updated the STIS and LTIP Rules as presented to – and adopted by – shareholders at the 2023 AGM.
Approved the expansion of LTIP grants eligibility to a broader participation group of targeted senior leaders and key talent
who are able to materially influence the delivery of group strategy, ensuring that this critical group of executives are aligned
to our long-term goals.
Terms of Reference
The Committee’s Terms of Reference were reviewed. A number of minor modifications were made in consultations with our
advisors, PwC, but no material revisions were made to the scope of Committee duties as they were felt to continue to be
appropriate and provide adequate scope to cater for the expectations set by the Code.
Review of the
Remuneration Policy
A revised Remuneration Policy was presented to – and approved by – shareholders at the AGM in May 2023 and received
96.25% support.
Committee evaluation
An evaluation of the Committee’s performance by way of an internal questionnaire suggested that the Committee continued
to operate well. This followed the external evaluation undertaken in the previous year which reached the same conclusion.
Annual salary review
The Committee reviewed the salaries of the executive directors and senior management and made changes in line with its
Remuneration Policy and with due reference to staff salaries and economic conditions generally.
Directors’ remuneration
reporting
The Committee reviewed the draft Directors’ Remuneration Report for the 2023 Report and Accounts and recommended
its approval by the Chesnara board.
Performance against
strategic objectives
Shareholder engagement
The Committee reviewed the executive directors’ performance against objectives set.
The Committee Chair responded to questions/queries raised by shareholders and conducted a consultation exercise
following the outcome of the vote on the 2022 Directors’ Remuneration Report at the 2023 AGM, which has resulted in
a number of changes to the operation of remuneration going forward as outlined in the Chair of the Committee’s letter.
Employee engagement
The Committee engaged with staff on the alignment of directors’ pay with UK employees through a meeting held between
the Committee Chair, the Group CEO and a cross section of the UK workforce.
Chair’s fees
The Committee reviewed the level of fees payable to the Chair.
Remuneration principles
The Committee reviewed the Group Remuneration Principles, which guide the remuneration policies throughout the group.
108
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCESingle total figure of remuneration for each director (audited information)
The remuneration of the executive directors for the years ended 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 is made up as follows:
Executive directors’ remuneration as a single figure – year ended 31 December 2023
Name of director
Steve Murray5
David Rimmington
Total
Salary
and fees
£000
All taxable
benefits1
£000
Non-taxable
benefits
£000
458
315
773
21
41
62
8
8
16
STIS
£000
439
299
738
LTIP2
£000
Pension2&4
£000
211
105
316
39
30
69
Executive directors’ remuneration as a single figure – year ended 31 December 2022
Name of director
Steve Murray5
David Rimmington
Total
Salary
and fees
£000
All taxable
benefits
£000
Non-taxable
benefits
£000
420
300
720
21
15
36
2
7
9
STIS
£000
321
226
547
LTIP
£000
Pension3
£000
294
76
370
36
29
65
Total for
2023
£000
1,176
798
1,974
Total for
2022
£000
1,094
653
1,747
Fixed
£000
Variable
£000
526
394
920
650
404
1,054
Fixed
£000
Variable
£000
479
351
830
615
302
917
Notes.
1. Includes amounts paid in lieu of accrued dividends and interest arising upon the exercise of share options under the 2014 STIS.
2. Includes amounts paid in lieu of accrued dividends and interest arising upon the exercise of share options under the 2014 LTIP.
3. The pension component in the single figure table represents employer contributions. No directors were members of a defined benefit scheme.
4. No portion of the LTIP single figure value in relation to the 2021 LTIP award is attributable to share price growth.
5. This vesting outcome of the 2021 LTIP award has been applied to the average share price between 1 October 2023 and 31 December 2023 (261.3p) to produce the estimated LTIP
figures shown for 2023 above. There will be a true-up based on the actual share price on the day of vesting which will be shown in the 2024 Annual Report and Accounts.
The remuneration of the non-executive directors for the years ended 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 is made up as follows, with the fee element
being fixed and the benefits being variable in nature:
Non-executive directors’ remuneration as a single figure – year ended 31 December 2023 and 2022
Name of director
Luke Savage
Eamonn Flanagan
Jane Dale
Mark Hesketh
Carol Hagh
Karin Bergstein
Total
Fees
£000
135
70
75
70
65
65
480
2023
Benefits
£000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Total
£000
135
70
75
70
65
65
480
Fees
£000
128
66
71
66
55
55
441
2022
Benefits
£000
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Total
£000
128
66
71
66
55
55
441
Salary and fees
The Remuneration Committee usually reviews basic salaries annually. Assessments are made giving full regard to external factors such as earnings inflation
and industry benchmarks and to internal factors such as changes to the role by way of either structural reorganisations or enlargement of the group. In addition,
basic pay levels reflect levels of experience. The single earnings figures demonstrate the application of this assessment process.
The Remuneration Policy for the executive directors is designed with regard to the policy for employees across the group as a whole. Our ability to meet
our growth expectations and compete effectively is dependent on the skills, experience and performance of all our employees. Our employment policies,
remuneration and benefit packages for employees are regularly reviewed. There are some differences in the structure of the Remuneration Policy for the
executive directors and senior management team compared to other employees, reflecting their differing responsibilities, with the principal difference being
the increased emphasis on performance related pay for the more senior employees within the organisation.
UK employee share ownership is encouraged and facilitated through participation in the SAYE Scheme (subject to minimum service requirement).
The Committee engaged directly with employees on the alignment of directors’ pay with UK employees, including with regard to the proposed 2024
salary increase.
109
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT • ANNUAL REMUNERATION REPORT
Taxable benefits
The taxable benefits for executive directors relate to the provision of a car, fuel allowance and medical insurance. For non-executive directors, the taxable
benefits represent the reimbursement of travelling expenses incurred in attending board meetings at the Preston head office. These amounts also include
an amount to compensate for the personal tax burden incurred.
Short-Term Incentive Scheme
The amounts reported as STIS in 2023 derive from awards made under the 2023 STIS. The amounts awarded to the executive directors under this scheme are
based on performance against three core measures; cash generation†, total EcV earnings† and group strategic objectives. The table below shows the outcome
of each measure, the target set and the resulting award.
Upper
threshold for
minimum
performance
Percentage
award for
minimum
performance
On target
performance
Percentage
award for
on target
performance
Minimum
threshold for
maximum
performance
Percentage
award for
maximum
performance
Actual
result
Actual
percentage
total award
Actual
percentage
award, as
percentage
of salary
Total
award (£)
Steve Murray
Cash
generation1&3
Total EcV
earnings2&3
Group strategic
objectives
Total
David
Rimmington
Cash
generation1&3
Total EcV
earnings2&3
Group strategic
objectives
Total
£21.39m
0%
£30.55m¹
25.0%
£39.73m
35.0%
£51.87m¹
35.0%
35.0%
160,230
£9.34m
0%
£13.34m
25.0%
£20.01m
35.0%
£42.24m
35.0%
35.0%
160,230
75%
0%
100%
15.0%
125%
30.0%
86.8%
of max
26.0%
26.0%
119,005
65.0%
100.0%
96.0%
96.0% 439,465
£21.39m
0%
£30.55m1
25.0%
£39.73m
35.0%
£51.87m1
35.0%
35.0%
110,362
£9.34m
0%
£13.34m
25.0%
£20.01m
35.0%
£42.24m
35.0%
35.0%
110,362
75%
0%
100%
15.0%
125%
30.0%
83.0%
of max
24.9%
24.9%
78,394
65.0%
100.0%
94.9%
94.9% 299,118
For results between the performance thresholds, a straight-line basis applies.
Notes.
1. This is stated after certain adjustments, such as consolidation adjustments. The actual results are also adjusted in the same manner.
2. The total EcV earnings before exceptional items on page 52 has been adjusted in line with the basis of the target.
3. Both the cash generation and EcV result have been adjusted to remove prospective Countrywide Assured/CASLP Part VII benefits to be consistent with the target setting basis.
The following table details the requirements for delivery of the strategic objectives for 2023 and actual outcomes:
Objectives area
Objectives and performance
Outcome
Steve Murray
Operational
delivery (25%)
Set clear direction for, and ensure efficient
delivery by, business units across Chesnara.
– Signing of new strategic partnership with SS&C and associated TUPE transfer
of Chesnara staff,
Communication
and culture (10%)
Improve external and internal
communications with key stakeholders.
– CASLP Part VII delivered and detailed scoping work on migration underway,
– Planning work for Canada Life Part VII also underway,
– Delivery of enhancements to Scildon IT platform and associated cost savings in year,
and
– Migration and integration work for Robein Leven and Conservatrix portfolio complete.
– Over 110 meetings with investors held across 2023 including attendance at debt
and equity conferences, podcasts with equity analysts and presentations to bank
sales forces,
– Further simplification of Investor Presentation with positive feedback received
particularly as part of the HY 23 results,
– Strong support for shareholder engagement on remuneration matters post AGM, and
– RfP process run for one of the group’s corporate broking advisors with RBC selected.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance.
Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
110
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCEShort-Term Incentive Scheme continued
The following table details the requirements for delivery of the strategic objectives for 2023 and actual outcomes:
Objectives area
Objectives and performance
Outcome
M&A (40%)
Proactively identify and execute value
enhancing M&A.
– 2 deals executed in the period – Conservatrix insurance portfolio and Canada Life UK
protection portfolio,
– Proactive engagement with potential targets and advisors has continued with positive
pipeline entering 2024,
– Evaluation of Swedish market opportunities well underway, and
– Excellent return from M&A – c£50m of incremental EcV against c£100m of
capital deployed.
People (10%)
Development of direct reports and improve
the talent pool across Chesnara.
– Successfully transitioned leadership in UK division, Scildon and Movestic with three
new CEOs in place and regulatory approved,
ESG (15%)
Continued development of appropriate
environmental/climate, people and
sustainability policies and practices, for the
benefit of our customers, shareholders,
staff, suppliers and other stakeholders,
which respond to regulatory and non-
regulatory guidance and industry practice.
– Announcement of the appointment of Tom Howard as new Group CFO, subject to
regulatory approval with David Rimmington stepping off the board at the May AGM,
– Further reshaping of Group Senior Leadership Team also undertaken, and
– LTIP broadened.
– Announced first ever sustainability targets,
– Published first ever Annual Sustainability Report,
– Group programme now embedded,
– Positive engagement with sustainability ratings agencies on scoring,
– Initial diversity and inclusion targets agreed with Nominations Committee, and
– M&A process updated to include sustainability considerations.
David Rimmington
Enhance investor
relations (10%)
Improve investor relations materials and
coverage and look to develop additional
equity and debtholders including in the
Wealth Management area.
– Over 110 meetings with investors held across 2023 including attendance at debt
and equity conferences, podcasts with equity analysts and presentations to bank
sales forces,
– Further simplification of Investor Presentation with positive feedback received
particularly as part of the HY 23 results,
– First IFRS disclosures presented to the market,
– Strong support for shareholder engagement on remuneration matters post AGM, and
– RfP process run for one of the group’s corporate broking advisors with RBC selected.
IFRS 17 (25%)
Planning and delivery of IFRS 17 across
group and divisions.
– Successfully delivered IFRS 17 reporting requirements with first set of numbers
shared with the market at HY 23,
– Huge amount of work across the group to reshape financial processes and agree
technical requirements and treatment strategies with our auditors, Deloitte; and
– High quality training for Chesnara plc board also delivered.
Balance sheet
(30%)
Proactive management of the group’s
balance sheet including in support of M&A.
– Continued to develop and validate longer list of potential management actions
available across the group,
– Broadened scope of group FX hedge which was executed again pre year end,
– Mass lapse reinsurance also implemented in CA, and
– Maintained investment grade rating from Fitch.
People (10%)
Enhance the Finance function talent pool.
– Further investment in Finance function talent to support both business development
and IFRS 17 BAU transition,
– Revised operating structure also implemented, and
– Wellness programme for Finance and wider UK employees implemented.
ESG (25%)
Continued development of appropriate
environmental/climate, people and
sustainability policies and practices, for
the benefit of our customers, shareholders,
staff, suppliers and other stakeholders,
which respond to regulatory and non-
regulatory guidance and industry practice.
– Continued sponsorship of Sustainability programme across the group,
– Published first ever Annual Sustainability Report,
– Group programme now embedded with additional resources secured,
– Positive engagement with sustainability ratings agencies on scoring,
– Substantial baselining work now complete, and
– Financial processes upgraded to support ESG requirements.
111
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCECORPORATE GOVERNANCE
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT • ANNUAL REMUNERATION REPORT
Short-Term Incentive Scheme continued
In converting performance against the measures assessed for 2023 set out in the previous tables, the directors’ STIS awards are specified below.
The Committee did not apply discretion in determining the final outcome:
Name of director
Steve Murray
David Rimmington
Total
Salary
on which award
is based
£
Maximum
potential award
as % of salary
Actual award as
% of salary
457,800
315,321
100.00%
100.00%
95.99%
94.86%
Total
value of award
£
439,465
299,118
738,583
35% of the above awards are granted as deferred share awards that will vest at the end of a three-year deferred period.
Long-Term Incentive Plan awards
The following table sets out the amounts that are due to vest on 28 April 2024 under the 2014 LTIP, for which performance conditions were satisfied
during the year.
For the Group CEO, this award is a buy-out award granted under the 2014 LTIP in lieu of an LTIP grant from Steve’s ex-employer Royal London, with
performance conditions aligned to the Chesnara 2021 LTIP award (50% EcV and 50% Relative TSR). For the relative TSR component, the Committee
exercised its discretion to measure performance from the date that the Group CEO was appointed in role on 19 October 2021 as this was considered
to be a fair and motivating approach to the performance condition on the basis that it was from this point that the Group CEO was able to affect the
company’s TSR performance.
Individual
Measure
Weight
Ranges and targets
Actual outcome
Minimum
achievement
(as % of
target)
Target
achievement
Max
achievement
Opening
EcV
Closing
EcV
Performance
achieved
% of
award
vesting
Value of
award £
100%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
100.0%
56,053
50%
50%
50%
50%
=Median
(7.7)%
13.4%
n/a
n/a
5.4%
33.4%
122,290
=94.3%
£696.0m
£716.0m £636.8m £524.7m
75.4%
0.0%
nil
=Median
=94.3%
3.2%
£696.0m
27.1%
£716.0m
n/a
£636.8m
n/a
£524.7m
14.7%
75.4%
34.9%
0.0%
86,066
nil
Steve Murray
Award 1
Personal
Performance
Award 2 – TSR
Award 2 – EcV
David
Rimmington
TSR
EcV
The table below sets out potential LTIP interests that have accrued during the year, and each directors’ interest in that scheme:
Name of
executive
director
Name of
scheme
Date award
was granted
Amount of
options
awarded1
Steve Murray
2014 LTIP
06 July 2023
210,386
2014 LTIP
28 April 2022
147,627
2014 LTIP
2014 LTIP
26 November
2021
26 November
2021
119,089
140,105
Face value on the
date of grant2
£457,800
based on share price (272.00p)
£420,000
based on share price (284.50p)
£340,000
based on share price (285.50p)
£400,000
based on share price (285.50p)
% of award
vesting for
minimum
performance
Length of
vesting period
– 3 years
Date of vesting
10.0%
06 July 20263
10.0%
28 April 20253
10.0%
28 April 20233
10.0%
28 April 20243
Notes.
1. No awards are made if performance is below the minimum criteria.
2. The face value is reported as an estimate of the maximum potential value on vesting.
3. LTIP awards from 2019 onwards are subject to a two-year holding period in addition to the three-year performance period.
† Alternative Performance Measure (APM) used to enhance understanding of financial performance.
Further information on APMs can be found in the Additional Information section of this Annual Report and Accounts.
112
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023The table below sets out potential LTIP interests that have accrued during the year, and each directors’ interest in that scheme:
Name of
executive
director
David
Rimmington
Name of
scheme
Date award
was granted
Amount of
options
awarded1
2014 LTIP
06 July 2023
115,927
2014 LTIP
28 April 2022
105,556
2014 LTIP
28 April 2021
94,502
2014 LTIP
28 April 2020
81,213
2014 LTIP
28 April 2019
71,070
2014 LTIP
28 April 2018
60,805
2014 LTIP
28 April 2017
61,996
2014 LTIP
28 April 2016
71,259
Face value on the
date of grant2
£315,321
based on share price (272.00p)
£300,306
based on share price (284.50p)
£259,882
based on share price (275.00p)
£259,882
based on share price (320.00p)
£254,785
based on share price (358.50p)
£249,300
based on share price (410.00p)
£237,600
based on share price (383.25p)
£222,328
based on share price (312.00p)
% of award
vesting for
minimum
performance
Length of
vesting period
– 3 years
Date of vesting
10.0%
06 July 20263
10.0%
28 April 20253
10.0%
28 April 20243
10.0%
28 April 20233
10.0%
28 April 20223
10.0%
28 April 2021
12.5%
28 April 2020
12.5%
28 April 2019
Notes.
1. No awards are made if performance is below the minimum criteria.
2. The face value is reported as an estimate of the maximum potential value on vesting.
3. LTIP awards from 2019 onwards are subject to a two-year holding period in addition to the three-year performance period.
Basis of awards and summary of performance measures and targets
2014 LTIP
Share options awarded are based on the share price at close of business on date of award and a percentage of basic salary, that being Steve Murray 100%
in 2022 and 125% in 2023; and David Rimmington 75% in 2014 and 2015, 90% in 2016 to 2021 and 100% in 2022 and 2023. Options have a nil exercise price.
Total Shareholder Return
Awards granted under the 2014 LTIP: 50% of the awards will vest subject to the TSR target being in a certain range, with the range being the ranking of
the TSR of Chesnara against the TSR of the individual companies in the FTSE 350 Higher Yield Index. The award will be made on a sliding scale from nil if the
Chesnara TSR is below the median to full if the Chesnara TSR is in the upper quartile.
Awards granted under the 2023 LTIP: 33.3% will vest at maximum for TSR performance 6% per annum higher than the median company in the comparator
group over the performance period with this calibration aiming to ensure that a maximum pay-out is achieved for performance comparable to the upper quartile
of life insurance peer companies. The calibration of threshold is unchanged such that Chesnara must perform as a minimum at the median of the comparator
group for any payout to be achieved subject to the TSR target being in a certain range, with the range being the ranking of the TSR of Chesnara against the TSR
of the individual companies in the FTSE 350 Higher Yield Index. The award will be made on a sliding scale from nil if the Chesnara TSR is below the median to
full if the Chesnara TSR is in the upper quartile.
EcV growth target
Awards granted under the 2014 LTIP: 50% of the award will vest subject to the EcV outcome being within a certain range of its target.
Awards granted under the 2023 LTIP: 33.3% of the award will vest subject to the EcV outcome being within a certain range of its target.
Commercial cash generation
Awards granted under the 2023 LTIP: 33.3% of the award will vest subject to the commercial cash outcome being within a certain range of its target.
This will be replaced by Core Surplus Emergence in 2024.
Payments for loss of office (audited information)
No payments were made during the year for loss of office.
Payments to past directors (audited information)
No payments were made during the year to past directors.
Statement of directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited information)
The Remuneration Policy requires executive directors to build up a shareholding through the retention of shares. For executives who joined Chesnara before
1 May 2021 (i.e. David Rimmington), their minimum is 100% of basic salary but with a 200% of salary shareholding requirement (including a provision for this
to be held for the full 2 years in a post-employment scenario) applying to all future awards granted from 2023 onward. Executives joining from 1 May 2021
(e.g. Steve Murray and now Tom Howard) the minimum is 200% of salary. As at 31 December 2023 this criterion has been met by David Rimmington.
Steve Murray who joined on 02 August 2021 has unsurprisingly not yet met this requirement albeit has continued to acquire shares in 2023 outside the LTIP
programme. When the minimum holding level has not been achieved, directors may only dispose of shares where funds are required to discharge any income
tax and National Insurance liabilities arising from awards received from a Chesnara incentive plan. The chair and non-executive directors are encouraged to
hold shares in the company but are not subject to a formal shareholding guideline.
113
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT • ANNUAL REMUNERATION REPORT
The following table shows, in relation to each director, the total number of share interests with and without performance conditions, the total number of share
options with and without performance measures, those vested but unexercised and those exercised at 31 December 2023 or the date of resignation.
No changes took place in the interests of the directors between 31 December 2023 and 27 March 2024.
Shares held
Options
1 January
2023
31 December
2023
With
performance
measures
Without
performance
measures1
Vested but
unexercised
Exercised
during
the year
Percentage of
shareholding
target held2
Name of director
Steve Murray
David Rimmington
Luke Savage
Jane Dale
Eamonn Flanagan
Mark Hesketh
Carol Hagh
Karin Bergstein3
69,671
108,282
20,000
3,333
30,000
15,362
–
–
147,248
140,919
30,000
3,333
30,000
15,849
10,000
–
531,743
315,985
77,644
78,245
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
123,160
70,979
108.5%
152.6%
–
–
–
–
–
–
194,139
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Total
246,648
377,349
847,728
155,889
Notes.
1. The ‘options without performance measures’ column in the table does not include the share options that will be awarded as part of the mandatory deferral rules under the 2023 STIS
in respect of awards made in relation to the 2023 financial year, which equate to 35% of the cash award under this scheme. The timetable for the administration of the scheme means
that these will be reported in the 2024 Annual Report and Accounts.
2. Calculated using the share price of 261.50p at 31 December 2023.
3. As a Netherlands’ national, Karin Bergstein is not permitted by the Dutch Central Bank (De Nederlandsche Bank) to hold shares in a company of which she is a director.
Outstanding share options and share awards
Below are details of outstanding share options and awards for current executive directors.
Name of
executive
director Scheme
Grant
date
Exercise
price (p)
Number of
shares
under
option at
1 January
2023
Number
granted
during
year
Number
exercised
during
year
Number
waived/
lapsed
during
year
Number of
shares under
option and
unexercised at
31 December
2023
End of
performance
period Vesting date
Performance
period
Date of
expiry of
option
2023 LTIP
(2023 award)
2014 LTIP
(2022 award)
2014 LTIP
(2021 award)
2014 LTIP
(2021 award)
2014 LTIP
(2021 award)
2014 LTIP
(2021 award)
2014 LTIP
(2021 award)
2023 STIS
(2023 award)
2014 STIS
(2022 award)
06/07/23
28/04/22
26/11/21
26/11/21
26/11/21
26/11/21
26/11/21
31/05/23
28/04/22
Y
A
R
R
U
M
E
V
E
T
S
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
–
210,386
147,627
50,456
119,089
20,722
140,105
33,625
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
39,953
29,525
–
–
–
–
(50,456)
–
–
–
(51,982)
(67,107)
(20,722)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
210,386
31/12/25
06/07/26
3 Years
06/07/33
147,627
31/12/24
28/04/25
3 Years
28/04/32
–
–
–
31/12/22
31/12 /22
1 Year
26/11/31
31/12/22
28/04/23
3 Years
26/11/31
30/06/23
30/06/23
2 Years
26/11/31
140,105
31/12/23
28/04/24
3 Years
26/11/31
33,625
31/12/23
30/06/24
3 Years
26/11/31
39,953
29,525
8,166
n/a
n/a
n/a
31/05/26
28/04/24
01/12/25
n/a
n/a
n/a
31/05/33
26/04/32
01/06/26
Share save
01/12/22
220.40
8,166
549,315
250,339
(123,160)
(67,107)
609,387
2023 LTIP
(2023 award)
2014 LTIP
(2022 award)
2014 LTIP
(2021 award)
2014 LTIP
(2020 award)
2023 STIS
(2023 award)
2014 STIS
(2022 award)
2014 STIS
(2021 award)
2014 STIS
(2020 award)
2014 STIS
(2019 award)
06/07/23
28/04/22
28/04/21
28/04/20
31/05/23
28/04/22
28/04/21
28/04/20
28/04/19
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Nil
Share save
30/10/20
219.80
–
115,927
105,556
94,502
81,213
–
–
–
–
28,115
31,327
18,803
27,418
7,760
8,189
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
115,927
31/12/25
06/07/26
3 Years
06/07/33
105,556
31/12/24
28/04/25
3 Years
28/04/32
94,502
31/12/23
28/04/24
3 Years
28/04/31
(27,612)
(53,601)
–
31/12/22
28/04/23
3 Years
28/04/30
–
–
–
(27,418)
(7,760)
(8,189)
–
–
–
–
–
28,115
31,327
18,803
–
–
–
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
31/05/26
28/04/25
28/04/24
28/04/23
28/04/22
01/12/23
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
31/05/33
28/04/32
28/04/31
28/04/30
28/04/29
01/06/24
374,768
144,042
(70,979)
(53,601)
394,230
I
N
O
T
G
N
M
M
R
D
V
A
D
I
I
114
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
There has been no change made to share options granted or offered and the main conditions for the exercise of these rights compared to the previous year.
Performance graph and
CEO remuneration table
The following graph
shows the company’s
performance compared
with the performance of
the FTSE 350 Higher Yield
Index and the FTSE UK
Life Insurance Index.
The FTSE 350 Higher
Yield Index has been
selected since 2014 as
a comparison because
it is the index used by
the company for the
performance criterion
for its LTIP, and the FTSE
UK Life Insurance Index
has been selected due
to Chesnara’s inclusion
within this Index.
Chesnara – Total Shareholder Return, rebased
FTSE UK Life Insurance – Total Return Index, rebased
FTSE 350 Higher Yield – Total Return Index, rebased
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
-20
x
e
d
n
I
R
S
T
Dec
2013
Dec
2014
Dec
2015
Dec
2016
Dec
2017
Dec
2018
Dec
2019
Dec
2020
Dec
2021
Dec
2022
Dec
2023
The table below sets out the details for the director undertaking the role of Group CEO:
Individual performing
Group CEO role
Group CEO single
figure of total
remuneration
£000
STIS pay-out
against maximum
Long-term incentive
vesting rates
against maximum
opportunity
Steve Murray
Steve Murray
Steve Murray
John Deane
John Deane
John Deane
John Deane
John Deane
John Deane
John Deane
Graham Kettleborough
1,176
1,094
721
978
782
1,111
965
1,142
902
596
712
96.00%
76.37%
57.00%
95.57%
53.38%
98.79%
31.08%
86.96%
98.33%
81.96%
91.30%
41.98%
60.42%
58.42%
–
–
19.93%
67.99%
80.95%
–
–
34.52%
Note
1 & 5
1 & 4
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
Year
2023
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
Notes.
1. Steve Murray joined Chesnara on 2 August 2021 and was appointed Group CEO
on 19 October 2021.
2. John Deane was appointed Group CEO on 1 January 2015 and stood down on
18 October 2021.
3. During 2014 an LTIP that was granted to the CEO in 2012 vested. The LTIP included
a condition such that the sum of the LTIPs and STIS awarded in that year could not
exceed 100% of the CEO’s salary. The STIS in 2012 amounted to 65.48% of salary.
When the performance measurements for the 2012 LTIP were assessed, the award
was required to be restricted due to the operation of the 100% combined cap, such that
the 2012 LTIP paid out 34.52% of the salary at the time of award. During 2014 the STIS
that was awarded represented 68.5% of the CEO’s salary. The maximum payable was
up to 75% of the CEO’s salary, resulting in a 91.3% pay-out with reference to the
maximum potential award.
4. During 2022, Steve Murray had two LTIP awards that vested, with one vesting at 100%
and the other vesting at 33.40%. The figure reported above is a combined percentage,
based upon the total number of shares vesting under both grants.
5. During 2023, Steve Murray had two LTIP awards that vested, with one vesting at 100%
and the other vesting at 43.65%. The figure reported above is a combined percentage,
based upon the total number of shares vesting under both grants.
115
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT • ANNUAL REMUNERATION REPORT
Rolling 5-year percentage change in remuneration for the executive and non-executive directors and group employees
The table below shows the percentage change in remuneration for the executive and non-executive directors and the company’s employees as a whole
between the years 2023 and 2020. In future years, this analysis will be repeated until a rolling 5-year comparison is ultimately reported.
Percentage change
in remuneration
Group CEO
2023 compared with 2022
Salary and fees
All taxable benefits
STIS
2022 compared with 2021
Salary and fees
All taxable benefits
STIS
2021 compared with 2020
Salary and fees
All taxable benefits
STIS
2020 compared with 2019
Salary and fees
All taxable benefits
STIS
%
9.0
–
37.0
–
162.51
33.7
–
–
80.0
2.0
(39.1)1
(44.9)
Group
Finance
Director
%
5.0
173.41
32.5
4.0
(75.0)
(11.4)
–
300.01
72.4
2.0
20.31
(41.0)
Luke
Savage
Jane Dale
Eamonn
Flanagan
Mark
Hesketh
Carol Hagh
Karin
Bergstein
Group
employees
%
5.9
–
n/a
3.7
–
n/a
–
–
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
%
5.8
–
n/a
6.8
–
n/a
–
–
n/a
–
n/a
n/a
%
6.12
–
n/a
7.4
–
n/a
–
–
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
%
6.12
–
n/a
7.4
–
n/a
–
–
n/a
–
n/a
n/a
%
4.9
–
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
%
4.9
–
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
%
6.0
(5.2)
42.0
4.0
6.6
(22.8)
–
(1.1)
2.9
2.0
13.3
n/a
Notes
1. All taxable benefits include amounts paid in lieu of accrued dividends and interest arising upon the exercise of share options under the 2014 and 2023 STISs for the Group CEO and
Group FD. For the non-executive directors, these relate to expenses grossed up for income tax, which is settled by the company for travel to Chesnara’s head office in Preston, which,
for tax purposes, is deemed to be the non-executive director’s normal place of work.
2. The increases for Eamonn Flanagan and Mark Hesketh reflect the additional responsibilities they took on with regard to chairing Remuneration and Nominations Committees
respectively as well as chairing Movestic Fonder AB and joining the CA With-Profits Committee respectively.
Comparison of total remuneration for the Group CEO and UK employees
We set out here our analysis on CEO pay ratio reporting as required by The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018.
This analysis has been conducted using ‘Option A’ as set out in the Regulations and has consisted of:
– Determining the total FTE remuneration of all UK employees for the 2023 financial year;
– Ranking all those employees based on their total FTE remuneration from low to high; and
– Identifying the employees whose remuneration places them at the 25th, 50th (median) and 75th percentile points of this ranking.
The analysis is then presented to show the ratio of the Group CEO’s 2023 single total figure of remuneration to the:
– Median (i.e. 50th percentile) FTE remuneration of our UK employees;
– 25th percentile FTE remuneration of our UK employees; and
– 75th percentile FTE remuneration of our UK employees.
Comparison of total remuneration
Group CEO
25th percentile pay ratio
(FTE UK employees
total remuneration)
Median pay ratio
(FTE UK employees total
remuneration)
75th percentile pay ratio
(FTE UK employees
total remuneration)
£
£
Ratio
£
Ratio
£
1,176,000
74,990
15.7 : 1
114,796
10.2 : 1
165,656
14.5 : 1
13.7 : 1
11.3 : 1
15.7 : 1
10.4 : 1
9.7 : 1
8.2 : 1
11.8 : 1
Ratio
7.1 : 1
6.4 : 1
5.4 : 1
4.8 : 1
6.6 : 1
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
116
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Remuneration Committee considers that the ratio is consistent with our Remuneration Policy and that no actions arise from this analysis.
Base salaries of all employees, including our executive directors, are set with reference to a range of factors including market practice, experience and
performance in role.
The 2023 ratios are broadly consistent with the prior year. Over the longer term, the CEO pay ratios have moved broadly in line with the CEO’s single figure
of remuneration. The Committee notes that the pay ratios for 2023 reflect the nature of the CEO’s package being more heavily weighted towards variable pay
compared to more junior colleagues (consistent with our reward policies), and this means the ratio is likely to fluctuate depending on the performance of the
business and associated outcomes of incentive plans in each year.
Furthermore, the Committee is satisfied that our pay and broader people policies drive the right behaviours and reinforce the group’s values which
in turn drive our culture. For these reasons, the Committee believes that the ratios are consistent with these policies.
Relative importance of spend on pay
The following graph shows the actual expenditure of the
group and change between the current and previous years:
The graph shows a comparison of total employee pay and
shareholder dividends with the group’s total acquisition and
maintenance expenditure (which consists of administration
expenses and costs associated with the acquisition of new
business). This has been chosen as a comparator to give an
indication of the employee pay relative to the overall cost
base. As can be seen, the total employee pay is a relatively
small component.
Statement of Implementation of Remuneration Policy
in the following financial year
The following states how remuneration will be implemented
for the executive and non-executive directors in 2024.
Salaries and fees
Will be set in accordance with the company’s policy.
Executive directors
Steve Murray (Group CEO) received a 14.6% uplift in
recognition of the general 6% 2024 pot made available for UK
employees as a whole as well as a shift to benchmark median
following assessment of his performance following a longer
period in his role. David Rimmington (Group FD) received no
uplift for 2024 in line with his settlement agreement.
£m
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
+26%
2023
2022
162.5
128.5
+8%
+3%
35.4
32.8
Total employee pay
36.1
35.0
Dividends
Business acquisition
and maintenance
expenditure
Non-executive directors
The Chair’s fee has been increased by 8.9%, remaining below the low end of the benchmark group and as decided by the other non-executive directors.
The fee level for other non-executive directors reflect a base fee and then role-specific uplifts and have been set by the Chair in discussion with the Group CEO
and increased by different levels in parallel with a review of individual responsibilities, particularly with regard to chairing board committees. Jane Dale’s fee has
been increased by 11.3% in recognition of her responsibilities as the Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee as well as the increased complexity of the UK
subsidiary Countrywide Assured plc and for chairing the Sustainability Committee. Eamonn Flanagan’s fee was increased by 8.5% in recognition of his
responsibilities as the Chair of the Remuneration Committee as well as his appointment to chair the Movestic Livförsäkring AB board from May 2024. Carol
Hagh’s fee was increased by 14.6% in recognition of the increased complexity of the UK subsidiary Countrywide Assured plc plus her role as Workforce NED.
Karin Bergstein’s fee has been increased by 4.5% in light of her contribution across the full reach of our territories and the requirements this places upon her
and Mark Hesketh’s by 10.8% given his role in the UK business and additional oversight of the Netherland entities.
The table below sets out the anticipated payments for 2024:
Luke Savage
Eamonn Flanagan
Mark Hesketh
Jane Dale
Carol Hagh
Karin Bergstein
Total
Fees
£000
147.0
75.4
77.0
82.9
73.9
67.4
523.6
Benefits1
£000
1
1
1
1
1
10
15
Total
£000
148.0
76.4
78.0
83.9
74.9
77.4
538.6
Note
1. Benefits shown here mainly relate to expenses grossed up for income tax, which is settled by the company for travel to Chesnara’s head office in Preston, which, for tax purposes, is
deemed to be the non-executive director’s normal place of work. The figure for Karin Bergstein represents amounts payable to the Dutch tax authorities by the company, under Dutch
social security legislation to otherwise avoid Karin incurring double taxation.
117
CHESNARA ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2023CORPORATE GOVERNANCEDIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION REPORT • ANNUAL REMUNERATION REPORT
2024 award under the 2023 Short-Term Incentive Scheme
The Remuneration Committee proposes to grant awards to the executive directors under the 2023 Short-Term Incentive Scheme.
The table below and accompanying notes set out the performance measures, weightings and the potential outcomes for achieving minimum, on-target and
maximum performance. The actual targets for each measure are deemed to be commercially sensitive and whilst they are not disclosed at this stage, they will
be disclosed in 2024 together with the performance outcome relative to these targets.
Individual
Measures
Weighting
Ranges and targets
Potential outcomes in terms of % of basic salary
Steve
Murray &
Tom Howard
Cash generation
EcV earnings
Strategic Activity
Scorecard & ESG
Minimum
achievement
(as % of target)
Target
achievement
(as % of target)
Maximum
achievement
(as % of target)
Minimum
achievement
Target
achievement
Maximum
achievement
35.0%
35.0%
30.0%
70.0%
70.0%
75.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
130.0%
150.0%
125.0%
nil
nil
nil
25.0%
25.0%
15.0%
35.0%
35.0%
30.0%
The STIS will be implemented and operated by the Remuneration Committee as set out within the policy.
Measures
Following review by the Remuneration Committee, changes were approved
for 2019 onwards to remove the IFRS component used in prior years and
base performance assessment on cash generation and EcV† earnings metrics
both with appropriate adjustments and group strategic objectives. The two
financial measures were deemed to be complementary when operated
together, to encourage sensible executive behaviour and better reflect an
overall assessment of company financial performance. For 2023, group
strategic objectives remained weighted 30% of the total to ensure that a
sufficient proportion of the bonus potential was attributed to good outcomes
in relation to ESG and acquisitions. Our assessment measures continued to
ensure there was a balance between aligning executive director remuneration
to shareholder returns whilst also recognising measures over which the
directors can exercise more immediate and direct influence. The financial
measures are recognised outputs from the audited year end Financial
Statements, although it should be noted that the Remuneration Committee
is, in accordance with the policy, able to make discretionary adjustments if
deemed necessary. As agreed in advance by the Remuneration Committee,
the financial results for the year are adjusted to look through any impact of
the symmetric adjustment and WP transfers/restrictions, be they negative
or positive. The results for STIS purposes exclude the impact of any
acquisition activity in the year other than through the exercise of Committee
discretion. Successful acquisitions are rewarded primarily through the LTIP.
The objectives assigned to each executive director are relevant to their roles
and include major regulatory or business development initiatives that the
Committee considers key to delivery of the company’s business plan.
Each individual development objective is assigned a ‘significance weighting’
influenced by factors such as business criticality, scale, complexity and level
of executive director influence. Developments with a higher significance
are weighted more heavily when establishing the overall performance target.
Targets
The cash generation and EcV earnings targets are initially based on the latest
budget which is produced annually as part of the group business planning
process. The group business plan is subject to rigorous Chesnara board
scrutiny and approval. The Remuneration Committee can make discretionary
adjustments to either the targets or to the actual results for the year if it
considers this to be appropriate, in accordance with the scheme rules.
Malus and clawback
The 2023 Scheme includes malus and clawback provisions covering a material
misstatement of the company’s results, regulatory breach, gross misconduct
on the part of the participant, reputational damage to the company, a material
failure of risk management, insolvency or corporate failure if this arises within
two years of an award vesting and it is a precondition that the executive
accepts such provisions at the time of the award.
2024 award made under the 2023 LTIP
In 2024 the Remuneration Committee proposes to grant awards to the executive directors under the Chesnara 2023 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
The table below and accompanying notes set out the performance measures, weightings and the potential outcomes relative to achieving minimum, on-target
and maximum performance for the executive directors.
Individual
Share award
Measures
Weighting
Ranges and targets
Vesting rates in terms of % of basic salary
% of basic
salary
125%
100%
Steve
Murray
Tom
Howard
TSR
EcV
Core Surplus
Emergence
TSR
EcV
Core Surplus
Emergence
33.3%
33.3%
33.3%
33.3%
33.3%
33.3%
Minimum
achievement
(as % of
target)
Target
achievement
Maximum
achievement
(as % of
target)
Minimum
achievement
Target
achievement
Maximum
achievement
Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above